WO2012097013A1 - Irak inhibitors and uses thereof - Google Patents
Irak inhibitors and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2012097013A1 WO2012097013A1 PCT/US2012/020845 US2012020845W WO2012097013A1 WO 2012097013 A1 WO2012097013 A1 WO 2012097013A1 US 2012020845 W US2012020845 W US 2012020845W WO 2012097013 A1 WO2012097013 A1 WO 2012097013A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- page
- mmol
- ring
- irak
- Prior art date
Links
- 0 CC=C[C@@]1SC(CC*2)=C2C1C(NC1CCOCC1)=C Chemical compound CC=C[C@@]1SC(CC*2)=C2C1C(NC1CCOCC1)=C 0.000 description 26
- IMLXLGZJLAOKJN-IZLXSQMJSA-N N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1O Chemical compound N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1O IMLXLGZJLAOKJN-IZLXSQMJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ALGSCBQNBOVPLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CC1)Cc2c1[s]c1ncnc(NC3CCCCC3)c21 Chemical compound CC(CC1)Cc2c1[s]c1ncnc(NC3CCCCC3)c21 ALGSCBQNBOVPLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DMRJHZHNNRHGGL-VLXSWZPNSA-N CN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(C(CC(O)=O)CC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(C(CC(O)=O)CC1)c1[s]2 DMRJHZHNNRHGGL-VLXSWZPNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- STNVXNYQNKDYBT-ZKCHVHJHSA-N CN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1O Chemical compound CN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1O STNVXNYQNKDYBT-ZKCHVHJHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IMRWILPUOVGIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Brc1ncccc1 Chemical compound Brc1ncccc1 IMRWILPUOVGIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDNZDLPNJANCAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(C1)Cc2c1c(c(NC1CCCCC1)ncn1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound C(C1)Cc2c1c(c(NC1CCCCC1)ncn1)c1[s]2 HDNZDLPNJANCAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZYSRTBJEBDJHN-HDJSIYSDSA-N C(CC1)CN1[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 Chemical compound C(CC1)CN1[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 GZYSRTBJEBDJHN-HDJSIYSDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPTKUSIWSPQEOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CN1CCNCC1)Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 Chemical compound C(CN1CCNCC1)Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 LPTKUSIWSPQEOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNXUCTVRGLXUCH-IYARVYRRSA-N C(CN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2)c1ccccc1 Chemical compound C(CN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2)c1ccccc1 GNXUCTVRGLXUCH-IYARVYRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHSYPBRENGHQKR-RPLGBSJKSA-N C/C=N\C(\N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1N(C)CCc1ccccc1Cl)=C(\C(CCC1)=C1[U]1)/C1=C Chemical compound C/C=N\C(\N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1N(C)CCc1ccccc1Cl)=C(\C(CCC1)=C1[U]1)/C1=C NHSYPBRENGHQKR-RPLGBSJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSQUPVFCMISZCJ-AVGNSLFASA-N CBN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1c(c([C@H](CC(O)=O)CC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 Chemical compound CBN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1c(c([C@H](CC(O)=O)CC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 HSQUPVFCMISZCJ-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMVIDMHMOVCUSS-JUUMZCOKSA-N CC#CCC(CC1)C(c2c(N[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N(C)C)ncnc22)=C=C1C[I]2#C Chemical compound CC#CCC(CC1)C(c2c(N[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N(C)C)ncnc22)=C=C1C[I]2#C FMVIDMHMOVCUSS-JUUMZCOKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJHKURDWYJBHPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)C(CC1)CCC1O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)C(CC1)CCC1O)=O UJHKURDWYJBHPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZJJUNFLFUZJBQ-FHERZECASA-N CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)C(CC1)CCC1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@H](CCO)CC1)c1[s]2)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)C(CC1)CCC1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@H](CCO)CC1)c1[s]2)=O PZJJUNFLFUZJBQ-FHERZECASA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTVCPPCHBXOZHT-HWOWSKLDSA-N CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)CC(CC1)CCC1Oc1c(c([C@@H](CO)CC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)CC(CC1)CCC1Oc1c(c([C@@H](CO)CC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1)=O VTVCPPCHBXOZHT-HWOWSKLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKWPQCSVOZPOKC-NGHJQRJNSA-N CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(C#N)OC)CC1)c1[s]2)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(N(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(C#N)OC)CC1)c1[s]2)=O MKWPQCSVOZPOKC-NGHJQRJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYOALLFNOUTXLP-HDJSIYSDSA-N CC(C)(CC1)Cc2c1[s]c1c2c(O[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)C)ncn1 Chemical compound CC(C)(CC1)Cc2c1[s]c1c2c(O[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)C)ncn1 YYOALLFNOUTXLP-HDJSIYSDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRXUIWYTFRULAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(Cl)c21 Chemical compound CC(C)(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(Cl)c21 RRXUIWYTFRULAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWRHWHLUMVZWEM-JOCQHMNTSA-N CC(C)(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(O[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N(C)C)c21 Chemical compound CC(C)(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(O[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N(C)C)c21 XWRHWHLUMVZWEM-JOCQHMNTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZIMYXBSXGZOGM-UMRPUCSYSA-N CCC(CC1)(CCC1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CCO)CC1)c1[s]2)N(C)C Chemical compound CCC(CC1)(CCC1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CCO)CC1)c1[s]2)N(C)C UZIMYXBSXGZOGM-UMRPUCSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDDAEOUSSYPWIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(CC1)Cc2c1c(c(Cl)ncn1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CCC(CC1)Cc2c1c(c(Cl)ncn1)c1[s]2 YDDAEOUSSYPWIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIXTWNRXZZAQRD-MXVIHJGJSA-N CCN(CCc1ccccc1)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CCN(CCc1ccccc1)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 RIXTWNRXZZAQRD-MXVIHJGJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVCYPQJMOSZYPQ-BZUAXINKSA-N CCN([C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(N)=O)CC1)c1[s]2)C(OC(C)(C)C)=O Chemical compound CCN([C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(N)=O)CC1)c1[s]2)C(OC(C)(C)C)=O VVCYPQJMOSZYPQ-BZUAXINKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQOBEANFHYJWPU-BZUAXINKSA-N CCN([C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(O)=O)CC1)c1[s]2)C(OC(C)(C)C)=O Chemical compound CCN([C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(O)=O)CC1)c1[s]2)C(OC(C)(C)C)=O PQOBEANFHYJWPU-BZUAXINKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQLSONHEPOKLAM-IHRRRGAJSA-N CCNC(C[C@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(O[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)Br)ncn1)=O Chemical compound CCNC(C[C@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(O[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)Br)ncn1)=O WQLSONHEPOKLAM-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJKHKSCNBMWMQJ-KKUMJFAQSA-N CCNC(C[C@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(O[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)C)ncn1)=O Chemical compound CCNC(C[C@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(O[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)C)ncn1)=O BJKHKSCNBMWMQJ-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBXDNYQWOOLVJH-JHJVBQTASA-O CCN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(N)=[OH+])CC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CCN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](CC(N)=[OH+])CC1)c1[s]2 DBXDNYQWOOLVJH-JHJVBQTASA-O 0.000 description 1
- LBEMIZVVKKGSMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC(C(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(Cl)c21)O Chemical compound CCOC(C(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(Cl)c21)O LBEMIZVVKKGSMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHJRDWCZZQZPLY-FQVSMOOPSA-N CCOC(C(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(N[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N)c21)=O Chemical compound CCOC(C(CC1)c2c1[s]c1ncnc(N[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N)c21)=O FHJRDWCZZQZPLY-FQVSMOOPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOAJPSDYOVFZBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCc([s]c1ncnc(NC(CC2)CCC2N(C)C)c11)c1-c1ncccc1 Chemical compound CCc([s]c1ncnc(NC(CC2)CCC2N(C)C)c11)c1-c1ncccc1 LOAJPSDYOVFZBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEKBADUVBQFUSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCc1c(C)c(c(N)ncn2)c2[s]1 Chemical compound CCc1c(C)c(c(N)ncn2)c2[s]1 YEKBADUVBQFUSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPEBMGXYUWHZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)C(C(C1)CC1=O)=O Chemical compound CN(C)C(C(C1)CC1=O)=O DPEBMGXYUWHZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDXODQPHCXFFBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)C(CC1)CCC1Nc1ncnc2c1c(C(CC(OC)=O)CC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CN(C)C(CC1)CCC1Nc1ncnc2c1c(C(CC(OC)=O)CC1)c1[s]2 WDXODQPHCXFFBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRCFIRNQJUOVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)CC(C1)CC1O Chemical compound CN(C)CC(C1)CC1O WRCFIRNQJUOVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILBZZHUTOVVOQF-NQWGOHKHSA-N CN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1C(C(CCO)CC1)C1S2 Chemical compound CN(C)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1C(C(CCO)CC1)C1S2 ILBZZHUTOVVOQF-NQWGOHKHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXSBTQDRPJCQTN-WGSAOQKQSA-N CN(Cc1cccc(CO)c1)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CN(Cc1cccc(CO)c1)[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 LXSBTQDRPJCQTN-WGSAOQKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXSLGZIXYZBDHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN/C=N\C(S)=C Chemical compound CN/C=N\C(S)=C QXSLGZIXYZBDHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLERJOJNJRLKQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CNCC(C1)CC1Oc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CNCC(C1)CC1Oc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 HLERJOJNJRLKQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOBCSEOBUSQORK-XYPYZODXSA-N CN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 LOBCSEOBUSQORK-XYPYZODXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMHOGMHYSQIYDN-TUVASFSCSA-N CN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](C[C@@H](C#N)OC)CC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound CN[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Oc1ncnc2c1c([C@@H](C[C@@H](C#N)OC)CC1)c1[s]2 SMHOGMHYSQIYDN-TUVASFSCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AADKUCVGXPJRQB-TZMCWYRMSA-N CO[C@H](C[C@@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(OC2CCCCC2)ncn1)C#N Chemical compound CO[C@H](C[C@@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(OC2CCCCC2)ncn1)C#N AADKUCVGXPJRQB-TZMCWYRMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIHHDIPVRCDUOT-KYZUINATSA-N C[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1N(C)C Chemical compound C[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1N(C)C XIHHDIPVRCDUOT-KYZUINATSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJLABFYIALLNFY-XYPYZODXSA-N Cc([s]c1c2c(N[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N(C)C)ncn1)c2Br Chemical compound Cc([s]c1c2c(N[C@H](CC3)CC[C@@H]3N(C)C)ncn1)c2Br AJLABFYIALLNFY-XYPYZODXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMFUQRRQNBDQBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc([s]c1c2c(O)ncn1)c2Br Chemical compound Cc([s]c1c2c(O)ncn1)c2Br UMFUQRRQNBDQBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAFVMZJEEVGASG-QAQDUYKDSA-N Cc1c(-c2cc3ccccc3[o]2)c(c(N[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)C)ncn2)c2[s]1 Chemical compound Cc1c(-c2cc3ccccc3[o]2)c(c(N[C@H](CC2)CC[C@@H]2N(C)C)ncn2)c2[s]1 FAFVMZJEEVGASG-QAQDUYKDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXBCLHWYSXPUJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cc(c(O)ncn2)c2[s]1 Chemical compound Cc1cc(c(O)ncn2)c2[s]1 IXBCLHWYSXPUJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBWXCPBSTIBEAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 Chemical compound Cc1ncnc2c1c(CCC1)c1[s]2 DBWXCPBSTIBEAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTXDABMKHMWTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clc1c(CCI)ccnc1 Chemical compound Clc1c(CCI)ccnc1 XTXDABMKHMWTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKIRRGRTJUUZHS-IZLXSQMJSA-N N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1N Chemical compound N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1N VKIRRGRTJUUZHS-IZLXSQMJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JJXPXZMFQWNBKP-MGCOHNPYSA-N N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 Chemical compound N[C@H](CC1)CC[C@@H]1Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ncn1 JJXPXZMFQWNBKP-MGCOHNPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFXVGVAESYOIJH-LLVKDONJSA-N O=CC[C@@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(OC2CCCCC2)ncn1 Chemical compound O=CC[C@@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(OC2CCCCC2)ncn1 RFXVGVAESYOIJH-LLVKDONJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIJRTERRQTZLNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(CC1)CCC1NC(C=CN1)=C2C1SC1C2CCCC1 Chemical compound OC(CC1)CCC1NC(C=CN1)=C2C1SC1C2CCCC1 LIJRTERRQTZLNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLHHVASTIIUSFG-GIJQJNRQSA-N OC(CCC1)CC1/N=C/C1N=CN=C2SC(CCCC3)=C3C12 Chemical compound OC(CCC1)CC1/N=C/C1N=CN=C2SC(CCCC3)=C3C12 BLHHVASTIIUSFG-GIJQJNRQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANBGGDDNQHRGHL-MNOVXSKESA-N OC([C@H](CC1)C[C@H]1Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ccc1)=O Chemical compound OC([C@H](CC1)C[C@H]1Nc1c(c(CCC2)c2[s]2)c2ccc1)=O ANBGGDDNQHRGHL-MNOVXSKESA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOYCSVWHWNIPQS-LLVKDONJSA-N OCC[C@@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(OC2CCCCC2)ncn1 Chemical compound OCC[C@@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(OC2CCCCC2)ncn1 BOYCSVWHWNIPQS-LLVKDONJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZONHZEXVQRYYPW-LURJTMIESA-N OCC[C@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(Cl)ncn1 Chemical compound OCC[C@H](CC1)c2c1[s]c1c2c(Cl)ncn1 ZONHZEXVQRYYPW-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQZKOBFRLUVZLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCc1cccc(CBr)c1 Chemical compound OCc1cccc(CBr)c1 JQZKOBFRLUVZLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
- A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
- A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/02—Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/14—Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
- A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/06—Antianaemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- the present invention relates to compounds and methods useful for inhibiting one or more interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinases ("IRAK").
- IRAK interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinases
- the invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present invention and methods of using said compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
- Protein kinases constitute a large family of structurally related enzymes that are responsible for the control of a variety of signal transduction processes within the cell. Protein kinases are thought to have evolved from a common ancestral gene due to the conservation of their structure and catalytic function. Almost all kinases contain a similar 250-300 amino acid catalytic domain. The kinases may be categorized into families by the substrates they phosphorylate (e.g., protein-tyrosine, protein-serine/threonine, lipids, etc.).
- protein kinases mediate intracellular signaling by effecting a phosphoryl transfer from a nucleoside triphosphate to a protein acceptor that is involved in a signaling pathway. These phosphorylation events act as molecular on/off switches that can modulate or regulate the target protein biological function. These phosphorylation events are ultimately triggered in response to a variety of extracellular and other stimuli. Examples of such stimuli include environmental and chemical stress signals (e.g., osmotic shock, heat shock, ultraviolet
- cytokines e.g., interleukin- 1 (IL-1), interleukin-8 (IL- 8) and tumor necrosis factor a (TNF-a)
- growth factors e.g., granulocyte macrophage- colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), and fibroblast growth factor (FGF)
- An extracellular stimulus may affect one or more cellular responses related to cell growth, migration, differentiation, secretion of hormones, activation of transcription factors, muscle contraction, glucose metabolism, control of protein synthesis, and regulation of the cell cycle.
- kinase-mediated events include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic diseases, neurological and neurodegenerative diseases, cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies and asthma, Alzheimer's disease, and hormone-related diseases. Accordingly, there remains a need to find protein kinase inhibitors useful as therapeutic agents.
- Compounds of the present invention, and compositions thereof, are useful as inhibitors of one or more IRAK protein kinases.
- a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 and IRAK-4.
- the binding pocket of IRAK-4 contains a plurality of hydration sites, each of which is occupied by a single molecule of water. Each of these water molecules has a stability rating associated with it.
- stability rating refers to a numerical calculation which incorporates the enthalpy, entropy, and free energy values associated with each water molecule. This stability rating allows for a measurable determination of the relative stability of water molecules that occupy hydration sites in the binding pocket of IRAK-4.
- 2009184-0008 molecules not displaced by any known inhibitor will be a tighter binder and, therefore, more potent inhibitor as compared to an inhibitor that does not displace unstable water molecules.
- provided compounds displace or disrupt one or more unstable water molecules.
- a provided compound displaces or disrupts at least two unstable water molecules.
- the resent invention provides a compound of formula I:
- Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1 -3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- n 0-4;
- each R 1 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -CH 2 OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -C(0)N(R)-OR, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2 , Cy, or -NRS0 2 R, or:
- R 1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- each R is independently hydrogen, deuterium, or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci_6 aliphatic, aryl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1 -4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or:
- each of R x and R is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R,
- R x and R y are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R 2 ;
- Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring or a 4-8 membered
- n 0-4;
- each R 2 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2 , or -NRS0 2 R, or:
- R 2 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- W is N or -C(R 3 )-;
- R z is R, CN, NO 2 , halogen, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -C(0)OR, -C(0)R, -N(R) 2 , -OR, or -S0 2 N(R) 2 ;
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, C aliphatic, C haloaliphatic, -OR, -C(0)R, or -C(0)N(R) 2 ;
- L is a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S0 2 -, -S0 2 N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S0 2 -.
- aliphatic or "aliphatic group”, as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as "carbocycle,” “cycloaliphatic” or “cycloalkyl”), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
- aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms.
- aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-2 aliphatic carbon atoms.
- cycloaliphatic (or “carbocycle” or “cycloalkyl”) refers to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
- Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
- bridged bicyclic refers to any bicyclic ring system, i.e. carbocyclic or heterocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated, having at least one bridge.
- a "bridge” is an unbranched chain of atoms or an atom or a valence bond connecting two bridgeheads, where a "bridgehead” is any skeletal atom of the ring system which is bonded to three or more skeletal atoms (excluding hydrogen).
- a bridged bicyclic group has 7-12 ring members and 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- bridged bicyclic groups are well known in the art and include those groups set forth below where each group is attached to the rest of the molecule at any substitutable carbon or nitrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as set forth for aliphatic groups.
- any substitutable nitrogen of a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted
- lower alkyl refers to a C ]-4 straight or branched alkyl group.
- exemplary lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl.
- lower haloalkyl refers to a C 1-4 straight or branched alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
- heteroatom means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR + (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
- Ci-8 (or Ci ⁇ ) saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain
- bivalent Ci-8 or Ci ⁇ saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain
- alkylene refers to a bivalent alkyl group.
- An "alkylene chain” is a polymethylene group, i.e., -(CH2),,-, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3.
- a substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
- alkenylene refers to a bivalent alkenyl group.
- a substituted alkenylene chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
- cyclopropylenyl refers to a bivalent cyclopropyl group of the following structure:
- halogen means F, CI, Br, or I.
- aryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl,” “aralkoxy,” or “aryloxyalkyl,” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
- aryl may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring.”
- aryl refers to an aromatic ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or more substituents.
- aryl is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or more non-aromatic rings, such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
- heteroaryl and “heteroar-,” used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., “heteroaralkyl,” or “heteroaralkoxy,” refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms.
- heteroatom refers to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and any quatemized form of a basic nitrogen.
- Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl,
- heteroaryl and “heteroar-”, as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring.
- Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-l,4-oxazin- 3(4H)-one.
- heteroaryl group may be mono- or bicyclic.
- heteroaryl may be used interchangeably with the terms “heteroaryl ring,” “heteroaryl group,” or “heteroaromatic,” any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted.
- heteroarylkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.
- heterocycle As used herein, the terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” “heterocyclic radical,” and “heterocyclic ring” are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7-10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above.
- nitrogen includes a substituted nitrogen.
- the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4- dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl), or + NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
- a heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted.
- saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl.
- heterocycle refers to an alkyl group
- partially unsaturated refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond.
- partially unsaturated is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.
- compounds of the invention may contain "optionally substituted” moieties.
- substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent.
- an "optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
- Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds.
- stable refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
- each R° may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, -CH 2 -(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R°, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0 ⁇ 1 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
- Suitable monovalent substituents on R° are independently halogen, -(CH ⁇ R*, -(haloR'), -(CH 2 )o- 2 OH, -(CH 2 )o_ 2 OR', -(CH 2 ) 0 _ 2 CH(OR , ) 2 ; -O(haloR'), -CN, -N 3 , -(CH 2 )o-2C(0)R e , -(CH 2 )o_ 2 C(0)OH, -(CH 2 )o-2C(0)OR e , -(CH 2 )o- 2 SR*, -(CH 2 )o_ 2 SH, -(CH 2 )o_ 2 NH 2 , -(CH 2 )o- 2 NHR*, -(CH 2 )o- 2 NR* 2 , -N0 2 , SiR
- Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an "optionally substituted” group include: -0(CR * 2 ) 2 _ 3 0-, wherein each independent occurrence of R * is selected from hydrogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R * include halogen, -R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH 2 , -NHR*, -NR* 2 , or -N0 2 , wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH 2 )o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an "optionally substituted" group include -R ⁇ , -NR ⁇ 2 , -C(0)R ⁇ , -C(0)OR ⁇ , -C(0)C(0)R ⁇ , -C(0)CH 2 C(0)R ⁇ , -S(0) 2 R ⁇ , -S(0) 2 NR ⁇ 2 , -C(S)NR ⁇ 2 , -C(NH)NR ⁇ 2 , or -N(R ⁇ )S(0) 2 R ⁇ ; wherein each R ⁇ is independently hydrogen, aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R ⁇ , taken together with their intervening atom(s)
- Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R ⁇ are independently halogen, -R*, -(haloR'), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH 2 , -NHR*, -NR' 2 , or -N0 2 , wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1-4 aliphatic, -CH 2 Ph, -0(CH 2 )o_iPh, or a 5-6- membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with
- organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
- Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malon
- Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (Ci ⁇ talkyl)4 salts.
- Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
- Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
- structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
- structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
- compounds having the present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 1 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention.
- Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present invention.
- a warhead moiety, R 1 of a provided compound comprises one or more deuterium atoms.
- Ring B of a provided compound may be substituted with one or more deuterium atoms.
- an inhibitor is defined as a compound that binds to and /or inhibits IRAK-4 with measurable affinity.
- an inhibitor has an IC50 and/or binding constant of less than about 50 ⁇ , less than about 1 ⁇ , less than about 500 tiM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 10 nM, or less than about 1 nM.
- a compound of the present invention may be tethered to a detectable moiety. It will be appreciated that such compounds are useful as imaging agents.
- a detectable moiety may be attached to a provided compound via a suitable substituent.
- suitable substituent refers to a moiety that is capable of covalent attachment to a detectable moiety.
- moieties are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include groups containing, e.g., a carboxylate moiety, an amino moiety, a thiol moiety, or a hydroxyl moiety, to name but a few.
- moieties may be directly attached to a provided compound or via a tethering group, such as a bivalent saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon chain.
- such moieties may be attached via click chemistry.
- such moieties may be attached via a 1,3-cycloaddition of an azide with an alkyne, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst.
- Methods of using click chemistry are known in the art and include those described by Rostovtsev et ai, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 41 , 2596-99 and Sun et al, Bioconjugate Chem., 2006, 17, 52-57.
- detectable moiety is used interchangeably with the term “label” and relates to any moiety capable of being detected, e.g., primary labels and secondary labels.
- Primary labels such as radioisotopes (e.g., tritium, 32 P, 33 P, 35 S, or 14 C), mass-tags, and fluorescent labels are signal generating reporter groups which can be detected without further modifications.
- Detectable moieties also include luminescent and phosphorescent groups.
- secondary label refers to moieties such as biotin and various protein antigens that require the presence of a second intermediate for production of a detectable signal.
- the secondary intermediate may include streptavidin-enzyme conjugates.
- antigen labels secondary intermediates may include antibody-enzyme conjugates.
- fluorescent label refers to moieties that absorb light energy at a defined excitation wavelength and emit light energy at a different wavelength.
- fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to: Alexa Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660 and Alexa Fluor 680), AMCA, AMCA-S, BODIPY dyes (BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY TR, BODIPY 530/550, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY 576/589, BODIPY 581/591 , BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665), Carboxyrhod
- mass-tag refers to any moiety that is capable of being uniquely detected by virtue of its mass using mass spectrometry (MS) detection techniques.
- mass-tags include electrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4'-[(p- Methoxytetrafluorobenzyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-methylglyceronyl]isonipecotic Acid, 4'-[2,3,5,6- Tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenoxyl)]methyl acetophenone, and their derivatives.
- mass-tags include, but are not limited to, nucleotides, dideoxynucleotides, oligonucleotides of varying length and base composition, oligopeptides, oligosaccharides, and other synthetic polymers of varying length and monomer composition.
- nucleotides dideoxynucleotides
- oligonucleotides of varying length and base composition oligopeptides, oligosaccharides
- other synthetic polymers of varying length and monomer composition.
- a large variety of organic molecules, both neutral and charged (biomolecuies or synthetic compounds) of an appropriate mass range (100-2000 Daltons) may also be used as mass-tags.
- measurable affinity and “measurably inhibit,” as used herein, means a measurable change in an IRAK protein kinase activity between a sample comprising a compound of the present invention, or composition thereof, and an IRAK protein kinase, and an equivalent
- 2009184-0008 sample comprising an IRAK protein kinase, in the absence of said compound, or composition thereof.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
- Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- n 0-4;
- each R 1 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -CH 2 OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -C(0)N(R)-OR, -NRC(0)R, - NRC(0)N(R) 2 , Cy, or -NRS0 2 R, or:
- R 1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- each R is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, aryl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or:
- each of R* and R y is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2) -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R,
- R x and R are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R 2 ;
- Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring or a 4-8 membered
- n 0-4;
- each R 2 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2 , or -NRS0 2 R, or:
- R 2 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
- W is N or -C(R 3 )-;
- R z is R, CN, NO 2 , halogen, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -C(0)OR, -C(0)R, -N(R) 2 , -OR or -S0 2 N(R) 2 ;
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, C l aliphatic, C haloaliphatic, -OR, -C(0)R, or -C(0)N(R) 2 ;
- L is a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S0 2 -, -S0 2 N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S0 2 -.
- the Ring A group of formula I is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring.
- Ring A is a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated carbocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, Ring A is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
- Ring A is a 4-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, Ring A is a 5-6 membered saturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, Ring A is piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or tetrahydrofuranyl.
- n group of formula I is 0-4. In some embodiments, n is 0. In other embodiments, n is 1-4. In certain embodiments, n is 1 or 2.
- each R 1 group of formula I is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2( -OR, -CH 2 OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -C(0)N(R)-OR, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2 , Cy, or -NRS0 2 R, or R 1 is selected from one of the following groups:
- R 1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- R 1 is R, -OR, -N(R) 2 , -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -C(0)N(R)-OR, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , Cy, or -NRC(0)R.
- R 1 is -C(0)NH 2 , -C(0)NHCH 3 , - C(0)NH-OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -S0 2 t-butyl, -OH, -C(0)OH, -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , - N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -NHC(0)CH 3 , or -CH 2 phenyl.
- R 1 is Cy.
- Rl is -N(R) 2 .
- Rl is selected from one of the following groups:
- Example R 1 groups include those depicted in Table 1.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein two R 1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms
- 2009184-0008 independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- two R groups on adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered ring fused to Ring A.
- two R 1 groups on the same carbon atom are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered spiro-fused ring.
- two R 1 groups on non-adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted bridged bicyclic ring with Ring A.
- R 1 is -N(R) 2 .
- Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- Cy is a 3-7 membered saturated carbocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, Cy is a 4-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. In certain embodiments, Cy is morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl.
- an R 1 substituent on a saturated carbon of Ring A forms a chiral center of a chiral compound, or a stereocenter of a meso compound.
- that chiral center is in the (R) configuration.
- that chiral center is in the (S) configuration.
- the stereocenter gives a trans substitution relative to the other stereocenter.
- the stereocenter gives a cis substitution relative to the other stereocenter.
- the L group of formula I is a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S0 2 -, -S0 2 N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S0 2 -.
- L is a covalent bond.
- L is a Ci ⁇ bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S0 2 -, -S0 2 N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S0 2 -.
- L is -NH- (i.e., a Ci bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein the methylene unit is replaced by -NH-), -0-, -CH 2 0-, -OCH 2 -, -NHC(O)-, -CH 2 NH-, or -NHCH 2 -.
- Exemplary L groups include those depicted in Table 1.
- the R and R y groups of formula I are each independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2 , or -NRS0 2 R, or R and R y are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R 2 .
- the R x and R y groups of formula I are each independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2) -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2) or -NRS0 2 R.
- the R x and R y groups of formula I are each independently -R, halogen, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2 , or -NRS0 2 R.
- R x is hydrogen and R y is -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2) or -NRS0 2 R.
- R y is hydrogen and R x is -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 2 R, -C(0)N(R) 2 , -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R) 2 , or -NRS0 2 R.
- R x and R y are both hydrogen.
- one of R x and R y is optionally substituted C
- both of R x and R y are optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic.
- both of R x and R y are methyl.
- Exemplary R x and R y groups include those depicted in Table 1.
- R x and R groups of formula I are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R 2 .
- the Ring B group of formula I is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring or a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated azacyclic fused ring having one or two nitrogens.
- Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring.
- Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated azacyclic fused ring having one or two nitrogens.
- Ring B is a cyclohexo- or cyclopento-fused ring substituted with m occurrences of R 2 .
- Ring B is a piperidino-fused ring substituted with m occurrences of R 2 .
- the m group of formula I is 0-4. In some embodiments, m is 0. In other embodiments, m is 1-4. In certain embodiments, m is 1 or 2.
- the R 2 group of formula I is each R 2 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N0 2 , -OR, -SR, -N(R) 2 , -S0 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 .
- each R 2 is R wherein R is optionally substituted C .e aliphatic. In certain embodiments, each R 2 is methyl or ethyl. In other embodiments, R 2 is methyl and m is 2 wherein both R 2 groups are on the same carbon atom thereby forming a gem dimethyl substituent. Exemplary R 2 groups include those depicted in Table 1.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein two R 2 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bibyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- two R groups on adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered ring fused to Ring B.
- two R 2 groups on the same carbon atom are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered spiro-fused ring.
- two R 2 groups on non-adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted bridged bicyclic ring with Ring B.
- an R 2 substituent on a saturated carbon of Ring B forms a chiral center.
- that chiral center is in the (R) configuration.
- that chiral center is in the (S) configuration.
- R z group of formula I is R, CN, NO 2 , halogen,
- R z is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R z is CN, halogen, -N(R) 2 or -C(0)N(R) 2 . In some embodiments R z is -N(R) 2 . Exemplary R z groups include those depicted in Table 1.
- the compound of formula I is not selected from the following compounds:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein L is a covalent bond, thereby of formula I-a:
- Ring A, R 1 , n, R and R y is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein W is N thereby forming a compound of formula I-b:
- Ring A, L, R 1 , n, R x and R y is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I-a wherein W is N, thereby forming a compound of formula I-c:
- Ring A, R 1 , n, R and R y is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein W is N and Ring A is cycl compound of formula I-d:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I-c wherein Ring A is piperidin-l-yl, thereby forming a compound of formula I-e:
- R 1 , n, R x and R y is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of any of formulae I-a, I-b, I-c, I-d, or I-e, wherein R* and R are each independently a C
- the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein R x and R y are taken together to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R 2 , thereby forming a compound of formula II:
- Ring A, Ring B, W, m, R 2 L, R 1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula II wherein L is a covalent bond, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-a:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula II wherein W is N, thereby forming
- Ring A, Ring B, m, R 2 L, R 1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula Il-a wherein W is N, thereby forming a compound of formula II-c:
- Ring A, Ring B, m, R 2 L, R 1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula Il-b wherein Ring A is cyclohexyl, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-d:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula II-c wherein Ring A is piperidin- l-yl, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-e:
- Ring B, m, R , R , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula II wherein W is N, and m is 0, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-f:
- Ring A, Ring B, L, R 1 , R z , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula Il-f wherein the compound is not one of the following:
- Ring A, m, W, L, R 2 , R 1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula III or IV wherein L is a covalent bond, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-a or IV-a:
- Ring A, m, W, R 2 , R 1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula III or IV wherein W is N, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-b or IV-b:
- Ring A, m, L, R 2 , R 1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-a or IV-a wherein W is
- Ring A, m, R 2 , R', and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-b or IV-b wherein Rin -d or IV-d:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula III-c or IV-c wherein Ring A is piperidin-l ⁇ yl, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-e or IV-e:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula III or IV wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of formula ⁇ -f or IV-f:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-f or IV-f wherein
- the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-d or IV-d wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-h or IV-h:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula III-h or IV-h wherein la Ill-i or IV-i:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula III-h or IV-h wherein n is 1, and R 1 is morpholinyl, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-j or IV- j:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula III-h or IV-h wherein n is 1 and R 1 has one the following formulas:
- the invention provides a deuterated compound of formula V:
- W, L, n, and R 1 are defined above for formula I, and X la , X lb , Y la , Y lb , Z la , and Z lb are independently selected from hydrogen or deuterium.
- the deuterated compound of formula V is selected from one
- the present invention provides a compound set forth in Table 1 , above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the present invention provides a compound set forth in Table 1, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein said compound is other than compound number 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25, 1-26, 1-27, 1-28, 1-31, 1-32, or 1-33.
- a water molecule displaced or disrupted by an inhibitor compound, or pendant moiety of an inhibitor compound is an unstable water molecule.
- the present invention provides a complex comprising IRAK- 4 and an inhibitor, wherein at least one unstable water of IRAK-4 is displaced or disrupted by the inhibitor. In some embodiments, at least two unstable waters selected are displaced or disrupted by the inhibitor.
- compositions are provided.
- the invention provides a composition comprising a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
- the amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit an IRAK protein kinase, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient.
- the amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit an IRAK protein kinase, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient.
- a composition of this invention is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition.
- a composition of this invention is formulated for oral administration to a patient.
- patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
- compositions of this invention refers to a nontoxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropy
- a "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative” means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
- the term "inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of an IRAK protein kinase, or a mutant thereof.
- compositions of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir.
- parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
- the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously.
- Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
- Fatty acids such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
- These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions.
- Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
- compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions.
- carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch.
- Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added.
- useful diluents include lactose and
- compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration.
- suppositories for rectal administration.
- suppositories can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug.
- suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
- compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
- Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topical ly-transdermal patches may also be used.
- compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers.
- Carriers for topical administration of compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
- provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
- compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
- compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
- Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well- known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
- compositions of this invention are formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be administered with or without food. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered with food.
- compositions of the present invention that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration.
- provided compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
- a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated.
- the amount of a compound of the present invention in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
- Compounds and compositions described herein are generally useful for the inhibition of kinase activity of one or more enzymes.
- Examples of kinases that are inhibited by the compounds and compositions described herein and against which the methods described herein are useful include those of the interleukin- 1 receptor-associated kinase (IRAK) family of kinases, the members of which include IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof.
- IRAK-4 A novel member of the IRAK family with the properties of an IRAK-kinase
- PNAS 2002 99(8), 5567- 5572, Flannery et al.
- the interleukin- 1 receptor-associated kinases Critical regulators of
- the activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof may be assayed in vitro, in vivo or in a cell line.
- In vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the phosphorylation activity and/or the subsequent functional consequences, or ATPase activity of activated IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof. Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to IRAK-1, IRAK-2 and/or IRAK-4.
- Inhibitor binding may be measured by radiolabeling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/IRAK- 1 , inhibitor/IRAK-2, or inhibitor/IRAK-4 complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound.
- inhibitor binding may be determined by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4 bound to known radioligands.
- Representative in vitro and in vivo assays useful in assaying an IRAK-4 inhibitor include those described and disclosed in, e.g., Kim et al., "A critical role for IRAK4 kinase activity in Toll-like receptor-mediated innate immunity," J. Exp. Med.
- IRAK-4 The best characterized member of the IRAK family is the serine/threonine kinase IRAK-4.
- IRAK-4 is implicated in signaling innate immune responses from Toll-like receptors (TLRs) and Toll/IL-1 receptors (TIRs).
- TLRs Toll-like receptors
- TIRs Toll/IL-1 receptors
- Innate immunity detects pathogens through the recognition of pathogen-associated molecular patterns by TLRs, when then links to the adaptive immune response.
- TLRs recognize conserved structures of both microbes and endogenous molecules.
- TLRs which recognize bacterial and fungal components are located on the cell surface, whereas TLRs which recognize viral or microbial nucleic acids are localized to intracellular membranes such as endosomes and
- Cell surface TLRs can be targeted by small molecules and antibodies, whereas intracellular TLRs require targeting with oligonucleotides.
- TLRs mediate the innate immune response by upregulating the expression of inflammatory genes in multiple target cells. See, e.g., Sen et al., "Transcriptional signaling by double-stranded RNA: role of TLR3," Cytokine & Growth Factor Rev. 2005, 16, 1-14, incorporated by reference in its entirety. While TLR-mediated inflammatory response is critical for innate immunity and host defense against infections, uncontrolled inflammation is detrimental to the host leading to sepsis and chronic inflammatory diseases, such as chronic arthritis, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, cancers, autoimmune disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, asthma, psoriasis, and inflammatory bowel diseases.
- NF- ⁇ nuclear factor- ⁇
- MAP mitogen-activated protein
- IL-1 a interferon-regulatory factor cascades
- IL-8 interferon-regulatory factor cascades
- the activation of NF- ⁇ results in the induction of inflammatory cytokines and chemokines, such as TNF-oc, IL-1 a, IL-6 and IL-8.
- the kinase activity of IRAK-4 has been shown to play a critical role in the TLR-mediated immune and inflammatory responses.
- IRAK-4 inhibitors include those described and disclosed in e.g. , Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 321 1-3214; Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 3291-3295; Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 3656-3660; Powers et al., "Discovery and initial SAR of inhibitors of interleukin- 1 receptor-associated kinase-4," Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2006, 16, 2842-2845; Wng et al., "IRAK-4 Inhibitors for Inflammation," Curr. Topics in Med. Chem. 2009, 9, 724-737, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- treatment refers to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, as described herein.
- treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed.
- treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms.
- treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
- the present invention provides a method for treating a IRAK- 1 -mediated, a IRAK-2-mediated, and/or a IRAK-4-mediated disorder comprising the step of administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of the present invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof.
- IRAK- 1 -mediated means any disease or other deleterious condition in which one or more of IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, are known to play a role.
- another embodiment of the present invention relates to treating or lessening the severity of one or more diseases in which one or more of IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, are known to play a role.
- the present invention provides a method for treating one or more disorders, diseases, and/or conditions wherein the disorder, disease, or condition is a
- a neurodegenative disorder a viral disease, an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disorder, a hereditary disorder, a hormone-related disease, a metabolic disorder, conditions associated with organ transplantation, immunodeficiency disorders, a destructive bone disorder, a proliferative disorder, an infectious disease, a condition associated with cell death, thrombin- induced platelet aggregation, liver disease, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell activation, a cardiovascular disorder, or a CNS disorder.
- Diseases and conditions treatable according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, cancer (see, e.g., Ngo, V. et al., "Oncogenically active MYD88 mutations in human lymphoma," Nature, vol. 000, pp: 1-7 (2010); Lust, J.
- a human patient is treated with a compound of the current invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, wherein said compound is present in an amount to measurably inhibit IRAK-1 only, IRAK-2-only, IRAK-4- only and/or IRAKl-and IRAK4 kinase activity.
- Compounds of the current invention are useful in the treatment of a proliferative disease selected from a benign or malignant tumor, carcinoma of the brain, kidney, liver, adrenal gland, bladder, breast, stomach, gastric tumors, ovaries, colon, rectum, prostate, pancreas, lung, vagina, cervix, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, skin, bone or thyroid, sarcoma,
- glioblastomas neuroblastomas, multiple myeloma or gastrointestinal cancer, especially colon carcinoma or colorectal adenoma or a tumor of the neck and head, an epidermal hyperproliferation, psoriasis, prostate hyperplasia, a neoplasia, a neoplasia of epithelial character, adenoma, adenocarcinoma, keratoacanthoma, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, non- small-cell lung carcinoma, lymphomas, Hodgkins and Non-Hodgkins, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, a mammary carcinoma, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, an MYD88-driven disorder, DLBCL, ABC DLBCL, an IL-1 -driven disorder , Smoldering of indolent multiple myeloma, or a leuk
- the proliferative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is an MYD88-driven disorder.
- the MYD88-driven disorder which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from ABC DLBCL and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia.
- the proliferative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is an IL-l-driven disorder.
- the IL-1 -driven disorder is Smoldering of indolent multiple myeloma.
- Compounds according to the invention are useful in the treatment of inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases, resulting, for example, in reduction of tissue damage, airways inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity, remodeling or disease progression.
- Inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable include asthma of whatever type or genesis including both intrinsic (non-allergic) asthma and extrinsic (allergic) asthma, mild asthma, moderate asthma, severe asthma, bronchitic asthma, exercise-induced asthma, occupational asthma and asthma induced following bacterial infection.
- Treatment of asthma is also to be understood as embracing treatment of subjects, e.g. of less than 4 or 5 years of age, exhibiting wheezing symptoms and diagnosed or diagnosable as "whez infants", an established patient category of major medical concern and now often identified as incipient or early-phase asthmatics.
- Prophylactic efficacy in the treatment of asthma will be evidenced by reduced frequency or severity of symptomatic attack, e.g. of acute asthmatic or bronchoconstrictor attack, improvement in lung function or improved airways hyperreactivity. It may further be evidenced by reduced requirement for other, symptomatic therapy, such as therapy for or intended to restrict or abort symptomatic attack when it occurs, for example antiinflammatory or
- bronchodilatory 2009184-0008 bronchodilatory. Prophylactic benefit in asthma may in particular be apparent in subjects prone to "morning dipping". "Morning dipping" is a recognized asthmatic syndrome, common to a substantial percentage of asthmatics and characterised by asthma attack, e.g. between the hours of about 4 to 6 am, i.e. at a time normally substantially distant form any previously administered symptomatic asthma therapy.
- Compounds of the current invention can be used for other inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases and conditions to which the present invention is applicable and include acute lung injury (ALI), adult/acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary, airways or lung disease (COPD, COAD or COLD), including chronic bronchitis or dyspnea associated therewith, emphysema, as well as exacerbation of airways hyperreactivity consequent to other drug therapy, in particular other inhaled drug therapy.
- the invention is also applicable to the treatment of bronchitis of whatever type or genesis including, but not limited to, acute, arachidic, catarrhal, croupus, chronic or phthinoid bronchitis.
- pneumoconiosis an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts
- pneumoconiosis an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts
- aluminosis an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts
- aluminosis anthracosis
- asbestosis chalicosis
- ptilosis ptilosis
- siderosis silicosis
- tabacosis tabacosis and byssinosis.
- compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment, of eosinophil related disorders, e.g. eosinophilia, in particular eosinophil related disorders of the airways (e.g.
- eosinophilic infiltration of pulmonary tissues including hypereosinophilia as it effects the airways and/or lungs as well as, for example, eosinophil- related disorders of the airways consequential or concomitant to Loffler's syndrome, eosinophilic pneumonia, parasitic (in particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical eosinophilia), bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, polyarteritis nodosa (including Churg-Strauss syndrome), eosinophilic granuloma and eosinophil-related disorders affecting the airways occasioned by drug-reaction.
- Compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin, for example psoriasis, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alopecia areata, erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo,
- Compounds of the invention may also be used for the treatment of other diseases or conditions, such as diseases or conditions having an inflammatory component, for example, treatment of diseases and conditions of the eye such as ocular allergy, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the nose including allergic rhinitis, and inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are implicated or having an autoimmune component or etiology, including autoimmune hematological disorders (e.g.
- hemolytic anemia aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia
- systemic lupus erythematosus rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis, scleroderma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g.
- ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease irritable bowel syndrome, celiac disease, periodontitis, hyaline membrane disease, kidney disease, glomerular disease, alcoholic liver disease, multiple sclerosis, endocrine opthalmopathy, Graves' disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), Sjogren's syndrome, keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis, systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis, cryopyrin-associated periodic syndrome, nephritis, vasculitis, diverticulitis, interstitial cystitis, glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g.
- idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy chronic granulomatous disease, endometriosis, leptospiriosis renal disease, glaucoma, retinal disease, ageing, headache, pain, complex regional pain syndrome, cardiac hypertrophy, musclewasting, catabolic disorders, obesity, fetal growth retardation, hyperchlolesterolemia, heart disease, chronic heart failure, mesothelioma, anhidrotic ecodermal dysplasia, Behcet's disease, incontinentia pigmenti, Paget' s disease, pancreatitis, hereditary periodic fever syndrome, asthma (allergic and non-allergic, mild, moderate, severe, bronchitic, and exercise-induced), acute lung injury, acute respiratory distress syndrome, eosinophilia, hypersensitivities, anaphylaxis, nasal sinusitis, ocular allergy, silica induced diseases, COPD (reduction of damage, airways inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity
- cystic fibrosis 2009184-0008 cystic fibrosis, acid-induced lung injury, pulmonary hypertension, polyneuropathy, cataracts, muscle inflammation in conjunction with systemic sclerosis, dermatomyositis, polymyositis, inclusion body myositis, myasthenia gravis, thyroiditis, Addison's disease, lichen planus, Type 1 diabetes, or Type 2 diabetes.
- the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from acute and chronic gout, chronic gouty arthritis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis (SJIA), Cryopyrin- Associated Periodic Syndromes (CAPS), or osteoarthritis.
- the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from a TH17-mediated disease.
- the TH17-mediated disease is selected from Systemic lupus erythematosus, Multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease including Crohn's or ulcerative colitis.
- the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from Sjogren's syndrome allergic disorders, osteoarthritis.
- Conditions of the eye such as ocular allergy, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the nose including allergic rhinitis.
- the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alopecia areata, erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo, hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, paraneoplastic pemphigus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, and other inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin.
- Cardiovascular diseases which can be treated according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, restenosis, cardiomegaly, atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, ischemic stroke and congestive heart failure.
- Neurodegenerative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's disease, and cerebral ischemia, and neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, glutamate neurotoxicity and hypoxia, epilepsy,
- the disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from organ transplantation, organ transplant rejection, graft versus host disease.
- the metabolic disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from, Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome including obesity.
- the cardiovascular disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is heart disease or atherosclerosis.
- the neurodegenerative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is epilepsy.
- the viral disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is HIV infection.
- the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definitions herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a hydrate or solvate thereof for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a proliferative disease, an inflammatory disease or an obstructive respiratory disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurological disease or a disorder commonly occurring in connection with transplantation.
- additional therapeutic agents which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds and compositions of this invention.
- additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated.”
- a provided combination, or composition thereof is administered in combination with another therapeutic agent.
- MS Multiple Sclerosis
- combination therapies of the present invention are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
- Those additional agents may be administered separately from a provided combination therapy, as part of a multiple dosage regimen.
- those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or, within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
- the term “combination,” “combined,” and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this invention.
- a combination of the present invention may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form.
- the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
- the amount of additional therapeutic agent will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
- the amount of additional therapeutic agent will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
- 2009184-0008 therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
- the present invention provides a composition comprising a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents.
- the therapeutic agent may be administered together with a compound of formula I, or may be administered prior to or following administration of a compound of formula I. Suitable therapeutic agents are described in further detail below.
- a compound of formula I may be administered up to 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5, hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 1 1 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, or 18 hours before the therapeutic agent.
- a compound of formula I may be administered up to 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5, hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 1 1 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, or 18 hours following the therapeutic agent.
- the present invention provides a method of treating an inflammatory disease, disorder or condition by administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents.
- additional therapeutic agents may be small molecules or recombinant biologic agents and include, for example, acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSABDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, colchicine (Colcrys®), corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, probenecid, allopurinol, febuxostat (Uloric®), sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®), antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil®) and chloroquine (Aralen®), methotre
- NSABDS
- the present invention provides a method of treating gout comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS)
- NSAIDS non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
- 2009184-0008 such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, colchicine (Colcrys®), corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, probenecid, allopurinol and febuxostat (Uloric®).
- the present invention provides a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®), antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil®) and chloroquine (Aralen®), methotrexate (Rheumatrex®), gold salts such as gold thioglucose (Solganal®), gold thiomalate (Myochrysine®) and auranofin (Ridaura®), D-penicill
- NSAIDS non-
- the present invention provides a method of treating osteoarthritis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, diclofenac, cortisone, hyaluronic acid (Synvisc® or Hyalgan®) and monoclonal antibodies such as tanezumab.
- NSAIDS non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
- the present invention provides a method of treating lupus comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil®) and chloroquine (Aralen®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), methotrexate (Rheumatrex®), azathioprine (Imuran®) and anticoagulants such as heparin (Calcinparine® or Liquaemin®) and warfarin (Coumadin®).
- NSAIDS non-steroidal anti
- the present invention provides a method of treating inflammatory bowel disease comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from mesalamine (Asacol®) sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®), antidiarrheals such as diphenoxylate (Lomotil®) and loperamide (Imodium®), bile acid binding agents such as cholestyramine, alosetron (Lotronex®), lubiprostone (Amitiza®), laxatives such as Milk of Magnesia, polyethylene glycol (MiraLax®), Dulcolax®, Correctol® and Senokot® and anticholinergics or antispasmodics such as dicyclomine (Bentyl®), anti-TNF therapies, steroids, and antibiotics such as Flagyl or ciprofloxacin.
- mesalamine Asacol®
- Amulfidine® antidiarrheals
- the present invention provides a method of treating asthma comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from Singulair®, beta-2 agonists such as albuterol (Ventolin® HFA, Proventil® HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex®), metaproterenol (Alupent®), pirbuterol acetate (Maxair®), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire®), salmeterol xinafoate (Serevent®) and formoterol (Foradil®), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide (Atrovent®) and tiotropium (Spiriva®), inhaled corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, beclomethasone dipropionate (Beclovent®, Qvar®, and Vanceril®), triamcinolone acetonide (Az
- the present invention provides a method of treating COPD comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from beta-2 agonists such as albuterol (Ventolin® HFA, Proventil® HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex®), metaproterenol (Alupent®), pirbuterol acetate (Maxair®), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire®), salmeterol xinafoate (Serevent®) and formoterol (Foradil®), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide (Atrovent®) and tiotropium (Spiriva®), methylxanthines such as theophylline (Theo-Dur®, Theolair®, Slo-bid®, Uniphyl®, Theo-24®) and aminophylline, inhaled corticosteroids such as prednisone, pred
- the present invention provides a method of treating HIV comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as zidovudine (Retrovir®), abacavir (Ziagen®), abacavir/lamivudine (Epzicom®), abacavir/lamivudine/zidovudine (Trizivir®), didanosine (Videx®), emtricitabine (Emtriva®), lamivudine (Epivir®), lamivudine/zidovudine (Combivir®), stavudine (Zerit®), and zalcitabine (Hivid®), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as delavirdine (Rescriptor®), efavirenz (Sustiva®), nevairapine (Viramune®) and
- the present invention provides a method of treating diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from rituximab (Rituxan®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), doxorubicin (Hydrodaunorubicin®), vincristine (Oncovin®) and prednisone, and combinations thereof.
- rituximab Renuxan®
- Cytoxan® cyclophosphamide
- doxorubicin Hadrodaunorubicin®
- vincristine Oncovin®
- prednisone prednisone
- the present invention provides a method of treating multiple myeloma comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from bortezomib (Velcase®), and dexamethasone (Decadron ®) in combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid ®).
- additional therapeutic agents selected from bortezomib (Velcase®), and dexamethasone (Decadron ®) in combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid ®).
- the present invention provides a method of treating multiple myeloma comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from bortezomib (Velcade®), and dexamethasone (Decadron®) in combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid®).
- additional therapeutic agents selected from bortezomib (Velcade®), and dexamethasone (Decadron®) in combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid®).
- the present invention provides a method of treating Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a
- the present invention provides a method of treating organ transplant rejection or graft vs. host disease comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from a steroid, cyclosporin, FK506, or rapamycin.
- the compounds and compositions, according to the method of the present invention may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of cancer, an autoimmune disorder, a proliferative disorder, an inflammatory disorder, a neurodegenerative or neurological disorder, schizophrenia, a bone- related disorder, liver disease, or a cardiac disorder.
- the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like.
- Compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
- the expression "dosage unit form" as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated.
- the specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
- patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
- compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated.
- the compounds of the invention may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
- the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
- the oral compositions can also
- Injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
- Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
- Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide- polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
- compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
- Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
- the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar—agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol
- Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
- the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other
- 2009184-0008 coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
- embedding compositions include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
- the active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above.
- the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
- the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
- Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
- the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
- buffering agents include polymeric substances and waxes.
- Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches.
- the active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
- Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
- the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body.
- Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium.
- Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
- the invention relates to a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
- the invention relates to a method of inhibiting IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
- the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
- biological sample includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
- Inhibition of protein kinase, or a protein kinase selected from IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological specimen storage, and biological assays.
- Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
- the invention relates to a method of inhibiting one or more of IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
- the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting one or more of IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
- the present invention provides a method for treating a disorder mediated by one ' or more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, in a patient in need thereof, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound according to the present
- additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat that condition may also be present in the compositions of this invention.
- additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated.”
- a compound of the current invention may also be used to advantage in combination with other antiproliferative compounds.
- antiproliferative compounds include, but are not limited to aromatase inhibitors; antiestrogens; topoisomerase I inhibitors; topoisomerase II inhibitors; microtubule active compounds; alkylating compounds; histone deacetylase inhibitors; compounds which induce cell differentiation processes; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; MMP inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; antineoplastic antimetabolites; platin compounds; compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity and further anti-angiogenic compounds; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase; gonadorelin agonists; anti-androgens; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors; matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors; bisphosphonates; biological response modifiers; antiproliferative antibodies; heparanase inhibitors; inhibitor
- aromatase inhibitor as used herein relates to a compound which inhibits estrogen production, for instance, the conversion of the substrates androstenedione and testosterone to estrone and estradiol, respectively.
- the term includes, but is not limited to steroids, especially atamestane, exemestane and formestane and, in particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethirnide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and letrozole.
- steroids especially atamestane, exemestane and formestane and, in particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethirnide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and letrozole.
- AromasinTM 2009184-0008 is marketed under the trade name AromasinTM.
- Formestane is marketed under the trade name LentaronTM.
- Fadrozole is marketed under the trade name AfemaTM.
- Anastrozole is marketed under the trade name ArimidexTM.
- Letrozole is marketed under the trade names FemaraTM or FemarTM.
- Aminoglutethimide is marketed under the trade name OrimetenTM.
- a combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an aromatase inhibitor is particularly useful for the treatment of hormone receptor positive tumors, such as breast tumors.
- antiestrogen as used herein relates to a compound which antagonizes the effect of estrogens at the estrogen receptor level.
- the term includes, but is not limited to tamoxifen, fulvestrant, raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride.
- Tamoxifen is marketed under the trade name NolvadexTM.
- Raloxifene hydrochloride is marketed under the trade name EvistaTM.
- Fulvestrant can be administered under the trade name FaslodexTM.
- a combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an antiestrogen is particularly useful for the treatment of estrogen receptor positive tumors, such as breast tumors.
- anti-androgen as used herein relates to any substance which is capable of inhibiting the biological effects of androgenic hormones and includes, but is not limited to, bicalutamide (CasodexTM).
- gonadorelin agonist as used herein includes, but is not limited to abarelix, goserelin and goserelin acetate. Goserelin can be administered under the trade name ZoladexTM.
- topoisomerase I inhibitor includes, but is not limited to topotecan, gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecian and its analogues, 9-nitrocamptothecin and the macromolecular camptothecin conjugate PNU-166148.
- Irinotecan can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CamptosarTM.
- Topotecan is marketed under the trade name HycamptinTM.
- topoisomerase II inhibitor includes, but is not limited to the anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, such as CaelyxTM), daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide.
- Etoposide is marketed under the trade name EtopophosTM.
- Teniposide is marketed under the trade name VM 26-Bristol
- Doxorubicin is marketed under the trade name AcriblastinTM or AdriamycinTM.
- Epirubicin is marketed under the trade name FarmorubicinTM.
- Idarubicin is marketed, under the trade name ZavedosTM.
- Mitoxantrone is marketed under the trade name Novantron.
- microtubule active agent relates to microtubule stabilizing, microtubule destabilizing compounds and microtublin polymerization inhibitors including, but not limited to taxanes, such as paclitaxel and docetaxel; vinca alkaloids, such as vinblastine or vinblastine sulfate, vincristine or vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine; discodermolides; cochicine and epothilones and derivatives thereof.
- Paclitaxel is marketed under the trade name TaxolTM.
- Docetaxel is marketed under the trade name TaxotereTM.
- Vinblastine sulfate is marketed under the trade name Vinblastin R.PTM.
- Vincristine sulfate is marketed under the trade name FarmistinTM.
- alkylating agent includes, but is not limited to, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosourea (BCNU or Gliadel). Cyclophosphamide is marketed under the trade name CyclostinTM. Ifosfamide . is marketed under the trade name HoloxanTM.
- histone deacetylase inhibitors or "HDAC inhibitors” relates to compounds which inhibit the histone deacetylase and which possess antiproliferative activity. This includes, but is not limited to, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA).
- SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
- antimetabolite includes, but is not limited to, 5-fluorouracil or 5-FU, capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating compounds, such as 5-azacytidine and decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and folic acid antagonists such as pemetrexed.
- Capecitabine is marketed under the trade name XelodaTM.
- Gemcitabine is marketed under the trade name GemzarTM.
- platinum compound includes, but is not limited to, carboplatin, cis-platin, cisplatinum and oxaliplatin.
- Carboplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CarboplatTM.
- Oxaliplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark EloxatinTM.
- the term "compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity; or a protein or lipid phosphatase activity; or further anti-angiogenic compounds” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, protein tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or threonine kinase inhibitors or lipid kinase inhibitors, such as a) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the platelet-derived growth factor-receptors (PDGFR), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of PDGFR, especially compounds which inhibit the PDGF receptor, such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, such as imatinib, SU101 , SU6668
- BCR-Abl kinase and mutants, such as compounds which target decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Abl family members and their gene fusion products, such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, such as imatinib or nilotinib (AMN107); PD180970; AG957; NSC 680410; PD173955 from ParkeDavis; or dasatinib (BMS-354825); j) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the protein kinase C (PKC) and Raf family of serine/threonine kinases, members of the MEK, SRC, JAK, FAK, PDK1, PKB/Akt, and Ras/MAPK family members, and/or members of the cyclin-dependent kinase family (CDK) including staurosporine derivatives, such as midostaurin; examples of further compounds include UCN-01 , safingol, BAY 43-900
- Further anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having another mechanism for their activity, e.g. unrelated to protein or lipid kinase inhibition e.g. thalidomide (ThalomidTM) and TNP-470.
- ThilomidTM thalidomide
- TNP-470 TNP-470.
- Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase are e.g. inhibitors of phosphatase 1 , phosphatase 2 A, or CDC25, such as okadaic acid or a derivative thereof.
- Compounds which induce cell differentiation processes include, but are not limited to, retinoic acid, ⁇ - ⁇ - or ⁇ - tocopherol or a- ⁇ - or ⁇ -tocotrienol.
- cyclooxygenase inhibitor as used herein includes, but is not limited to, Cox- 2 inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and derivatives, such as celecoxib (CelebrexTM), rofecoxib (VioxxTM), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2- arylarnihophenylacetic acid, such as 5-methyl-2-(2'-chloro-6'-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
- Cox- 2 inhibitors such as celecoxib (CelebrexTM), rofecoxib (VioxxTM), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2- arylarnihophenylacetic acid, such as 5-methyl-2-(2'-chloro-6'-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
- bisphosphonates includes, but is not limited to, etridonic, clodronic, tiludronic, pamidronic, alendronic, ibandronic, risedronic and zoledronic acid.
- Etridonic acid is marketed under the trade name DidronelTM.
- Clodronic acid is marketed under the trade name BonefosTM.
- Tiludronic acid is marketed under the trade name SkelidTM.
- Pamidronic acid is marketed under the trade name ArediaTM.
- Alendronic acid is marketed under the trade name FosamaxTM.
- Ibandronic acid is marketed under the trade name BondranatTM.
- Risedronic acid is marketed under the trade name ActonelTM. Zoledronic acid is marketed under
- mTOR inhibitors relate to compounds which inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and which possess antiproliferative activity such as sirolimus (Rapamune®), everolimus (CerticanTM), CCI-779 and ABT578.
- heparanase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit heparin sulfate degradation.
- the term includes, but is not limited to, PI-88.
- biological response modifier refers to a lymphokine or interferons.
- inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms such as H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras, as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the oncogenic activity of Ras; for example, a “farnesyl transferase inhibitor” such as L- 744832, DK8G557 or Rl 15777 (ZarnestraTM).
- telomerase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase are especially compounds which inhibit the telomerase receptor, such as telomestatin.
- methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase.
- Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase include, but are not limited to, bengamide or a derivative thereof.
- proteasome inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome.
- Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome include, but are not limited to, Bortezomib (VelcadeTM) and MLN 341.
- matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor or (“MMP” inhibitor) as used herein includes, but is not limited to, collagen peptidomimetic and nonpeptidomimetic inhibitors, tetracycline derivatives, e.g. hydroxamate peptidomimetic inhibitor batimastat and its orally bioavailable analogue marimastat (BB-2516), prinomastat (AG3340), metastat (NSC 683551) BMS-279251 , BAY 12-9566, TAA21 1 , MMI270B or AAJ996.
- MMP matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor
- FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors which are compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors (Flt-3R); interferon, ⁇ - ⁇ -D-arabinofuransylcytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan; and ALK inhibitors, which are compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
- FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the Flt-3R receptor kinase family, such as PKC412, midostaurin, a staurosporine derivative, SU 11248 and MLN518.
- HSP90 inhibitors includes, but is not limited to, compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90; degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client proteins via the ubiquitin proteosome pathway.
- Compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit the ATPase activity of HSP90, such as 17-allylamino,17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG), a geldanamycin derivative; other geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC inhibitors.
- antiproliferative antibodies includes, but is not limited to, trastuzumab (HerceptinTM), Trastuzumab-DMl, erbitux, bevacizumab (AvastinTM), rituximab (Rituxan ® ), PR064553 (anti-CD40) and 2C4 Antibody.
- trastuzumab HerceptinTM
- Trastuzumab-DMl erbitux
- bevacizumab AvastinTM
- rituximab Rasteran ®
- PR064553 anti-CD40
- compounds of the current invention can be used in combination with standard leukemia therapies, especially in combination with therapies used for the treatment of AML.
- compounds of the current invention can be administered in combination with, for example, farnesyl transferase inhibitors and/or other drugs useful for the treatment of AML, such as Daunorubicin, Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP- 16, Teniposide, Mitoxantrone, Idarubicin, Carboplatinum and PKC412.
- HDAC histone deacetylase
- SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
- HDAC inhibitors include MS275, SAHA, FK228 (formerly FR901228), Trichostatin A and compounds disclosed in US 6,552,065 including, but not limited to, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-lH-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]- amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and N-
- Somatostatin receptor antagonists refer to compounds which target, treat or inhibit the somatostatin receptor such as octreotide, and SOM230.
- Tumor cell damaging approaches refer to approaches such as ionizing radiation.
- ionizing radiation means ionizing radiation that occurs as either electromagnetic rays (such as X- rays and gamma rays) or particles (such as alpha and beta particles). Ionizing radiation is provided in, but not limited to, radiation therapy and is known in the art. See Hellman, Principles of Radiation Therapy, Cancer, in Principles and Practice of Oncology, Devita et al., Eds., 4 th Edition, Vol. 1 , pp. 248-275 (1993).
- EDG binders and ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors.
- EDG binders refers to a class of immunosuppressants that modulates lymphocyte recirculation, such as FTY720.
- ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors refers to pyrimidine or purine nucleoside analogs including, but not limited to, fludarabine and/or cytosine arabinoside (ara-C), 6-thioguanine, 5-fluorouracil, cladribine, 6-mercaptopurine (especially in combination with ara-C against ALL) and/or pentostatin.
- Ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors are especially hydroxyurea or 2-hydroxy- lH-isoindole-l ,3-dione derivatives.
- VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
- l-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof l-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine succinate
- AngiostatinTM EndostatinTM
- anthranilic acid amides ZD4190; ZD6474; SU5416; SU6668
- bevacizumab or anti-VEGF antibodies or anti-VEGF receptor antibodies, such as rhuMAb and RHUFab
- VEGF aptamer such as Macugon
- FLT-4 inhibitors, FLT-3 inhibitors VEGFR-2 IgGI antibody
- Angiozyme RI 4610)
- Bevacizumab AvastinTM
- Photodynamic therapy refers to therapy which uses certain chemicals known as photosensitizing compounds to treat or prevent cancers.
- Examples of photodynamic therapy include treatment with compounds, such as VisudyneTM and porfimer sodium.
- Angiostatic steroids refers to compounds which block or inhibit angiogenesis, such as, e.g., anecortave, triamcinolone, hydrocortisone, 1 1-a-epihydrocotisol, cortexolone, 17a-hydroxyprogesterone, corticosterone, desoxycorticosterone, testosterone, estrone and dexamethasone.
- angiogenesis such as, e.g., anecortave, triamcinolone, hydrocortisone, 1 1-a-epihydrocotisol, cortexolone, 17a-hydroxyprogesterone, corticosterone, desoxycorticosterone, testosterone, estrone and dexamethasone.
- Implants containing corticosteroids refers to compounds, such as fluocinolone and dexamethasone.
- chemotherapeutic compounds include, but are not limited to, plant alkaloids, hormonal compounds and antagonists; biological response modifiers, preferably lymphokines or interferons; antisense oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide derivatives; shRNA or siRNA; or miscellaneous compounds or compounds with other or unknown mechanism of action.
- the compounds of the invention are also useful as co-therapeutic compounds for use in combination with other drug substances such as anti-inflammatory, bronchodilatory or antihistamine drug substances, particularly in the treatment of obstructive or inflammatory airways diseases such as those mentioned hereinbefore, for example as potentiators of therapeutic activity of such drugs or as a means of reducing required dosaging or potential side effects of such drugs.
- a compound of the invention may be mixed with the other drug substance in a fixed pharmaceutical composition or it may be administered separately, before, simultaneously with or after the other drug substance.
- the invention includes a combination of a compound of the invention as hereinbefore described with an antiinflammatory, bronchodilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug substance, said compound of the invention and said drug substance being in the same or different pharmaceutical composition.
- Suitable anti-inflammatory drugs include steroids, in particular glucocorticosteroids such as budesonide, beclamethasone dipropionate, fluticasone propionate, ciclesonide or mometasone furoate; non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor agonists; LTB4 antagonists such LY2931 11, CGS025019C, CP-195543, SC-53228, BIIL 284, ONO 4057, SB 209247; LTD4 antagonists such as montelukast and zafirlukast; PDE4 inhibitors such cilomilast (Ariflo® GlaxoSmithKline), Roflumilast (Byk Gulden), V-l 1294A (Napp), BAY19-8004 (Bayer), SCH- 351591 (Schering- Plough), Arofylline (Almirall Prodesfarma), PD 189659 / PD 168787 (Parke- Davis
- Suitable bronchodilatory drugs include anticholinergic or antimuscarinic compounds, in particular ipratropium bromide, oxitropium bromide, tiotropium salts and CHF 4226 (Chiesi), and glycopyrrolate.
- Suitable antihistamine drug substances include cetirizine hydrochloride, acetaminophen, clemastine fumarate, promethazine, loratidine, desloratidine, diphenhydramine and fexofenadine hydrochloride, activastine, astemizole, azelastine, ebastine, epinastine, mizolastine and tefenadine.
- chemokine receptors e.g. CCR-1 , CCR-2, CCR-3, CCR-4, CCR-5, CCR-6, CCR-7, CCR-8, CCR-9 and CCR10
- CXCR1 , CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, particularly CCR-5 antagonists such as Schering-Plough antagonists SC-351 125, SCH- 55700 and SCH-D
- Takeda antagonists such as N-[[4-[[[[6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylphenyl)- 5H-benzo-cyclohepten-8-yl]carbonyl]amino]phenyl]-methyl]tetrahydro-N,N-dimethyl-2H- pyran-4- aminium chloride (TAK-770).
- a compound of the current invention may also be used in combination with known therapeutic processes, for example, the administration of hormones or radiation.
- a provided compound is used as a radiosensitizer, especially for the treatment of tumors which exhibit poor sensitivity to radiotherapy.
- a compound of the current invention can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic compounds, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic compounds being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic compounds.
- a compound of the current invention can besides or in addition be administered especially for tumor therapy in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, phototherapy, surgical intervention, or a combination of these. Long-term therapy is equally possible as is adjuvant therapy in the context of other treatment strategies, as described above. Other possible treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status after tumor regression, or even chemopreventive therapy, for example in patients at risk.
- Those additional agents may be administered separately from an inventive compound-containing composition, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those
- 2009184-0008 agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
- the term “combination,” “combined,” and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this invention.
- a compound of the present invention may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form.
- the present invention provides a single unit dosage form comprising a compound of the current invention, an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
- compositions of this invention should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of an inventive can be administered.
- compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent that additional therapeutic agent and the compound of this invention may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01 - 1 ,000 g/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be administered.
- the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
- the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
- compositions for coating an implantable medical device such as prostheses, artificial valves, vascular grafts, stents and catheters.
- vascular grafts for example, have been
- Implantable devices coated with a compound of this invention are another embodiment of the present invention.
- Example 9 Synthesis of 3-((5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-5).
- Example 10 Synthesis of trans-4-((7-ethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol.
- Example 11 Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-7).
- Example 12 Synthesis of trans-N ⁇ 6/7-dihydro-5H-cycIopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-
- Example 13 Synthesis of N-(trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)acetamide (1-11).
- Example 15 Synthesis of cis-3-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cycIopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-21).
- Example 16 Synthesis of trans-3-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-22).
- Example 17 Synthesis of trans-4-((5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-19).
- Example 19 Synthesis of trans-N 1 -(5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- N 4 -methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-44).
- Example 20 Synthesis of trans-N'- ⁇ -dihydro-SH-cyclopenta ⁇ SlthienoP ⁇ - d]pyrimidi 4 -methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-34).
- Example 22 Synthesis of trans-4-((6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-37).
- Example 23 Synthesis of trans-N ⁇ ie ⁇ -dimeth l-S ⁇ -S- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-38).
- Example 24 Synthesis of trans-N'- ⁇ -ethyl-S ⁇ e- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-39).
- Example 25 Synthesis of trans-N I -(6,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N ,N 4 -dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine
- Example 26 Synthesis of trans-N'- ⁇ -dimethyl-S ⁇ ,? ⁇ - tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N -methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I-
- Example 27 Synthesis of trans-4-((6,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4 43).
- Example 28 Synthesis of trans-N 1 ,N 1 -dimethyl-N -(5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-50).
- Example 29 Synthesis of trans-N'-iS ⁇ -dimethylthienoP ⁇ -dlpyrimidin ⁇ -yl)- N 4 ,N 4 -dimeth
- Example 31 Synthesis of trans-N 1 -((R)-6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobe .
- Example 32 Synthesis of trans-N ⁇ iS ⁇ ⁇ -tetrahydrobenzo ⁇ lthieno ⁇ - d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane- 1,4-diamine (1-49).
- Example 33 Synthesis of trans-N'- ⁇ -methyl-S ⁇ ,? ⁇ - tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-51).
- Example 34 Synthesis of trans-N 1 -methyl-N4-(6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobe 2).
- Example 35 Synthesis of trans-N 1 -methyl-N4-(5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobe -53).
- Example 36 Synthesis of trans-N ⁇ N ⁇ dimethyl-N -(6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI)cycIohexane-l,4-diamine (1-54).
- Example 37 trans-N 1 -(7-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thiei d]pyrimi 4 ,N 4 -dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-55).
- Example 38 Synthesis of traiis-N ⁇ -dimethyl-N ⁇ iR ⁇ -methyl-S ⁇ S- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-56).
- Example 39 Synthesis of trans-N 1 -(5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-57).
- Example 40 Synthesis of trans-Nl-(7-ethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyriinidin-4-yl)-N4-methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 58).
- Example 41 Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]py
- Example 42 Synthesis of 2-((trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)amino)acetic acid (1-65).
- Example 43 Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-methylcyclohexanamine (1-66).
- Example 44 Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-N,N-dimethylcyclohexanamine (1-67).
- Example 45 Synthesis of 2-((trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]py
- Example 46 Synthesis of trans-N 6 -dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N 4 -
- Example 47 Synthesis of traiis-N 6 -dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N 4 ,N 4 -diethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-72).
- Example 48 Synthesis of trans-N'- ⁇ -dihydro-SH-cyclopentar t ⁇ thienoP ⁇ - d]pyrimidin- -eth l-N 4 -meth lc clohexane-l 4-diamine (1-73).
- Example 49 Synthesis of trans-N 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimid -4- -N 4 ,N 4 -dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamin -12).
- Example 51 Synthesis of l-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-l -N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0 A [2 > 6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 169).
- Example 52 Synthesis of l-N-methyl-l-N-(2-phenylethyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0 A [2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I-
- Example 53 Synthesis of l-N-[(2-chloro-6-fluorophenyl)methyl]-l-N-methyl-4- N-[7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0 A [2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane- 1,4-diami
- Example 54 Synthesis of l-N-methyl-l-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0 A [2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 163).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to compounds and methods useful for inhibiting one or more interleukin-l receptor-associated kinases ("IRAK"). In some embodiments, a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 and IRAK-4. The invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present invention and methods of using said compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
Description
IRAK INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application claims priority to United States provisional patent application serial number 61/431,227, filed January 10, 2011, and United States provisional patent application serial number 61/545,873, filed October 11, 2011, the entirety of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates to compounds and methods useful for inhibiting one or more interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinases ("IRAK"). The invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present invention and methods of using said compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The search for new therapeutic agents has been greatly aided in recent years by a better understanding of the structure of enzymes and other biomolecules associated with diseases. One important class of enzymes that has been the subject of extensive study is the protein kinase family.
[0004] Protein kinases constitute a large family of structurally related enzymes that are responsible for the control of a variety of signal transduction processes within the cell. Protein kinases are thought to have evolved from a common ancestral gene due to the conservation of their structure and catalytic function. Almost all kinases contain a similar 250-300 amino acid catalytic domain. The kinases may be categorized into families by the substrates they phosphorylate (e.g., protein-tyrosine, protein-serine/threonine, lipids, etc.).
[0005] In general, protein kinases mediate intracellular signaling by effecting a phosphoryl transfer from a nucleoside triphosphate to a protein acceptor that is involved in a signaling pathway. These phosphorylation events act as molecular on/off switches that can modulate or regulate the target protein biological function. These phosphorylation events are ultimately triggered in response to a variety of extracellular and other stimuli. Examples of such stimuli include environmental and chemical stress signals (e.g., osmotic shock, heat shock, ultraviolet
2009184-0008
radiation, bacterial endotoxin, and ¾(¾), cytokines (e.g., interleukin- 1 (IL-1), interleukin-8 (IL- 8) and tumor necrosis factor a (TNF-a)), and growth factors (e.g., granulocyte macrophage- colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), and fibroblast growth factor (FGF)). An extracellular stimulus may affect one or more cellular responses related to cell growth, migration, differentiation, secretion of hormones, activation of transcription factors, muscle contraction, glucose metabolism, control of protein synthesis, and regulation of the cell cycle.
[0006] Many diseases are associated with abnormal cellular responses triggered by kinase- mediated events. These diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic diseases, neurological and neurodegenerative diseases, cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies and asthma, Alzheimer's disease, and hormone-related diseases. Accordingly, there remains a need to find protein kinase inhibitors useful as therapeutic agents.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS
1. General Description of Certain Embodiments of the Invention:
[0007] Compounds of the present invention, and compositions thereof, are useful as inhibitors of one or more IRAK protein kinases. In some embodiments, a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 and IRAK-4.
[0008] The binding pocket of IRAK-4 contains a plurality of hydration sites, each of which is occupied by a single molecule of water. Each of these water molecules has a stability rating associated with it. As used herein, the term "stability rating" refers to a numerical calculation which incorporates the enthalpy, entropy, and free energy values associated with each water molecule. This stability rating allows for a measurable determination of the relative stability of water molecules that occupy hydration sites in the binding pocket of IRAK-4.
[0009] Water molecules occupying hydration sites in the binding pocket of IRAK-4 having a stability rating of >2.5 kcal/mol are referred to as "unstable waters."
[0010] Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that displacement or disruption of an unstable water molecule (i.e., a water molecule having a stability rating of >2.5 kcal/mol), , or replacement of a stable water (i.e., a water molecule having a stability rating of < 1 kcal mol), by an inhibitor results in tighter binding of that inhibitor. Accordingly, inhibitors designed to displace one or more unstable water molecules (i.e., those unstable water
Page 2 of 407
2009184-0008
molecules not displaced by any known inhibitor) will be a tighter binder and, therefore, more potent inhibitor as compared to an inhibitor that does not displace unstable water molecules.
[0011] It was surprisingly found that provided compounds displace or disrupt one or more unstable water molecules. In some embodiments, a provided compound displaces or disrupts at least two unstable water molecules.
[0012] In certain embodiments, the resent invention provides a compound of formula I:
I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1 -3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
n is 0-4;
each R1 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -CH2OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-OR, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, Cy, or -NRS02R, or:
two R1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each R is independently hydrogen, deuterium, or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci_6 aliphatic, aryl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1 -4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or:
Page 3 of 407
2009184-0008
two R groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with their intervening atoms to form a 4-7 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each of Rx and R is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R,
-S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, or -NRS02R, or:
Rx and Ry are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R2;
Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring or a 4-8 membered
partially unsaturated azacyclic fused ring having one or two nitrogens;
m is 0-4;
each R2 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, or -NRS02R, or:
two R2 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
W is N or -C(R3)-;
Rz is R, CN, NO2, halogen, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)OR, -C(0)R, -N(R)2, -OR, or -S02N(R)2;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, C aliphatic, C haloaliphatic, -OR, -C(0)R, or -C(0)N(R)2; and
L is a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -S02N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S02-.
2. Compounds and Definitions:
[0013] Compounds of the present invention include those described generally herein, and are further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75lh Ed. Additionally, general principles of
Page 4 of 407
2009184-0008
organic chemistry are described in "Organic Chemistry", Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., Ed.: Smith, M.B. and March, J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
[0014] The term "aliphatic" or "aliphatic group", as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as "carbocycle," "cycloaliphatic" or "cycloalkyl"), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1 -4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-2 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, "cycloaliphatic" (or "carbocycle" or "cycloalkyl") refers to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
[0015] As used herein, the term "bridged bicyclic" refers to any bicyclic ring system, i.e. carbocyclic or heterocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated, having at least one bridge. As defined by lUPAC, a "bridge" is an unbranched chain of atoms or an atom or a valence bond connecting two bridgeheads, where a "bridgehead" is any skeletal atom of the ring system which is bonded to three or more skeletal atoms (excluding hydrogen). In some embodiments, a bridged bicyclic group has 7-12 ring members and 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Such bridged bicyclic groups are well known in the art and include those groups set forth below where each group is attached to the rest of the molecule at any substitutable carbon or nitrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as set forth for aliphatic groups.
Page 5 of 407
2009184-0008
Additionally or alternatively, any substitutable nitrogen of a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted
[0016] The term "lower alkyl" refers to a C]-4 straight or branched alkyl group. Exemplary lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert-butyl.
[0017] The term "lower haloalkyl" refers to a C 1-4 straight or branched alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
[0018] The term "heteroatom" means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR+ (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
[0019] The term "unsaturated," as used herein, means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation.
[0020] As used herein, the term "bivalent Ci-8 (or Ci^) saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain", refers to bivalent alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene chains that are straight or branched as defined herein.
Page 6 of 407
2009184-0008
[0021] The term "alkylene" refers to a bivalent alkyl group. An "alkylene chain" is a polymethylene group, i.e., -(CH2),,-, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3. A substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0022] The term "alkenylene" refers to a bivalent alkenyl group. A substituted alkenylene chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0023] As used here term "cyclopropylenyl" refers to a bivalent cyclopropyl group of the following structure:
[0024] The term "halogen" means F, CI, Br, or I.
[0025] The term "aryl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in "aralkyl," "aralkoxy," or "aryloxyalkyl," refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term "aryl" may be used interchangeably with the term "aryl ring." In certain embodiments of the present invention, "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or more substituents. Also included within the scope of the term "aryl," as it is used herein, is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or more non-aromatic rings, such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
[0026] The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar-," used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., "heteroaralkyl," or "heteroaralkoxy," refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms. The term "heteroatom" refers to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and any quatemized form of a basic nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl,
Page 7 of 407
2009184-0008
naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl. The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar-", as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-l,4-oxazin- 3(4H)-one. A heteroaryl group may be mono- or bicyclic. The term "heteroaryl" may be used interchangeably with the terms "heteroaryl ring," "heteroaryl group," or "heteroaromatic," any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted. The term "heteroaralkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.
[0027] As used herein, the terms "heterocycle," "heterocyclyl," "heterocyclic radical," and "heterocyclic ring" are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or 7-10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above. When used in reference to a ring atom of a heterocycle, the term "nitrogen" includes a substituted nitrogen. As an example, in a saturated or partially unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4- dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl), or +NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
[0028] A heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted. Examples of such saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl. The terms "heterocycle," "heterocyclyl," "heterocyclyl ring," "heterocyclic group," "heterocyclic moiety," and "heterocyclic radical," are used interchangeably herein, and also include groups in which a heterocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloaliphatic rings, such as indolinyl, 3H-indolyl, chromanyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl. A heterocyclyl group may be mono- or bicyclic. The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group
Page 8 of 407
2009184-0008
substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions independently are optionally substituted.
[0029] As used herein, the term "partially unsaturated" refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond. The term "partially unsaturated" is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.
[0030] As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain "optionally substituted" moieties. In general, the term "substituted," whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an "optionally substituted" group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. The term "stable," as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
[0031] Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an "optionally substituted" group are independently halogen; -(CH2)(MR°; -(CH2)O-40R°; -O(CH2)0-4R°, -O- (CH2)o- C(0)OR°; -(CH2)o_4CH(OR°)2; -(CH^SR0; -(CH2)0^Ph, which may be substituted with R°; -(CH2)( O(CH2)o-iPh which may be substituted with R°; -CH=CHPh, which may be substituted with R°; -(CH^o^CKCH^c pyridyl which may be substituted with R°; -N02; -CN; -N3; -(CH2)o^N(R°)2; -(CH2)0^N(R°)C(O)R°; -N(R°)C(S)R°; -(CH2)o^N(R°)C(0)NR°2; -N(R°)C(S)NR°2; -(CH2)o^N(R°)C(0)OR°; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)R°; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)NR°2; -N(R°)N(R°)C(0)OR°; -(CH2)o-4C(0)R°; -C(S)R°; -(CH2)o^C(0)OR°; -(CH2)CMC(0)SR°; -(CH2)0-4C(O)OSiRO3; -(CH2)o-40C(0)R°; -OC(0)(CH2)< SR- SC(S)SR°;
-(CH2)O-4C(0)NR°2; -C(S)NR°2; -C(S)SR°; -SC(S)SR°, -(CH2)O-40C(0)NR°2; -C(0)N(OR°)R°; -C(0)C(0)R°; -C(0)CH2C(0)R°; -C(NOR°)R°; -(CH^SSR"; -(CH2)o- 4S(0)2R°; -(CH2)o-4S(0)2OR°; -(CH2)o^OS(0)2R°; -S(0)2NR°2; -(CH2)o-4S(0)R°; -N(R°)S(0)2NR°2; -N(R°)S(0)2R°; -N(OR°)R°; -C( H)NR°2; -P(0)2R°; -P(0)R°2; -OP(0)R°2;
Page 9 of 407
2009184-0008
-OP(0)(OR°)2; SiR°3; -(Ci-4 straight or branched alkylene)0-N(R°)2; or -(C1- straight or branched alkylene)C(0)0-N(R°)2, wherein each R° may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, -CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R°, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0^1 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
[0032] Suitable monovalent substituents on R° (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R° together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, -(CH^R*, -(haloR'), -(CH2)o-2OH, -(CH2)o_2OR', -(CH2)0_2CH(OR,)2; -O(haloR'), -CN, -N3, -(CH2)o-2C(0)Re, -(CH2)o_2C(0)OH, -(CH2)o-2C(0)ORe, -(CH2)o-2SR*, -(CH2)o_2SH, -(CH2)o_2NH2, -(CH2)o-2NHR*, -(CH2)o-2NR*2, -N02, SiR -OSiR'3, -C(0)SR', -(Ci_4 straight or branched alkylene)C(0)OR*, or -SSR' wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from C1-4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of R° include =0 and =S.
[0033] Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an "optionally substituted" group include the following: =0, =S, =NNR* 2, =NNHC(0)R*, =NNHC(0)OR\ =NNHS(0)2R*,
-0(C(R* 2))2_30- or -S(C(R* 2))2_3S- wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0- 4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an "optionally substituted" group include: -0(CR* 2)2_30-, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, Ci-6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
Page 10 of 407
2009184-0008
[0034] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen, -R*, -(haloR*), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH2, -NHR*, -NR*2, or -N02, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o-iPh, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0035] Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an "optionally substituted" group include -R†, -NR† 2, -C(0)R†, -C(0)OR†, -C(0)C(0)R†, -C(0)CH2C(0)R†, -S(0)2R†, -S(0)2NR† 2, -C(S)NR† 2, -C(NH)NR† 2, or -N(R†)S(0)2R†; wherein each R† is independently hydrogen, aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted -OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R†, taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0036] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R† are independently halogen, -R*, -(haloR'), -OH, -OR*, -O(haloR'), -CN, -C(0)OH, -C(0)OR*, -NH2, -NHR*, -NR'2, or -N02, wherein each R* is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C 1-4 aliphatic, -CH2Ph, -0(CH2)o_iPh, or a 5-6- membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0037] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by reference. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with
Page 1 1 of 407
2009184-0008
organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
[0038] Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(Ci^talkyl)4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
[0039] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 1 C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present invention. In certain embodiments, a warhead moiety, R1, of a provided compound comprises one or more deuterium atoms. In certain
Page 12 of 407
2009184-0008
embodiments, Ring B of a provided compound may be substituted with one or more deuterium atoms.
[0040] As used herein, the term "inhibitor" is defined as a compound that binds to and /or inhibits IRAK-4 with measurable affinity. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor has an IC50 and/or binding constant of less than about 50 μΜ, less than about 1 μΜ, less than about 500 tiM, less than about 100 nM, less than about 10 nM, or less than about 1 nM.
[0041] A compound of the present invention may be tethered to a detectable moiety. It will be appreciated that such compounds are useful as imaging agents. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a detectable moiety may be attached to a provided compound via a suitable substituent. As used herein, the term "suitable substituent" refers to a moiety that is capable of covalent attachment to a detectable moiety. Such moieties are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include groups containing, e.g., a carboxylate moiety, an amino moiety, a thiol moiety, or a hydroxyl moiety, to name but a few. It will be appreciated that such moieties may be directly attached to a provided compound or via a tethering group, such as a bivalent saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon chain. In some embodiments, such moieties may be attached via click chemistry. In some embodiments, such moieties may be attached via a 1,3-cycloaddition of an azide with an alkyne, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst. Methods of using click chemistry are known in the art and include those described by Rostovtsev et ai, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 41 , 2596-99 and Sun et al, Bioconjugate Chem., 2006, 17, 52-57.
[0042] As used herein, the term "detectable moiety" is used interchangeably with the term "label" and relates to any moiety capable of being detected, e.g., primary labels and secondary labels. Primary labels, such as radioisotopes (e.g., tritium, 32P, 33P, 35S, or 14C), mass-tags, and fluorescent labels are signal generating reporter groups which can be detected without further modifications. Detectable moieties also include luminescent and phosphorescent groups.
[0043] The term "secondary label" as used herein refers to moieties such as biotin and various protein antigens that require the presence of a second intermediate for production of a detectable signal. For biotin, the secondary intermediate may include streptavidin-enzyme conjugates. For antigen labels, secondary intermediates may include antibody-enzyme conjugates. Some fluorescent groups act as secondary labels because they transfer energy to another group in the process of nonradiative fluorescent resonance energy transfer (FRET), and the second group produces the detected signal.
Page 13 of 407
2009184-0008
[0044] The terms "fluorescent label", "fluorescent dye", and "fluorophore" as used herein refer to moieties that absorb light energy at a defined excitation wavelength and emit light energy at a different wavelength. Examples of fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to: Alexa Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660 and Alexa Fluor 680), AMCA, AMCA-S, BODIPY dyes (BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY TR, BODIPY 530/550, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY 576/589, BODIPY 581/591 , BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665), Carboxyrhodamine 6G, carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX), Cascade Blue, Cascade Yellow, Coumarin 343, Cyanine dyes (Cy3, Cy5, Cy3.5, Cy5.5), Dansyl, Dapoxyl, Dialkylaminocoumarin, 4',5'-Dichloro-2\7'-dimethoxy-fluorescein, DM-NERF, Eosin, Erythrosin, Fluorescein, FAM, Hydroxycoumarin, IRDyes (IRD40, IRD 700, IRD 800), JOE, Lissamine rhodamine B, Marina Blue, Methoxycoumarin, Naphthofluorescein, Oregon Green 488, Oregon Green 500, Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, PyMPO, Pyrene, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine 6G, Rhodamine Green, Rhodamine Red, Rhodol Green, 2',4',5',7'-Tetra- bromosulfone-fluorescein, Tetramethyl-rhodamine (TMR), Carboxytetramethylrhodamine (TAMRA), Texas Red, Texas Red-X.
[0045] The term "mass-tag" as used herein refers to any moiety that is capable of being uniquely detected by virtue of its mass using mass spectrometry (MS) detection techniques. Examples of mass-tags include electrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4'-[(p- Methoxytetrafluorobenzyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-methylglyceronyl]isonipecotic Acid, 4'-[2,3,5,6- Tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenoxyl)]methyl acetophenone, and their derivatives. The synthesis and utility of these mass-tags is described in United States Patents 4,650,750, 4,709,016, 5,360,8191, 5,516,931 , 5,602,273, 5,604, 104, 5,610,020, and 5,650,270. Other examples of mass-tags include, but are not limited to, nucleotides, dideoxynucleotides, oligonucleotides of varying length and base composition, oligopeptides, oligosaccharides, and other synthetic polymers of varying length and monomer composition. A large variety of organic molecules, both neutral and charged (biomolecuies or synthetic compounds) of an appropriate mass range (100-2000 Daltons) may also be used as mass-tags.
[0046] The terms "measurable affinity" and "measurably inhibit," as used herein, means a measurable change in an IRAK protein kinase activity between a sample comprising a compound of the present invention, or composition thereof, and an IRAK protein kinase, and an equivalent
Page 14 of 407
2009184-0008
sample comprising an IRAK protein kinase, in the absence of said compound, or composition thereof.
3. Description of Exemplary Embodiments:
[0047] As described above, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
n is 0-4;
each R1 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -CH2OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C0 R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-OR, -NRC(0)R, - NRC(0)N(R)2, Cy, or -NRS02R, or:
two R1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each R is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci-6 aliphatic, aryl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or:
Page 15 of 407
2009184-0008
two R groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with their intervening atoms to form a 4-7 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each of R* and Ry is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02) -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R,
-S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2> or -NRS02R, or:
Rx and R are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R2;
Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring or a 4-8 membered
partially unsaturated azacyclic fused ring having one or two nitrogens;
m is 0-4;
each R2 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, or -NRS02R, or:
two R2 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
W is N or -C(R3)-;
Rz is R, CN, NO2, halogen, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)OR, -C(0)R, -N(R)2, -OR or -S02N(R)2;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, Cl aliphatic, C haloaliphatic, -OR, -C(0)R, or -C(0)N(R)2; and
L is a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -S02N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S02-.
[0048] As defined generally above, the Ring A group of formula I is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, Ring A is a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
Page 16 of 407
2009184-0008
[0049] In some embodiments, Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated carbocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, Ring A is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
[0050] In certain embodiments, Ring A is a 4-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, Ring A is a 5-6 membered saturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, Ring A is piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or tetrahydrofuranyl.
[0051] As defined generally above, the n group of formula I is 0-4. In some embodiments, n is 0. In other embodiments, n is 1-4. In certain embodiments, n is 1 or 2.
[0052] As defined generally above, each R1 group of formula I is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02( -OR, -CH2OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-OR, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, Cy, or -NRS02R, or R1 is selected from one of the following groups:
two R1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0053] . In certain embodiments, R1 is R, -OR, -N(R)2, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-OR, -S02N(R)2, Cy, or -NRC(0)R. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(0)NH2, -C(0)NHCH3, - C(0)NH-OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -S02t-butyl, -OH, -C(0)OH, -NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, - N(CH2CH3)2, -NHC(0)CH3, or -CH2phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is Cy. In certain embodiments, Rl is -N(R)2. In certain embodiments, Rl is selected from one of the following groups:
D O R O
(CH2)^NR2 (CH2)^R
[0054] .Exemplary R1 groups include those depicted in Table 1.
[0055] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein two R1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms
Page 17 of 407
2009184-0008
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, two R groups on adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered ring fused to Ring A. In other embodiments, two R1 groups on the same carbon atom are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered spiro-fused ring. In other embodiments, two R1 groups on non-adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted bridged bicyclic ring with Ring A. In certain embodiments, R1 is -N(R)2.
[0056] As defined generally above, Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0057] In some embodiments, Cy is a 3-7 membered saturated carbocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, Cy is a 4-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. In certain embodiments, Cy is morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl.
[0058] One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that an R1 substituent on a saturated carbon of Ring A forms a chiral center of a chiral compound, or a stereocenter of a meso compound. In some embodiments, that chiral center is in the (R) configuration. In other embodiments, that chiral center is in the (S) configuration. In some embodiments, the stereocenter gives a trans substitution relative to the other stereocenter. In some embodiments, the stereocenter gives a cis substitution relative to the other stereocenter.
[0059] As defined generally above, the L group of formula I is a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -S02N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S02-. In some embodiments, L is a covalent bond. In other embodiments, L is a Ci^ bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -S02N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S02-.
[0060] * In some embodiments, L is -NH- (i.e., a Ci bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein the methylene unit is replaced by -NH-), -0-, -CH20-, -OCH2-, -NHC(O)-, -CH2NH-, or -NHCH2-. Exemplary L groups include those depicted in Table 1.
Page 18 of 407
2009184-0008
[0061] As defined generally above, the R and Ry groups of formula I are each independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, or -NRS02R, or R and Ry are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R2.
[0062] In some embodiments, the Rx and Ry groups of formula I are each independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2) -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2) or -NRS02R. In some embodiments, the Rx and Ry groups of formula I are each independently -R, halogen, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, or -NRS02R.
[0063] In certain embodiments, Rx is hydrogen and Ry is -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2) or -NRS02R. In other embodiments, Ry is hydrogen and Rx is -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, or -NRS02R. In some embodiments, Rx and Ry are both hydrogen. In other embodiments, one of Rx and Ry is optionally substituted C|_6 aliphatic. In other embodiments, both of Rx and Ry are optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic. In some embodiments, both of Rx and Ry are methyl. Exemplary Rx and Ry groups include those depicted in Table 1.
[0064] In other embodiments, the Rx and R groups of formula I are taken together with their intervening atoms to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R2.
[0065] As defined generally above, the Ring B group of formula I is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring or a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated azacyclic fused ring having one or two nitrogens. In some embodiments, Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring. In other embodiments, Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated azacyclic fused ring having one or two nitrogens. In some embodiments, Ring B is a cyclohexo- or cyclopento-fused ring substituted with m occurrences of R2. In other embodiments, Ring B is a piperidino-fused ring substituted with m occurrences of R2.
[0066] As defined generally above, the m group of formula I is 0-4. In some embodiments, m is 0. In other embodiments, m is 1-4. In certain embodiments, m is 1 or 2.
[0067] As defined generally above, the R 2 group of formula I is each R 2 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2. -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, or -NRS02R, or two R2 groups are taken together with
Page 19 of 407
2009184-0008
their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0068] In some embodiments, each R2 is R wherein R is optionally substituted C .e aliphatic. In certain embodiments, each R2 is methyl or ethyl. In other embodiments, R2 is methyl and m is 2 wherein both R2 groups are on the same carbon atom thereby forming a gem dimethyl substituent. Exemplary R2 groups include those depicted in Table 1.
[0069] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein two R2 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bibyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, two R groups on adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered ring fused to Ring B. In other embodiments, two R2 groups on the same carbon atom are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered spiro-fused ring. In other embodiments, two R2 groups on non-adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally substituted bridged bicyclic ring with Ring B.
[0070] One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that an R2 substituent on a saturated carbon of Ring B forms a chiral center. In some embodiments, that chiral center is in the (R) configuration. In other embodiments, that chiral center is in the (S) configuration.
[0071] As defined generally above, the Rz group of formula I is R, CN, NO2, halogen,
-C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)OR, -C(0)R, -N(R)2, -OR, or -S02N(R)2. In some embodiments, Rz is hydrogen. In other embodiments, Rz is CN, halogen, -N(R)2 or -C(0)N(R)2. In some embodiments Rz is -N(R)2. Exemplary Rz groups include those depicted in Table 1.
[0072] In some embodiments, the compound of formula I is not selected from the following compounds:
Page 20 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
[0073] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein L is a covalent bond, thereby of formula I-a:
I-a
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, R1, n, R and Ry is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
Page 22 of 407
2009184-0008
[0074] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein W is N thereby forming a compound of formula I-b:
I-b
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, L, R1, n, Rx and Ry is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0075] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I-a wherein W is N, thereby forming a compound of formula I-c:
I-c
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, R1, n, R and Ry is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0076] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein W is N and Ring A is cycl compound of formula I-d:
I d
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of L, R1, n, Rx and Ry is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0077] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I-c wherein Ring A is piperidin-l-yl, thereby forming a compound of formula I-e:
Page 23 of 407
I-e
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1 , n, Rx and Ry is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0078] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of any of formulae I-a, I-b, I-c, I-d, or I-e, wherein R* and R are each independently a C|_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)SO , -S02N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S02-.
[0079] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I wherein Rx and Ry are taken together to form Ring B substituted with m occurrences of R2, thereby forming a compound of formula II:
II
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, Ring B, W, m, R2 L, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0080] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula II wherein L is a covalent bond, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-a:
Il-a
Page 24 of 407
2009184-0008
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, Ring B, W, m, R2 R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination. .
[0081] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula II wherein W is N, thereby forming
Il-b
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, Ring B, m, R2 L, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0082] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula Il-a wherein W is N, thereby forming a compound of formula II-c:
II-c
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, Ring B, m, R2 L, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0083] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula Il-b wherein Ring A is cyclohexyl, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-d:
Il-d
Page 25 of 407
2009184-0008
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring B, m, R2 L, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0084] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula II-c wherein Ring A is piperidin- l-yl, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-e:
li e
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring B, m, R , R , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0085] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula II wherein W is N, and m is 0, thereby forming a compound of formula Il-f:
Il-f
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, Ring B, L, R1 , Rz, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0086] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula Il-f wherein the compound is not one of the following:
Page 26 of 407
2009184-0008
III IV
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, m, W, L, R2, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0088] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula III or IV wherein L is a covalent bond, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-a or IV-a:
Ill-a IV-a
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, m, W, R2, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0089] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula III or IV wherein W is N, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-b or IV-b:
Page 27 of 407
2009184-0008
ΙΙΙ-b IV-b
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, m, L, R 2 , R 1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0090] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-a or IV-a wherein W is
III-c IV-c
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, m, R2, R', and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0091] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-b or IV-b wherein Rin -d or IV-d:
Ill-d IV-d
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of m, L, R2, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0092] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula III-c or IV-c wherein Ring A is piperidin-l^yl, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-e or IV-e:
Page 28 of 407
2009184-0008
Ill-e rv-e
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of m, R2, R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0093] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula III or IV wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of formula ΙΠ-f or IV-f:
Ill-f rv-f
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of W, R1 , and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0094] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-f or IV-f wherein
Ill-g IV-g
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0095] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula Ill-d or IV-d wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-h or IV-h:
Page 29 of 407
III-h IV-h
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R1, and n is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0096] In some embodiments the present invention provides a compound of formula III-h or IV-h wherein la Ill-i or IV-i:
Ill-i IV-i
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0097] In some embodiments the present invention provides a compound of formula III-h or IV-h wherein n is 1, and R1 is morpholinyl, thereby forming a compound of formula Ill-j or IV- j:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0098] In some embodiments the present invention provides a compound of formula III-h or IV-h wherein n is 1 and R1 has one the following formulas:
Page 30 of 407
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R is as defined above for formula I and described in embodiments set forth herein, singly and in combination.
[0099] In some embodiments, the invention provides a deuterated compound of formula V:
V
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein W, L, n, and R1 are defined above for formula I, and Xla, Xlb, Yla, Ylb, Zla, and Zlb are independently selected from hydrogen or deuterium.
[00100] In certain embodiments, the deuterated compound of formula V is selected from one
Page 31 of 407
1-3
Page 32 of 407
2°09l 84-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
1-119 1-120
Page 44 of 407
2009184-0008
1-125 1-126
Page 45 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
1-137 1-138
Page 47 of 407
1-139 1-140
1-141 1-142
1-143 1-144
1-145 1-146
Page 48 of 407
2009184-0008
1-151
Page 49 of 407
2009184-0008
1-157 1-158
Page 50 of 407
2009184-0008
1-159 1-160
1-161 1-162
1-163 1-164
Page 51 of 407
2009184-0008
Compound Structure
Page 52 of 407
2009184-0008
-208
Page 53 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
Page 55 of 407
2009184-0008
Page 56 of 407
2009184-0008
-221
-222
-224
Page 57 of 407
2009184-0008
-225
-226
-228
Page 58 of 407
2009184-0008
-232
Page 59 of 407
2009184-0008
-233
-234
Page 60 of 407
2009184-0TO8
-238
-240
Page 61 of 407
2009184-0008
-241
Page 62 of 407
-248
Page 63 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
-256
Page 65 of 407
2009184-0008
-257
-258
-259
-260
Page 66 of 407
-264
Page 67 of 407
2009184-0008
-267
Page 68 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
Page 70 of 407
2009184-0008
-277
-278
Page 71 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
Page 73 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
Page 75 of 407
2009184-0008
-298
Page 76 of 407
2009184-0008
Page 77 of 407
2009184-0008
Page 78 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
1-314
[00102] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound set forth in Table 1 , above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00103] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound set forth in Table 1, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein said compound is other than compound number 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-23, 1-24, 1-25, 1-26, 1-27, 1-28, 1-31, 1-32, or 1-33.
[00104] Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that proximity of an inhibitor compound, or pendant moiety of an inhibitor compound, to the water of interest facilitates displacement or disruption of that water by the inhibitor compound, or pendant moiety of an inhibitor compound. In some embodiments, a water molecule displaced or disrupted by an inhibitor compound, or pendant moiety of an inhibitor compound, is an unstable water molecule.
[00105] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a complex comprising IRAK- 4 and an inhibitor, wherein at least one unstable water of IRAK-4 is displaced or disrupted by the inhibitor. In some embodiments, at least two unstable waters selected are displaced or disrupted by the inhibitor.
Page 80 of 407
2009184-0008
4. Uses, Formulation and Administration
Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions
[00106] According to another embodiment, the invention provides a composition comprising a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle. The amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit an IRAK protein kinase, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient. In certain embodiments, the amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit an IRAK protein kinase, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient. In certain embodiments, a composition of this invention is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition. In some embodiments, a composition of this invention is formulated for oral administration to a patient.
[00107] The term "patient," as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
[00108] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle" refers to a nontoxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
[00109] A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative" means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
Page 81 of 407
2009184-0008
[00110] As used herein, the term "inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of an IRAK protein kinase, or a mutant thereof.
[00111] Compositions of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously. Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
[00112] For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
[00113] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and
Page 82 of 407
2009184-0008
dried cornstarch. When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.
[00114] Alternatively, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
[00115] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
[00116] Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topical ly-transdermal patches may also be used.
[00117] For topical applications, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
[00118] For ophthalmic use, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
Page 83 of 407
2009184-0008
[00119] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well- known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
[00120] Most preferably, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be administered with or without food. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are administered with food.
[00121] The amount of compounds of the present invention that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration. Preferably, provided compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
[00122] It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of a compound of the present invention in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
Uses of Compounds and Pharmaceutically Acceptable Compositions
[00123] Compounds and compositions described herein are generally useful for the inhibition of kinase activity of one or more enzymes.
[00124] Examples of kinases that are inhibited by the compounds and compositions described herein and against which the methods described herein are useful include those of the interleukin- 1 receptor-associated kinase (IRAK) family of kinases, the members of which include IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof. Li et al., "IRAK-4: A novel member of the IRAK family with the properties of an IRAK-kinase," PNAS 2002, 99(8), 5567- 5572, Flannery et al., " The interleukin- 1 receptor-associated kinases: Critical regulators of
Page 84 of 407
2009184-0008
innate immune signaling" Biochem Pharm 2010, 80(12), 1981-1991 incorporated by reference.in its entirety .
[00125] The activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, may be assayed in vitro, in vivo or in a cell line. In vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the phosphorylation activity and/or the subsequent functional consequences, or ATPase activity of activated IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof. Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to IRAK-1, IRAK-2 and/or IRAK-4. Inhibitor binding may be measured by radiolabeling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/IRAK- 1 , inhibitor/IRAK-2, or inhibitor/IRAK-4 complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound. Alternatively, inhibitor binding may be determined by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4 bound to known radioligands. Representative in vitro and in vivo assays useful in assaying an IRAK-4 inhibitor include those described and disclosed in, e.g., Kim et al., "A critical role for IRAK4 kinase activity in Toll-like receptor-mediated innate immunity," J. Exp. Med. 2007 204(5), 1025-1036; Lebakken et al., "A Fluorescence Lifetime Based Binding Assay to Characterize Kinase Inhibitors," /. Biomol. Screen. 2007, 12(6), 828-841 ; Maschera et al., "Overexpression of an enzymatically inactive interleukin- 1 -receptor-associated kinase activates nuclear factor-κΒ," Biochem. J. 1999, 339, 227-231 ; Song et al., "The kinase activities of interleukin-e receptor associated kinase (IRAK)-l and 4 are redundant in the control of inflammatory cytokine expression in human cells," Mol. Immunol. 2009, 46, 1458-1466, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Detailed conditions for assaying a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor of IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, are set forth in the Examples below.
[00126] The best characterized member of the IRAK family is the serine/threonine kinase IRAK-4. IRAK-4 is implicated in signaling innate immune responses from Toll-like receptors (TLRs) and Toll/IL-1 receptors (TIRs).
[00127] Innate immunity detects pathogens through the recognition of pathogen-associated molecular patterns by TLRs, when then links to the adaptive immune response. TLRs recognize conserved structures of both microbes and endogenous molecules. TLRs which recognize bacterial and fungal components are located on the cell surface, whereas TLRs which recognize viral or microbial nucleic acids are localized to intracellular membranes such as endosomes and
Page 85 of 407
2009184-0008
phagosomes. Cell surface TLRs can be targeted by small molecules and antibodies, whereas intracellular TLRs require targeting with oligonucleotides.
[00128] TLRs mediate the innate immune response by upregulating the expression of inflammatory genes in multiple target cells. See, e.g., Sen et al., "Transcriptional signaling by double-stranded RNA: role of TLR3," Cytokine & Growth Factor Rev. 2005, 16, 1-14, incorporated by reference in its entirety. While TLR-mediated inflammatory response is critical for innate immunity and host defense against infections, uncontrolled inflammation is detrimental to the host leading to sepsis and chronic inflammatory diseases, such as chronic arthritis, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, cancers, autoimmune disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, asthma, psoriasis, and inflammatory bowel diseases.
[00129] Upon binding of a ligand, most TLRs recruit the adaptor molecule MyD88 through the TIR domain, mediating the MyD88-dependent pathway. MyD88 then recruits IRAK-4, which engages with the nuclear factor-κΒ (NF- Β), mitogen-activated protein (MAP) kinase and interferon-regulatory factor cascades and leads to the induction of pro-inflammatory cytokines. The activation of NF-κΒ results in the induction of inflammatory cytokines and chemokines, such as TNF-oc, IL-1 a, IL-6 and IL-8. The kinase activity of IRAK-4 has been shown to play a critical role in the TLR-mediated immune and inflammatory responses. Inactivation of IRAK-1 and/or IRAK-4 activity has been shown to result in diminished production of cytokines and chemokines in response to stimulation of IL-1 and TLR ligands. See, e.g., Picard et al., "Clinical features and outcome of patients with IRAK-4 and MyD88 deficiency," Medicine (Baltimore), 2010, 89(6), 043-25; Li, "IRAK4 in TLR/IL-IR signaling: Possible clinical applications," Eur. J. Immunology 2008, 38:614-618; Cohen et al., "Targeting protein kinases for the development of anti-inflammatory drugs," Curr. Opin. Cell Bio. 2009, 21 :317-324; Flannery et al., "The interleukin- 1 receptor-associated kinases: Critical regulators of innate immune signalling," Biochem. Pharm. 2010, 80( 12), 1981-1991 ; Gottipati et al., "IRAKI: A critical signaling mediator of innate immunity," Cellular Signaling 2008, 20, 269-276; Kim et al., "A critical role for IRAK4 kinase activity in Toll-like receptor-mediated innate immunity," J. Exp. Med. 2007 204(5), 1025-1036; Koziczak-Holbro et al., "IRAK-4 Kinase Activity Is Required for Interleukin-1 (EL-1) Receptor- and Toll-like Receptor 7-mediated Signaling and Gene Expression," J. Biol. Chem. 2007, 282(18), 13552-13560; Kubo-Murai et al., "IRAK-4- dependent Degradation of IRAK-1 is a Negative Feedback Signal for TLR-mediated NF-KB
Page 86 of 407
2009184-0008
Activation," J. Biochem. 2008, 143, 295-302; Maschera et al., "Overexpression of an enzymatically inactive interleukin- 1 -receptor-associated kinase activates nuclear factor-κΒ," Biochem. J. 1999, 339, 227-231 ; Lin et al., "Helical assembly in the MyD88-IRAK4-IRAK2 complex in TLR IL-1R signalling," Nature 2010, 465(17), 885-891 ; Suzuki et al., "IRAK-4 as the central TIR signaling mediator in innate immunity," TRENDS in Immunol. 2002, 23(10), 503-506; Suzuki et al., "Severe impairment of interleukin- 1 and Toll-like receptor signalling in mice lacking IRAK-4," Nature 2002, 416, 750-754; Swantek et al., "IL-1 Receptor-Associated Kinase Modulates Host Responsiveness to Endotoxin," J. Immunol. 2000, 164, 4301-4306; Hennessy, E., et al., "Targeting Toll-like receptors: emerging therapeutics?" Nature Reviews, vol. 9, pp: 293-307 (2010); Dinarello, C. "Interleukin- 18 and the Pathogenesis of Inflammatory Diseases," Seminars in Nephrology, vol. 27, no. 1, pp: 98- 114 (2007), each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. In fact, knockdown mice that express a catalytically inactive mutant IRAK-4 protein are completely resistant to septic shock and show impaired IL- 1 activity. Moreover, these mice are resistant to joint and bone inflammation/destruction in an arthritis model, suggesting that IRAK-4 may be targeted to treat chronic inflammation. Further, while IRAK-4 appears to be vital for childhood immunity against some pyogenic bacteria, it has been shown to play a redundant role in protective immunity to most infections in adults, as demonstrated by one study in which patients older than 14 lacking IRAK-4 activity exhibited no invasive infections. Cohen et al., "Targeting protein kinases for the development of antiinflammatory drugs," Curr. Opin. Cell Bio. 2009, 21 :317-324; Ku et al., "Selective predisposition to bacterial infections in IRAK-4-deficient children: IRAK-4-dependent TLRs are otherwise redundant in protective immunity," /. Exp. Med. 2007, 204(10), 2407-2422; Picard et al., "Inherited human IRAK-4 deficiency: an update," Immunol. Res. 2007, 38, 347-352; Song et al., "The kinase activities of interleukin-e receptor associated kinase (IRAK)-l and 4 are redundant in the control of inflammatory cytokine expression in human cells," Mol. Immunol. 2009, 46, 1458-1466; Rokosz, L. et al., "Kinase inhibitors as drugs for chronic inflammatory and immunological diseases: progress and challenges," Expert Opinions on Therapeutic Targets, 12(7), pp: 883-903 (2008); Gearing, A. "Targeting toll-like receptors for drug development: a summary of commercial approaches," Immunology and Cell Biology, 85, pp: 490-494 (2007); Dinarello, C. "IL- 1 : Discoveries, controversies and future directions," European Journal of Immunology, 40, pp: 595-653 (2010), each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its
Page 87 of 407
2009184-0008
entirety. Because TLR activation triggers IRAK-4 kinase activity, IRAK-4 inhibition presents an attractive target for treating the underlying causes of inflammation in countless diseases.
[00130] Representative IRAK-4 inhibitors include those described and disclosed in e.g. , Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 321 1-3214; Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 3291-3295; Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 3656-3660; Powers et al., "Discovery and initial SAR of inhibitors of interleukin- 1 receptor-associated kinase-4," Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2006, 16, 2842-2845; Wng et al., "IRAK-4 Inhibitors for Inflammation," Curr. Topics in Med. Chem. 2009, 9, 724-737, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00131] As used herein, the terms "treatment," "treat," and "treating" refer to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments, treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms. For example, treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
[00132] Provided compounds are inhibitors of one of more of IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4 and are therefore useful for treating one or more disorders associated with activity of one or more of IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4. Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a method for treating a IRAK- 1 -mediated, a IRAK-2-mediated, and/or a IRAK-4-mediated disorder comprising the step of administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of the present invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof.
[00133] As used herein, the terms "IRAK- 1 -mediated", "IRAK-2-mediated", and/or "IRAK- 4-mediated" disorders, diseases, and/or conditions as used herein means any disease or other deleterious condition in which one or more of IRAK- 1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, are known to play a role. Accordingly, another embodiment of the present invention relates to treating or lessening the severity of one or more diseases in which one or more of IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, are known to play a role.
[00134] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method for treating one or more disorders, diseases, and/or conditions wherein the disorder, disease, or condition is a
Page 88 of 407
2009184-0008
cancer, a neurodegenative disorder, a viral disease, an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disorder, a hereditary disorder, a hormone-related disease, a metabolic disorder, conditions associated with organ transplantation, immunodeficiency disorders, a destructive bone disorder, a proliferative disorder, an infectious disease, a condition associated with cell death, thrombin- induced platelet aggregation, liver disease, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell activation, a cardiovascular disorder, or a CNS disorder.
[00135] Diseases and conditions treatable according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, cancer (see, e.g., Ngo, V. et al., "Oncogenically active MYD88 mutations in human lymphoma," Nature, vol. 000, pp: 1-7 (2010); Lust, J. et al., "Induction of a Chronic Disease State in patients With Smoldering of Indolent Multiple Myeloma by Targeting Interleukin Ιβ-Induced Interleukin 6 Production and the Myeloma Proliferative Component," Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 84(2), pp: 114-122 (2009)), diabetes, cardiovascular disease, viral disease, autoimmune diseases such as lupus (see, e.g., Dinarello, C. " Interleukin- 18 and the Pathogenesis of Inflammatory Diseases," Seminars in Nephrology, vol. 27, no. 1 , pp: 98-1 14 (2007); Cohen et al., "Targeting protein kinases for the development of anti-inflammatory drugs," Curr. Opin. Cell Bio. 2009, 21 :317-324) and rheumatoid arthritis (see, e.g., Geyer, M. et al., "Actual status of antiinterleukin- 1 therapies in rheumatic diseases," Current Opinion in Rheumatology, 22, pp: 246-251 (2010)), autoinflammatory syndromes (see, e.g., Hoffman, H. et al., "Efficacy and Safety of Rilonacept (Interleukin- 1 Trap) in Patients with Cryopyrin- Associated Periodic Syndromes," Arthritis & Rheumatism, vol. 58, no. 8, pp: 2443-2452 (2008)), atherosclerosis, psoriasis, allergic disorders, inflammatory bowel disease (see, e.g., Cario, E. "Therapeutic Impact of Toll-like Receptors on Inflammatory Bowel Diseases: A Multiple-edged Sword," Inflamm. Bowel Dis., 14, pp: 41 1-421 (2008)), inflammation (see, e.g., Dinarello, C. "Interleukin 1 and interleukin 18 as mediators of inflammation and the aging process, " The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 83, pp: 447S-455S (2006)), acute and chronic gout and gouty arthritis (see, e.g., Terkeltaub, R. "Update on gout: new therapeutic strategies and options," Nature, vol. 6, pp: 30-38 (2010); Weaver, A. "Epidemiology of gout," Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, vol. 75, suppl. 5, pp: S9-S 12 (2008); Dalbeth, N. et al., "Hyperuricaemia and gout: state of the art and future perspectives," Annals of Rheumatic Diseases, 69, pp: 1738- 1743 (2010); Martinon, F. et al., "Gout-associated uric acid crystals activate the NALP3 inflammasome," Nature, vol. 440, pp: 237-241 (2006); So, A. et al., "A pilot study of EL-1
Page 89 of 407
2009184-0008
inhibition by anakinra in acute gout," Arthritis Research & Therapy, vol. 9, no. 2, pp: 1-6 (2007); Terkeltaub, R. et al., "The interleukin 1 inhibitor rilonacept in treatment of chronic gouty arthritis: results of a placebo-controlled, monosequence crossover, non-randomised, single-blind pilot study," Annals of Rheumatic Diseases, 68, pp: 1613-1617 (2009); Torres, R. et al., "Hyperalgesia, synovitis and multiple biomarkers of inflammation are suppressed by interleukin 1 inhibition in a novel animal model of gouty arthritis," Annals of Rheumatic Diseases, 68, pp: 1602-1608 (2009)), neurological disorders, metabolic syndrome {see, e.g., Troseid, M. "The role of interleukin- 18 in the metabolic syndrome," Cardiovascular Diabetology, 9: 1 1 , pp: l-8 (2010)), immunodeficiency disorders such as AIDS and HIV {see, e.g., Iannello, A. et al., "Role of Interleukin- 18 in the Development and Pathogenesis of AIDS," AIDS Reviews, 1 1 , pp: 1 15-125 (2009)), destructive bone disorders {see, e.g., Hennessy, E., et al., "Targeting Toll-like receptors: emerging therapeutics?" Nature Reviews, vol. 9, pp: 293-307 (2010)), osteoarthritis, proliferative disorders, Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia {see, e.g., Treon, et al., "Whole genome sequencing reveals a widely expressed mutation (MYD88 L265P) with oncogenic activity in Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia" 53rd ASH Annual Meeting; Xu, et al., "A somatic variant in MYD88 (L256P) revealed by whole genome sequencing differentiates lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma from marginal zone lymphomas" 53rd ASH Annual Meeting; Yang et al., "Disruption of MYD88 pathway signaling leads to loss of constitutive IRAKI , NK-kB and JAK/STAT signaling and induces apoptosis of cells expressing the MYD88 L265P mutation in Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia" 53rd ASH Annual Meeting; Iriyama et al., "Clinical significance of genetic mutations of CD79B, CARD11 , MYD88, and EZH2 genes in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma patients" 53rd ASH Annual Meeting; infectious diseases, conditions associated with cell death, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell activation, and CNS disorders in a patient. In one embodiment, a human patient is treated with a compound of the current invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, wherein said compound is present in an amount to measurably inhibit IRAK-1 only, IRAK-2-only, IRAK-4- only and/or IRAKl-and IRAK4 kinase activity.
[00136] Compounds of the current invention are useful in the treatment of a proliferative disease selected from a benign or malignant tumor, carcinoma of the brain, kidney, liver, adrenal gland, bladder, breast, stomach, gastric tumors, ovaries, colon, rectum, prostate, pancreas, lung, vagina, cervix, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, skin, bone or thyroid, sarcoma,
Page 90 of 407
2009184-0008
glioblastomas, neuroblastomas, multiple myeloma or gastrointestinal cancer, especially colon carcinoma or colorectal adenoma or a tumor of the neck and head, an epidermal hyperproliferation, psoriasis, prostate hyperplasia, a neoplasia, a neoplasia of epithelial character, adenoma, adenocarcinoma, keratoacanthoma, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, non- small-cell lung carcinoma, lymphomas, Hodgkins and Non-Hodgkins, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, a mammary carcinoma, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, an MYD88-driven disorder, DLBCL, ABC DLBCL, an IL-1 -driven disorder , Smoldering of indolent multiple myeloma, or a leukemia.
[00137] In some embodiments the proliferative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is an MYD88-driven disorder. In some embodiments, the MYD88- driven disorder which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from ABC DLBCL and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia.
[00138] In some embodiments the proliferative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is an IL-l-driven disorder. In some embodiments, the IL-1 -driven disorder is Smoldering of indolent multiple myeloma.
[00139] Compounds according to the invention are useful in the treatment of inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases, resulting, for example, in reduction of tissue damage, airways inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity, remodeling or disease progression. Inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable include asthma of whatever type or genesis including both intrinsic (non-allergic) asthma and extrinsic (allergic) asthma, mild asthma, moderate asthma, severe asthma, bronchitic asthma, exercise-induced asthma, occupational asthma and asthma induced following bacterial infection. Treatment of asthma is also to be understood as embracing treatment of subjects, e.g. of less than 4 or 5 years of age, exhibiting wheezing symptoms and diagnosed or diagnosable as "wheezy infants", an established patient category of major medical concern and now often identified as incipient or early-phase asthmatics.
[00140] Prophylactic efficacy in the treatment of asthma will be evidenced by reduced frequency or severity of symptomatic attack, e.g. of acute asthmatic or bronchoconstrictor attack, improvement in lung function or improved airways hyperreactivity. It may further be evidenced by reduced requirement for other, symptomatic therapy, such as therapy for or intended to restrict or abort symptomatic attack when it occurs, for example antiinflammatory or
Page 91 of 407
2009184-0008
bronchodilatory. Prophylactic benefit in asthma may in particular be apparent in subjects prone to "morning dipping". "Morning dipping" is a recognized asthmatic syndrome, common to a substantial percentage of asthmatics and characterised by asthma attack, e.g. between the hours of about 4 to 6 am, i.e. at a time normally substantially distant form any previously administered symptomatic asthma therapy.
[00141] Compounds of the current invention can be used for other inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases and conditions to which the present invention is applicable and include acute lung injury (ALI), adult/acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary, airways or lung disease (COPD, COAD or COLD), including chronic bronchitis or dyspnea associated therewith, emphysema, as well as exacerbation of airways hyperreactivity consequent to other drug therapy, in particular other inhaled drug therapy. The invention is also applicable to the treatment of bronchitis of whatever type or genesis including, but not limited to, acute, arachidic, catarrhal, croupus, chronic or phthinoid bronchitis. Further inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable include pneumoconiosis (an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts) of whatever type or genesis, including, for example, aluminosis, anthracosis, asbestosis, chalicosis, ptilosis, siderosis, silicosis, tabacosis and byssinosis.
[00142] With regard to their anti-inflammatory activity, in particular in relation to inhibition of eosinophil activation, compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment, of eosinophil related disorders, e.g. eosinophilia, in particular eosinophil related disorders of the airways (e.g. involving morbid eosinophilic infiltration of pulmonary tissues) including hypereosinophilia as it effects the airways and/or lungs as well as, for example, eosinophil- related disorders of the airways consequential or concomitant to Loffler's syndrome, eosinophilic pneumonia, parasitic (in particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical eosinophilia), bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, polyarteritis nodosa (including Churg-Strauss syndrome), eosinophilic granuloma and eosinophil-related disorders affecting the airways occasioned by drug-reaction.
[00143] Compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin, for example psoriasis, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alopecia areata, erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo,
Page 92 of 407
2009184-0008
hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, lupus erythematosus, systemic lupus erythematosus, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, paraneoplastic pemphigus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, acne vulgaris, and other inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin.
[00144] Compounds of the invention may also be used for the treatment of other diseases or conditions, such as diseases or conditions having an inflammatory component, for example, treatment of diseases and conditions of the eye such as ocular allergy, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the nose including allergic rhinitis, and inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are implicated or having an autoimmune component or etiology, including autoimmune hematological disorders (e.g. hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia), systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis, scleroderma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g. ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), irritable bowel syndrome, celiac disease, periodontitis, hyaline membrane disease, kidney disease, glomerular disease, alcoholic liver disease, multiple sclerosis, endocrine opthalmopathy, Graves' disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), Sjogren's syndrome, keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis, systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis, cryopyrin-associated periodic syndrome, nephritis, vasculitis, diverticulitis, interstitial cystitis, glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy), chronic granulomatous disease, endometriosis, leptospiriosis renal disease, glaucoma, retinal disease, ageing, headache, pain, complex regional pain syndrome, cardiac hypertrophy, musclewasting, catabolic disorders, obesity, fetal growth retardation, hyperchlolesterolemia, heart disease, chronic heart failure, mesothelioma, anhidrotic ecodermal dysplasia, Behcet's disease, incontinentia pigmenti, Paget' s disease, pancreatitis, hereditary periodic fever syndrome, asthma (allergic and non-allergic, mild, moderate, severe, bronchitic, and exercise-induced), acute lung injury, acute respiratory distress syndrome, eosinophilia, hypersensitivities, anaphylaxis, nasal sinusitis, ocular allergy, silica induced diseases, COPD (reduction of damage, airways inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity, remodeling or disease progression), pulmonary disease,
Page 93 of 407
2009184-0008
cystic fibrosis, acid-induced lung injury, pulmonary hypertension, polyneuropathy, cataracts, muscle inflammation in conjunction with systemic sclerosis, dermatomyositis, polymyositis, inclusion body myositis, myasthenia gravis, thyroiditis, Addison's disease, lichen planus, Type 1 diabetes, or Type 2 diabetes.
[00145] In some embodiments the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from acute and chronic gout, chronic gouty arthritis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, Systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis (SJIA), Cryopyrin- Associated Periodic Syndromes (CAPS), or osteoarthritis.
[00146] In some embodiments, the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from a TH17-mediated disease. In some embodiments, the TH17-mediated disease is selected from Systemic lupus erythematosus, Multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease including Crohn's or ulcerative colitis.
[00147] In some embodimenst, the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from Sjogren's syndrome allergic disorders, osteoarthritis. Conditions of the eye such as ocular allergy, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the nose including allergic rhinitis.
[00148] In some embodiments, the inflammatory disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alopecia areata, erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo, hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, paraneoplastic pemphigus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, and other inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin.
[00149] Cardiovascular diseases which can be treated according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, restenosis, cardiomegaly, atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, ischemic stroke and congestive heart failure.
[00150] Neurodegenerative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's disease, and cerebral ischemia, and neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, glutamate neurotoxicity and hypoxia, epilepsy,
Page 94 of 407
2009184-0008
[00151] In some embodiments, the disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from organ transplantation, organ transplant rejection, graft versus host disease.
[00152] In some embodiments, the metabolic disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is selected from, Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome including obesity.
[00153] In some embodiments, the cardiovascular disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is heart disease or atherosclerosis.
[00154] In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is epilepsy.
[00155] In some embodiments, the viral disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention is HIV infection.
[00156] Furthermore, the invention provides the use of a compound according to the definitions herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a hydrate or solvate thereof for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a proliferative disease, an inflammatory disease or an obstructive respiratory disease, a cardiovascular disease, a neurological disease or a disorder commonly occurring in connection with transplantation.
Combination Therapies
[00157] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated, additional therapeutic agents, which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds and compositions of this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated."
[00158] In certain embodiments, a provided combination, or composition thereof, is administered in combination with another therapeutic agent.
[00159] Examples of agents the combinations of this invention may also be combined with include, without limitation: treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and Excelon®; treatments for HIV such as ritonavir; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such as L- DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g.,
Page 95 of 407
2009184-0008
Avonex® and Rebif®), Copaxone®, and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such as albuterol and Singulair®; agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL- 1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anti-convulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating cardiovascular disease such as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents for treating blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-leukemic agents, and growth factors; agents that prolong or improve pharmacokinetics such as cytochrome P450 inhibitors (i.e., inhibitors of metabolic breakdown) and CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketokenozole and ritonavir), and agents for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as gamma globulin.
[00160] In certain embodiments, combination therapies of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof, are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
[00161] Those additional agents may be administered separately from a provided combination therapy, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or, within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
[00162] As used herein, the term "combination," "combined," and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this invention. For example, a combination of the present invention may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form.
[00163] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional
Page 96 of 407
2009184-0008
therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
[00164] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents. The therapeutic agent may be administered together with a compound of formula I, or may be administered prior to or following administration of a compound of formula I. Suitable therapeutic agents are described in further detail below. In certain embodiments, a compound of formula I may be administered up to 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5, hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 1 1 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, or 18 hours before the therapeutic agent. In other embodiments, a compound of formula I may be administered up to 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5, hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 1 1 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, or 18 hours following the therapeutic agent.
[00165] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating an inflammatory disease, disorder or condition by administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents. Such additional therapeutic agents may be small molecules or recombinant biologic agents and include, for example, acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSABDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, colchicine (Colcrys®), corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, probenecid, allopurinol, febuxostat (Uloric®), sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®), antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil®) and chloroquine (Aralen®), methotrexate (Rheumatrex®), gold salts such as gold thioglucose (Solganal®), gold thiomalate (Myochrysine®) and auranofin (Ridaura®), D-penicillamine (Depen® or Cuprimine®), azathioprine (Imuran®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), chlorambucil (Leukeran®), cyclosporine (Sandimmune®), leflunomide (Arava®) and "anti-TNF' agents such as etanercept (Enbrel®), infliximab (Remicade®), golimumab (Simponi®), certolizumab pegol (Cimzia®) and adalimumab (Humira®), "anti-IL-1" agents such as anakinra (Kineret®) and rilonacept (Arcalyst®), canakinumab (Ilaris®), anti-Jak inhibitors such as tofacitinib, antibodies such as rituximab (Rituxan®), "anti-T-cell" agents such as abatacept (Orencia®), "anti-IL-6" agents such as
Page 97 of 407
2009184-0008
tocilizumab (Actemra®), diclofenac, cortisone, hyaluronic acid (Synvisc® or Hyalgan®), monoclonal antibodies such as tanezumab, anticoagulants such as heparin (Calcinparine® or Liquaemin®) and warfarin (Coumadin®), antidiarrheals such as diphenoxylate (Lomotil®) and loperamide (Imodium®), bile acid binding agents such as cholestyramine, alosetron (Lotronex®), lubiprostone (Amitiza®), laxatives such as Milk of Magnesia, polyethylene glycol (MiraLax®), Dulcolax®, Correctol® and Senokot®, anticholinergics or antispasmodics such as dicyclomine (Bentyl®), Singulair®, beta-2 agonists such as albuterol (Ventolin® HFA, Proventil® HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex®), metaproterenol (Alupent®), pirbuterol acetate (Maxair®), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire®), salmeterol xinafoate (Serevent®) and formoterol (Foradil®), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide (Atrovent®) and tiotropium (Spiriva®), inhaled corticosteroids such as beclomethasone dipropionate (Beclovent®, Qvar®, and Vanceril®), triamcinolone acetonide (Azmacort®), mometasone (Asthmanex®), budesonide (Pulmocort®), and flunisolide (Aerobid®), Afviar®, Symbicort®, Dulera®, cromolyn sodium (Intal®), methylxanthines such as theophylline (Theo-Dur®, Theolair®, Slo-bid®, Uniphyl®, Theo-24®) and aminophylline, IgE antibodies such as omalizumab (Xolair®), nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as zidovudine (Retrovir®), abacavir (Ziagen®), abacavir/lamivudine (Epzicom®), abacavir/lamivudine/zidovudine (Trizivir®), didanosine (Videx®), emtricitabine (Emtriva®), lamivudine (Epivir®), lamivudine/zidovudine (Combivir®), stavudine (Zerit®), and zalcitabine (Hivid®), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as delavirdine (Rescriptor®), efavirenz (Sustiva®), nevairapine (Viramune®) and etravirine (Intelence®), nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as tenofovir (Viread®), protease inhibitors such as amprenavir (Agenerase®), atazanavir (Reyataz®), darunavir (Prezista®), fosamprenavir (Lexiva®), indinavir (Crixivan®), lopinavir and ritonavir (Kaletra®), nelfinavir (Viracept®), ritonavir (Norvir®), saquinavir (Fortovase® or Invirase®), and tipranavir (Aptivus®), entry inhibitors such as enfuvirtide (Fuzeon®) and maraviroc (Selzentry®), integrase inhibitors such as raltegravir (Isentress®), doxorubicin (Hydrodaunorubicin®), vincristine (Oncovin®), bortezomib (Velcade®), and dexamethasone (Decadron ®) in combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid ®), or any combination(s) thereof.
[00166] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating gout comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS)
Page 98 of 407
2009184-0008
such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, colchicine (Colcrys®), corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, probenecid, allopurinol and febuxostat (Uloric®).
[00167] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®), antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil®) and chloroquine (Aralen®), methotrexate (Rheumatrex®), gold salts such as gold thioglucose (Solganal®), gold thiomalate (Myochrysine®) and auranofin (Ridaura®), D-penicillamine (Depen® or Cuprimine®), azathioprine (Imuran®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), chlorambucil (Leukeran®), cyclosporine (Sandimmune®), leflunomide (Arava®) and "anti- TNF' agents such as etanercept (Enbrel®), infliximab (Remicade®), golimumab (Simponi®), certolizumab pegol (Cimzia®) and adalimumab (Humira®), "anti-IL-1" agents such as anakinra ( ineret®) and rilonacept (Arcalyst®), antibodies such as rituximab (Rituxan®), "anti-T-cell" agents such as abatacept (Orencia®) and "anti-IL-6" agents such as tocilizumab (Actemra®).
[00168] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating osteoarthritis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, diclofenac, cortisone, hyaluronic acid (Synvisc® or Hyalgan®) and monoclonal antibodies such as tanezumab.
[00169] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating lupus comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine®) and celecoxib, corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the like, antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil®) and chloroquine (Aralen®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), methotrexate (Rheumatrex®), azathioprine (Imuran®) and anticoagulants such as heparin (Calcinparine® or Liquaemin®) and warfarin (Coumadin®).
Page 99 of 407
2009184-0008
[00170] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating inflammatory bowel disease comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from mesalamine (Asacol®) sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®), antidiarrheals such as diphenoxylate (Lomotil®) and loperamide (Imodium®), bile acid binding agents such as cholestyramine, alosetron (Lotronex®), lubiprostone (Amitiza®), laxatives such as Milk of Magnesia, polyethylene glycol (MiraLax®), Dulcolax®, Correctol® and Senokot® and anticholinergics or antispasmodics such as dicyclomine (Bentyl®), anti-TNF therapies, steroids, and antibiotics such as Flagyl or ciprofloxacin.
[00171] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating asthma comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from Singulair®, beta-2 agonists such as albuterol (Ventolin® HFA, Proventil® HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex®), metaproterenol (Alupent®), pirbuterol acetate (Maxair®), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire®), salmeterol xinafoate (Serevent®) and formoterol (Foradil®), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide (Atrovent®) and tiotropium (Spiriva®), inhaled corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, beclomethasone dipropionate (Beclovent®, Qvar®, and Vanceril®), triamcinolone acetonide (Azmacort®), mometasone (Asthmanex®), budesonide (Pulmocort®), flunisolide (Aerobid®), Afviar®, Symbicort®, and Dulera®, cromolyn sodium (Intal®), methylxanthines such as theophylline (Theo-Dur®, Theolair®, Slo-bid®, Uniphyl®, Theo-24®) and aminophylline, and IgE antibodies such as omalizumab (Xolair®).
[00172] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating COPD comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from beta-2 agonists such as albuterol (Ventolin® HFA, Proventil® HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex®), metaproterenol (Alupent®), pirbuterol acetate (Maxair®), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire®), salmeterol xinafoate (Serevent®) and formoterol (Foradil®), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide (Atrovent®) and tiotropium (Spiriva®), methylxanthines such as theophylline (Theo-Dur®, Theolair®, Slo-bid®, Uniphyl®, Theo-24®) and aminophylline, inhaled corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, beclomethasone dipropionate (Beclovent®, Qvar®, and Vanceril®), triamcinolone acetonide
Page 100 of 407
2009184-0008
(Azmacort®), mometasone (Asthmanex®), budesonide (Pulmocort®), flunisolide (Aerobid®), Afviar®, Symbicort®, and Dulera®,
[00173] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating HIV comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as zidovudine (Retrovir®), abacavir (Ziagen®), abacavir/lamivudine (Epzicom®), abacavir/lamivudine/zidovudine (Trizivir®), didanosine (Videx®), emtricitabine (Emtriva®), lamivudine (Epivir®), lamivudine/zidovudine (Combivir®), stavudine (Zerit®), and zalcitabine (Hivid®), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as delavirdine (Rescriptor®), efavirenz (Sustiva®), nevairapine (Viramune®) and etravirine (Intelence®), nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as tenofovir (Viread®), protease inhibitors such as amprenavir (Agenerase®), atazanavir (Reyataz®), darunavir (Prezista®), fosamprenavir (Lexiva®), indinavir (Crixivan®), lopinavir and ritonavir (Kaletra®), nelfinavir (Viracept®), ritonavir (Norvir®), saquinavir (Fortovase® or Invirase®), and tipranavir (Aptivus®), entry inhibitors such as enfuvirtide (Fuzeon®) and maraviroc (Selzentry®), integrase inhibitors such as raltegravir (Isentress®), and combinations thereof.
[00174] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from rituximab (Rituxan®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), doxorubicin (Hydrodaunorubicin®), vincristine (Oncovin®) and prednisone, and combinations thereof.
[00175] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating multiple myeloma comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from bortezomib (Velcase®), and dexamethasone (Decadron ®) in combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid ®).
[00176] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating multiple myeloma comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from bortezomib (Velcade®), and dexamethasone (Decadron®) in combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid®).
[00177] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a
Page 101 of 407
2009184-0008
compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from chlorambucil (Leukeran®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®, Neosar®), fludarabine (Fludara®), cladribine (Leustatin®), and rituximab (Rituxan®).
[00178] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating organ transplant rejection or graft vs. host disease comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from a steroid, cyclosporin, FK506, or rapamycin.
[00179] The compounds and compositions, according to the method of the present invention, may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective for treating or lessening the severity of cancer, an autoimmune disorder, a proliferative disorder, an inflammatory disorder, a neurodegenerative or neurological disorder, schizophrenia, a bone- related disorder, liver disease, or a cardiac disorder. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. Compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression "dosage unit form" as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts. The term "patient", as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
[00180] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated. In certain
Page 102 of 407
2009184-0008
embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be administered orally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
[00181] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
[00182] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
[00183] Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[00184] In order to prolong the effect of a compound of the present invention, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon its rate of
Page 103 of 407
2009184-0008
dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide- polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
[00185] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
[00186] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar—agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
[00187] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other
Page 104 of 407
2009184-0008
coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
[00188] The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
[00189] Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
Page 105 of 407
2009184-0008
[00190] According to one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00191] According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound. In certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00192] The term "biological sample", as used herein, includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
[00193] Inhibition of protein kinase, or a protein kinase selected from IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological specimen storage, and biological assays.
[00194] Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00195] According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting one or more of IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound. According to certain embodiments, the invention relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting one or more of IRAK-1 , IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound. In other embodiments, the present invention provides a method for treating a disorder mediated by one'or more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, in a patient in need thereof, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound according to the present
Page 106 of 407
2009184-0008
invention or pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof. Such disorders are described in detail herein.
[00196] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat that condition, may also be present in the compositions of this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated."
[00197] A compound of the current invention may also be used to advantage in combination with other antiproliferative compounds. Such antiproliferative compounds include, but are not limited to aromatase inhibitors; antiestrogens; topoisomerase I inhibitors; topoisomerase II inhibitors; microtubule active compounds; alkylating compounds; histone deacetylase inhibitors; compounds which induce cell differentiation processes; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; MMP inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; antineoplastic antimetabolites; platin compounds; compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity and further anti-angiogenic compounds; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase; gonadorelin agonists; anti-androgens; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors; matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors; bisphosphonates; biological response modifiers; antiproliferative antibodies; heparanase inhibitors; inhibitors of Ras oncogenic isoforms; telomerase inhibitors; proteasome inhibitors; compounds used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of Flt-3; Hsp90 inhibitors such as 17- AAG (17-allylaminogeldanamycin, NSC330507), 17-DMAG (17-dimethylaminoethylamino-17- demethoxy-geldanamycin, NSC707545), ΓΡΙ-504, CNFIOIO, CNF2024, CNFIOIO from Conforma Therapeutics; temozolomide (Temodal®); kinesin spindle protein inhibitors, such as SB715992 or SB743921 from GlaxoSmithKline, or pentamidine/chlorpromazine from CombinatoRx; MEK inhibitors such as ARRY142886 from Array BioPharma, AZD6244 from AstraZeneca, PD181461 from Pfizer and leucovorin. The term "aromatase inhibitor" as used herein relates to a compound which inhibits estrogen production, for instance, the conversion of the substrates androstenedione and testosterone to estrone and estradiol, respectively. The term includes, but is not limited to steroids, especially atamestane, exemestane and formestane and, in particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethirnide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and letrozole. Exemestane
Page 107 of 407
2009184-0008
is marketed under the trade name Aromasin™. Formestane is marketed under the trade name Lentaron™. Fadrozole is marketed under the trade name Afema™. Anastrozole is marketed under the trade name Arimidex™. Letrozole is marketed under the trade names Femara™ or Femar™. Aminoglutethimide is marketed under the trade name Orimeten™. A combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an aromatase inhibitor is particularly useful for the treatment of hormone receptor positive tumors, such as breast tumors.
[00198] The term "antiestrogen" as used herein relates to a compound which antagonizes the effect of estrogens at the estrogen receptor level. The term includes, but is not limited to tamoxifen, fulvestrant, raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride. Tamoxifen is marketed under the trade name Nolvadex™. Raloxifene hydrochloride is marketed under the trade name Evista™. Fulvestrant can be administered under the trade name Faslodex™. A combination of the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an antiestrogen is particularly useful for the treatment of estrogen receptor positive tumors, such as breast tumors.
[00199] The term "anti-androgen" as used herein relates to any substance which is capable of inhibiting the biological effects of androgenic hormones and includes, but is not limited to, bicalutamide (Casodex™). The term "gonadorelin agonist" as used herein includes, but is not limited to abarelix, goserelin and goserelin acetate. Goserelin can be administered under the trade name Zoladex™.
[00200] The term "topoisomerase I inhibitor" as used herein includes, but is not limited to topotecan, gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecian and its analogues, 9-nitrocamptothecin and the macromolecular camptothecin conjugate PNU-166148. Irinotecan can be administered, e.g. in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark Camptosar™. Topotecan is marketed under the trade name Hycamptin™.
[00201] The term "topoisomerase II inhibitor" as used herein includes, but is not limited to the anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, such as Caelyx™), daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide. Etoposide is marketed under the trade name Etopophos™. Teniposide is marketed under the trade name VM 26-Bristol Doxorubicin is marketed under the trade name Acriblastin™ or Adriamycin™. Epirubicin is marketed under the trade name Farmorubicin™. Idarubicin is marketed, under the trade name Zavedos™. Mitoxantrone is marketed under the trade name Novantron.
Page 108 of 407
2009184-0008
[00202] The term "microtubule active agent" relates to microtubule stabilizing, microtubule destabilizing compounds and microtublin polymerization inhibitors including, but not limited to taxanes, such as paclitaxel and docetaxel; vinca alkaloids, such as vinblastine or vinblastine sulfate, vincristine or vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine; discodermolides; cochicine and epothilones and derivatives thereof. Paclitaxel is marketed under the trade name Taxol™. Docetaxel is marketed under the trade name Taxotere™. Vinblastine sulfate is marketed under the trade name Vinblastin R.P™. Vincristine sulfate is marketed under the trade name Farmistin™.
[00203] The term "alkylating agent" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosourea (BCNU or Gliadel). Cyclophosphamide is marketed under the trade name Cyclostin™. Ifosfamide . is marketed under the trade name Holoxan™.
[00204] The term "histone deacetylase inhibitors" or "HDAC inhibitors" relates to compounds which inhibit the histone deacetylase and which possess antiproliferative activity. This includes, but is not limited to, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA).
[00205] The term "antineoplastic antimetabolite" includes, but is not limited to, 5-fluorouracil or 5-FU, capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating compounds, such as 5-azacytidine and decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and folic acid antagonists such as pemetrexed. Capecitabine is marketed under the trade name Xeloda™. Gemcitabine is marketed under the trade name Gemzar™.
[00206] The term "platin compound" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, carboplatin, cis-platin, cisplatinum and oxaliplatin. Carboplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark Carboplat™. Oxaliplatin can be administered, e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark Eloxatin™.
[00207] The term "compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity; or a protein or lipid phosphatase activity; or further anti-angiogenic compounds" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, protein tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or threonine kinase inhibitors or lipid kinase inhibitors, such as a) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the platelet-derived growth factor-receptors (PDGFR), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of PDGFR, especially compounds which inhibit the PDGF receptor, such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, such as imatinib, SU101 , SU6668
Page 109 of 407
2009184-0008
and GFB-11 1 ; b) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the fibroblast growth factor-receptors (FGFR); c) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the insulin-like growth factor receptor I (IGF-IR), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of IGF-IR, especially compounds which inhibit the kinase activity of IGF-I receptor, or antibodies that target the extracellular domain of IGF-I receptor or its growth factors; d) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Trk receptor tyrosine kinase family, or ephrin B4 inhibitors; e) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Axl receptor tyrosine kinase family; f) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Ret receptor tyrosine kinase; g) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Kit/SCFR receptor tyrosine kinase, such as imatinib; h) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the C-kit receptor tyrosine kinases, which are part of the PDGFR family, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the c-Kit receptor tyrosine kinase family, especially compounds which inhibit the c-Kit receptor, such as imatinib; i) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the c-Abl family, their gene-fusion products (e.g. BCR-Abl kinase) and mutants, such as compounds which target decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Abl family members and their gene fusion products, such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, such as imatinib or nilotinib (AMN107); PD180970; AG957; NSC 680410; PD173955 from ParkeDavis; or dasatinib (BMS-354825); j) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the protein kinase C (PKC) and Raf family of serine/threonine kinases, members of the MEK, SRC, JAK, FAK, PDK1, PKB/Akt, and Ras/MAPK family members, and/or members of the cyclin-dependent kinase family (CDK) including staurosporine derivatives, such as midostaurin; examples of further compounds include UCN-01 , safingol, BAY 43-9006, Bryostatin 1, Perifosine; llmofosine; RO 318220 and RO 320432; GO 6976; lsis 3521 ; LY333531/LY379196; isochinoline compounds; FTIs; PD184352 or QAN697 (a P13K inhibitor) or AT7519 (CDK inhibitor); k) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of protein-tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of protein- tyrosine kinase inhibitors include imatinib mesylate (Gleevec™) or tyrphostin such as Tyrphostin A23/RG-50810; AG 99; Tyrphostin AG 213; Tyrphostin AG 1748; Tyrphostin AG 490; Tyrphostin B44; Tyrphostin B44 (+) enantiomer; Tyrphostin AG 555; AG 494; Tyrphostin AG 556, AG957 and adaphostin (4-{ [(2,5- dihydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino}-benzoic acid
Page 1 10 of 407
2009184-0008
adamantyl ester; NSC 680410, adaphostin); 1) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the epidermal growth factor family of receptor tyrosine kinases (EGFRi ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 as homo- or heterodimers) and their mutants, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the epidermal growth factor receptor family are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the EGF receptor tyrosine kinase family, such as EGF receptor, ErbB2, ErbB3 and ErbB4 or bind to EGF or EGF related ligands, CP 358774, ZD 1839, ZM 105180; trastuzumab (Herceptin™), cetuximab (Erbitux™), Iressa, Tarceva, OSI-774, Cl-1033, EKB-569, GW-2016, El . l, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4, E2.l l , E6.3 or E7.6.3, and 7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives; and m) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the c-Met receptor, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Met, especially compounds which inhibit the kinase activity of c-Met receptor, or antibodies that target the extracellular domain of c-Met or bind to HGF.
[00208] Further anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having another mechanism for their activity, e.g. unrelated to protein or lipid kinase inhibition e.g. thalidomide (Thalomid™) and TNP-470.
[00209] Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase are e.g. inhibitors of phosphatase 1 , phosphatase 2 A, or CDC25, such as okadaic acid or a derivative thereof.
[00210] Compounds which induce cell differentiation processes include, but are not limited to, retinoic acid, α- γ- or δ- tocopherol or a- γ- or δ-tocotrienol.
[00211] The term cyclooxygenase inhibitor as used herein includes, but is not limited to, Cox- 2 inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and derivatives, such as celecoxib (Celebrex™), rofecoxib (Vioxx™), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2- arylarnihophenylacetic acid, such as 5-methyl-2-(2'-chloro-6'-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
[00212] The term "bisphosphonates" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, etridonic, clodronic, tiludronic, pamidronic, alendronic, ibandronic, risedronic and zoledronic acid. Etridonic acid is marketed under the trade name Didronel™. Clodronic acid is marketed under the trade name Bonefos™. Tiludronic acid is marketed under the trade name Skelid™. Pamidronic acid is marketed under the trade name Aredia™. Alendronic acid is marketed under the trade name Fosamax™. Ibandronic acid is marketed under the trade name Bondranat™. Risedronic acid is marketed under the trade name Actonel™. Zoledronic acid is marketed under
Page 1 1 1 of 407
2009184-0008
the trade name Zometa™. The term "mTOR inhibitors" relates to compounds which inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and which possess antiproliferative activity such as sirolimus (Rapamune®), everolimus (Certican™), CCI-779 and ABT578.
[00213] The term "heparanase inhibitor" as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit heparin sulfate degradation. The term includes, but is not limited to, PI-88. The term "biological response modifier" as used herein refers to a lymphokine or interferons.
[00214] The term "inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms", such as H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras, as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the oncogenic activity of Ras; for example, a "farnesyl transferase inhibitor" such as L- 744832, DK8G557 or Rl 15777 (Zarnestra™). The term "telomerase inhibitor" as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase are especially compounds which inhibit the telomerase receptor, such as telomestatin.
[00215] The term "methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor" as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase include, but are not limited to, bengamide or a derivative thereof.
[00216] The term "proteasome inhibitor" as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome include, but are not limited to, Bortezomib (Velcade™) and MLN 341.
[00217] The term "matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor" or ("MMP" inhibitor) as used herein includes, but is not limited to, collagen peptidomimetic and nonpeptidomimetic inhibitors, tetracycline derivatives, e.g. hydroxamate peptidomimetic inhibitor batimastat and its orally bioavailable analogue marimastat (BB-2516), prinomastat (AG3340), metastat (NSC 683551) BMS-279251 , BAY 12-9566, TAA21 1 , MMI270B or AAJ996.
[00218] The term "compounds used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors, which are compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors (Flt-3R); interferon, Ι-β-D-arabinofuransylcytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan; and ALK inhibitors, which are compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
Page 1 12 of 407
2009184-0008
[00219] Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors (Flt-3R) are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the Flt-3R receptor kinase family, such as PKC412, midostaurin, a staurosporine derivative, SU 11248 and MLN518.
[00220] The term "HSP90 inhibitors" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90; degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client proteins via the ubiquitin proteosome pathway. Compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit the ATPase activity of HSP90, such as 17-allylamino,17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG), a geldanamycin derivative; other geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC inhibitors.
[00221] The term "antiproliferative antibodies" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, trastuzumab (Herceptin™), Trastuzumab-DMl, erbitux, bevacizumab (Avastin™), rituximab (Rituxan®), PR064553 (anti-CD40) and 2C4 Antibody. By antibodies is meant intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies formed from at least 2 intact antibodies, and antibodies fragments so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
[00222] For the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), compounds of the current invention can be used in combination with standard leukemia therapies, especially in combination with therapies used for the treatment of AML. In particular, compounds of the current invention can be administered in combination with, for example, farnesyl transferase inhibitors and/or other drugs useful for the treatment of AML, such as Daunorubicin, Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP- 16, Teniposide, Mitoxantrone, Idarubicin, Carboplatinum and PKC412.
[00223] Other anti-leukemic compounds include, for example, Ara-C, a pyrimidine analog, which is the 2-alpha-hydroxy ribose (arabinoside) derivative of deoxycytidine. Also included is the purine analog of hypoxanthine, 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP) and fludarabine phosphate. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit activity of histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors such as sodium butyrate and suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) inhibit the activity of the enzymes known as histone deacetylases. Specific HDAC inhibitors include MS275, SAHA, FK228 (formerly FR901228), Trichostatin A and compounds disclosed in US 6,552,065 including, but not limited to, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-lH-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]- amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and N-
Page 1 13 of 407
2009184-0008
hydroxy-3-[4-[(2-hydroxyethyl){ 2-(lH-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]rnethyl]phenyl]-2E-2- propenamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially the lactate salt. Somatostatin receptor antagonists as used herein refer to compounds which target, treat or inhibit the somatostatin receptor such as octreotide, and SOM230. Tumor cell damaging approaches refer to approaches such as ionizing radiation. The term "ionizing radiation" referred to above and hereinafter means ionizing radiation that occurs as either electromagnetic rays (such as X- rays and gamma rays) or particles (such as alpha and beta particles). Ionizing radiation is provided in, but not limited to, radiation therapy and is known in the art. See Hellman, Principles of Radiation Therapy, Cancer, in Principles and Practice of Oncology, Devita et al., Eds., 4th Edition, Vol. 1 , pp. 248-275 (1993).
[00224] Also included are EDG binders and ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors. The term "EDG binders" as used herein refers to a class of immunosuppressants that modulates lymphocyte recirculation, such as FTY720. The term "ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors" refers to pyrimidine or purine nucleoside analogs including, but not limited to, fludarabine and/or cytosine arabinoside (ara-C), 6-thioguanine, 5-fluorouracil, cladribine, 6-mercaptopurine (especially in combination with ara-C against ALL) and/or pentostatin. Ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors are especially hydroxyurea or 2-hydroxy- lH-isoindole-l ,3-dione derivatives.
[00225] Also included are in particular those compounds, proteins or monoclonal antibodies of VEGF such as l-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, l-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine succinate; Angiostatin™; Endostatin™; anthranilic acid amides; ZD4190; ZD6474; SU5416; SU6668; bevacizumab; or anti-VEGF antibodies or anti-VEGF receptor antibodies, such as rhuMAb and RHUFab, VEGF aptamer such as Macugon; FLT-4 inhibitors, FLT-3 inhibitors, VEGFR-2 IgGI antibody, Angiozyme (RPI 4610) and Bevacizumab (Avastin™).
[00226] Photodynamic therapy as used herein refers to therapy which uses certain chemicals known as photosensitizing compounds to treat or prevent cancers. Examples of photodynamic therapy include treatment with compounds, such as Visudyne™ and porfimer sodium.
[00227] Angiostatic steroids as used herein refers to compounds which block or inhibit angiogenesis, such as, e.g., anecortave, triamcinolone, hydrocortisone, 1 1-a-epihydrocotisol, cortexolone, 17a-hydroxyprogesterone, corticosterone, desoxycorticosterone, testosterone, estrone and dexamethasone.
Page 1 14 of 407
2009184-0008
[00228] Implants containing corticosteroids refers to compounds, such as fluocinolone and dexamethasone.
[00229] Other chemotherapeutic compounds include, but are not limited to, plant alkaloids, hormonal compounds and antagonists; biological response modifiers, preferably lymphokines or interferons; antisense oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide derivatives; shRNA or siRNA; or miscellaneous compounds or compounds with other or unknown mechanism of action.
[00230] The compounds of the invention are also useful as co-therapeutic compounds for use in combination with other drug substances such as anti-inflammatory, bronchodilatory or antihistamine drug substances, particularly in the treatment of obstructive or inflammatory airways diseases such as those mentioned hereinbefore, for example as potentiators of therapeutic activity of such drugs or as a means of reducing required dosaging or potential side effects of such drugs. A compound of the invention may be mixed with the other drug substance in a fixed pharmaceutical composition or it may be administered separately, before, simultaneously with or after the other drug substance. Accordingly the invention includes a combination of a compound of the invention as hereinbefore described with an antiinflammatory, bronchodilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug substance, said compound of the invention and said drug substance being in the same or different pharmaceutical composition.
[00231] Suitable anti-inflammatory drugs include steroids, in particular glucocorticosteroids such as budesonide, beclamethasone dipropionate, fluticasone propionate, ciclesonide or mometasone furoate; non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor agonists; LTB4 antagonists such LY2931 11, CGS025019C, CP-195543, SC-53228, BIIL 284, ONO 4057, SB 209247; LTD4 antagonists such as montelukast and zafirlukast; PDE4 inhibitors such cilomilast (Ariflo® GlaxoSmithKline), Roflumilast (Byk Gulden), V-l 1294A (Napp), BAY19-8004 (Bayer), SCH- 351591 (Schering- Plough), Arofylline (Almirall Prodesfarma), PD 189659 / PD 168787 (Parke- Davis), AWD-12- 281 (Asta edica), CDC-801 (Celgene), SelClD(TM) CC- 10004 (Celgene), VM554 UM565 (Vernalis), T-440 (Tanabe), KW-4490 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo); A2a agonists; A2b antagonists; and beta-2 adrenoceptor agonists such as albuterol (salbutamol), metaproterenol, terbutaline, salmeterol fenoterol, procaterol, and especially, formoterol and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Suitable bronchodilatory drugs include anticholinergic or antimuscarinic compounds, in particular ipratropium bromide, oxitropium bromide, tiotropium salts and CHF 4226 (Chiesi), and glycopyrrolate.
Page 1 15 of 407
2009184-0008
[00232] Suitable antihistamine drug substances include cetirizine hydrochloride, acetaminophen, clemastine fumarate, promethazine, loratidine, desloratidine, diphenhydramine and fexofenadine hydrochloride, activastine, astemizole, azelastine, ebastine, epinastine, mizolastine and tefenadine.
[00233] Other useful combinations of compounds of the invention with anti-inflammatory drugs are those with antagonists of chemokine receptors, e.g. CCR-1 , CCR-2, CCR-3, CCR-4, CCR-5, CCR-6, CCR-7, CCR-8, CCR-9 and CCR10, CXCR1 , CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, particularly CCR-5 antagonists such as Schering-Plough antagonists SC-351 125, SCH- 55700 and SCH-D, and Takeda antagonists such as N-[[4-[[[6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylphenyl)- 5H-benzo-cyclohepten-8-yl]carbonyl]amino]phenyl]-methyl]tetrahydro-N,N-dimethyl-2H- pyran-4- aminium chloride (TAK-770).
[00234] The structure of the active compounds identified by code numbers, generic or trade names may be taken from the actual edition of the standard compendium "The Merck Index" or from databases, e.g. Patents International (e.g. IMS World Publications).
[00235] A compound of the current invention may also be used in combination with known therapeutic processes, for example, the administration of hormones or radiation. In certain embodiments, a provided compound is used as a radiosensitizer, especially for the treatment of tumors which exhibit poor sensitivity to radiotherapy.
[00236] A compound of the current invention can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic compounds, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic compounds being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic compounds. A compound of the current invention can besides or in addition be administered especially for tumor therapy in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, phototherapy, surgical intervention, or a combination of these. Long-term therapy is equally possible as is adjuvant therapy in the context of other treatment strategies, as described above. Other possible treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status after tumor regression, or even chemopreventive therapy, for example in patients at risk.
[00237] Those additional agents may be administered separately from an inventive compound-containing composition, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those
Page 1 16 of 407
2009184-0008
agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
[00238] As used herein, the term "combination," "combined," and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this invention. For example, a compound of the present invention may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form. Accordingly, the present invention provides a single unit dosage form comprising a compound of the current invention, an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
[00239] The amount of both an inventive compound and additional therapeutic agent (in those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent as described above) that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Preferably, compositions of this invention should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of an inventive can be administered.
[00240] In those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent, that additional therapeutic agent and the compound of this invention may act synergistically. Therefore, the amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01 - 1 ,000 g/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be administered.
[00241] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
[00242] The compounds of this invention, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, may also be incorporated into compositions for coating an implantable medical device, such as prostheses, artificial valves, vascular grafts, stents and catheters. Vascular stents, for example, have been
Page 1 17 of 407
2009184-0008
used to overcome restenosis (re-narrowing of the vessel wall after injury). However, patients using stents or other implantable devices risk clot formation or platelet activation. These unwanted effects may be prevented or mitigated by pre-coating the device with a pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a kinase inhibitor. Implantable devices coated with a compound of this invention are another embodiment of the present invention.
EXEMPLIFICATION
[00243] As depicted in the Examples below, in certain exemplary embodiments, compounds are prepared according to the following general procedures. It will be appreciated that, although the general methods depict the synthesis of certain compounds of the present invention, the following general methods, and other methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, can be applied to all compounds and subclasses and species of each of these compounds, as described herein.
Page 1 18 of 407
2009184-0008
[00244] Example 1: Intermediate A.
A
[00245] Synthesis of compound 3. In to a mixture of cyclohexanone (compound 1) (49 g, 0.5 mol, 1.0 eq), ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (compound 2) (56 g, 0.5 mol, 1.0 eq), and sulphur (16 g, 0.5 mol, 1.0 eq) in 150 mL of ethanol was added morpholine (44 g, 0.5 mol, 1.0 eq). The mixture was stirred for 8 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallized from ethanol to afford compound 3 as yellow solid (62 g, 55%).
[00246] Synthesis of compound 4. The mixture of compound 3 (35 g, 0.16 mol) in 150 mL of formamide was heated at 180 °C for 4 h and cooled down. The mixture was poured into 200 mL of water and filtered. The solid was collected and recrystallized from ethanol to afford compound 4 as yellow solid (25 g, 75%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.75-1.82 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.88 (m, 2H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 12.31 (br s, 1H). MS: m/z 207.0 (M+H)+.
[00247] Synthesis of compound A. A suspension of compound 4 (25 g, 0.12 mol) in 150 mL of POCI3 was heated at reflux for 2 h. POCI3 was removed at reduced pressure and the residue was poured onto ice and filtered. The solid was washed with water and dried to afford compound A as brown solid (23 g, 85%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.92-1.95 (m, 4H), 2.88-2.90 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.12 (m, 2H), 8.72 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 225.0 (M+H)+.
Page 119 of 407
B
[00249] Synthesis of ethyl 2-amino-4,5-dimethylthiophene-3-carboxylate. Into a mixture of butan-2-one (20 g, 0.28 mol, 1.0 eq), ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (31.4 g, 0.28 mol, 1.0 eq), and sulphur (8.9 g, 0.28 mol, 1.0 eq) in 100 mL of ethanol was added diethyl amine (21 g, 0.28 mol, 1.0 eq). The mixture was stirred for 8 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallized from ethanol to afford ethyl 2-amino-4,5-dimethylthiophene-3-carboxylate as yellow solid (41 g, 75%).
[00250] Synthesis of 5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol. The mixture of ethyl 2- amino-4,5-dimethylthiophene-3-carboxylate (30 g, 0.15 mol) in 150 mL of formamide was heated at 180 °C for 4 h and cooled down. The mixture was poured into 200 mL of water and filtered. The solid was collected and recrystallized from ethanol to afford 5,6- dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol as yellow solid (23 g, 85%).
[00251] Synthesis of compound B. A suspension of compound 4 (20 g, 0.1 1 mol) in 150 mL of POCI3 was heated at reflux for 2 h. POCI3 was removed at reduced pressure and the residue was poured onto ice and filtered. The solid was washed with water and dried to afford compound A as brown solid (17 g, 76%). Ή MR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 8.72 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 199.0 (M+H)+.
C
Page 120 of 407
2009184-0008
[00253] Compound C was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 1. Isolated a brown solid in 73% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.01 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.43- 1.54 (m, 3H), 1.77-1.80 (m, IH), 2.06-2.10 (m, IH), 2.47-2.55 (m, IH), 2.92-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.32 (m, I H), 8.71 (s, I H). MS: /z 253.1 (M+H)+.
D
[00255] Compound D was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 2. Isolated a brown solid in 72% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 2.51-2.58 (m, 2H), 3.08 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.16-3.20 (m, 2H), 8.72 (s, IH). MS: m/z 21 1.1 (M+H)+.
[00257] Compound E was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 2. Isolated a brown solid in 70% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) <5 1.01 (s, 6H), 1.62 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.85 (m, 4H), 8.65 (s, IH). MS: m/z 253.1 (M+H)+.
[00259] Compound F was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 2. Isolated a brown solid in 85% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.16 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.52-1.65 (m, IH), 1.94-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.59 (m, IH), 2.90-2.94 (m, 2H), 3.32 (dd, J = 5.2, 16.8 Hz, IH), 8.71 (s, I H). MS: m z 239.0 (M+H)+.
Page 121 of 407
G
[00261] Compound G was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 2. Isolated a brown solid in 80% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.16 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.52-1.65 (m, 1 H), 1.94-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.94 (m, 2H), 3.32 (dd, J = 5.2, 16.8 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 239.0 (M+H)+.
[00262] Example 8: Synthesis of trans-4-((5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4
A
[00263] The mixture of A (500 mg, 2.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) and trans-4-aminocyclohexanol (1031 mg, 7.0 mmol, 3.0 eq) in iPrOH (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 12 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and water (20 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was extracted by (¾(¾ (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic phases was washed (brine), dried (NaaSC^), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/Et3N = 30: 2: 1 ) to give the product as pale solid (580 mg, 86%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 1.26- 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.44- 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.81 -1.94 (m, 8H), 2.74-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.93-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.44 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.03 (m, 1 H), 4.59-4.60 (m, 1 H), 5.83 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 304.1 (M+H) +.
[00264] Example 9: Synthesis of 3-((5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-5).
Page 122 of 407
2009184-0008
A
[00265] Compound 1-5 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 70% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-£?6) δ 1.25- 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.53- 1.69 (m, 4H), 1.72- 1.85 (m, 5H), 1.94 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, IH), 2.75 (s, 2H), 2.94 (s, 2H), 3.77 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, IH), 4.30 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, IH), 5.01 (s, I H), 8.42 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, IH), 8.24 (s, I H). MS: mJz 304.2 (M+H) +.
[00266] Example 10: Synthesis of trans-4-((7-ethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol.
C
[00267] Trans-4-((7-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cyclohexanol was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 72% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^s) δ 0.95 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.16- 1.47 (m, 6H), 1.67 (s, I H), 1.84-1.94 (m, 6H), 2.35-2.39 (m, I H), 2.85-3.00 (m, 2H), 4.00-4.02 (m, IH), 4.03-4.05 (m, IH), 4.60 (s, IH), 5.86 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.82 (s, IH), 8.25 (s, IH). MS: mJz 332.2 (M+H)+.
[00268] Example 11: Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-7).
Page 123 of 407
[00269] To a solution of compound D ( 100 mg, 0.48 mmol) and trans-4- aminocyclohexanol(1 10 mg, 0.95 mmol, 2.0 eq) in 5 mL of iPrOH was added K2CO3 (132 mg, 0.95 mmol, 2.0 eq). The reaction was heated at reflux overnight and cooled down. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organics were dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography in silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 50: 1 -20: 1 ) to give the product as white solid (30 mg, 21 %). Ή NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.23- 1.31 (m, 2H), 1.44- 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.94 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.41- 3.45 (m, 1H), 4.01 -4.01 (m, 1H), 4.60 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 290.0 (M+H) +.
D
[00271] Compound 1-10 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 87% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 1.16- 1.23 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.92 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, J
= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 1 H), 5.97 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 289. 1 (M+H)
+
[00272] Example 13: Synthesis of N-(trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)acetamide (1-11).
Page 124 of 407
[00273] To a solution of compound 1-10 (80 mg, 0.278 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added AC2O (42 mg, 0.427 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Water (2 mL) was added and extracted with EA (10 mLx 3). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was recrystallized with MeOH/water to give compound 1-11 (67 mg, 73%) as white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-<¾ δ 1.22-1.32 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 1.82-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.93 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H),3.50-3.54 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.05 (m, 1 H), 6.02 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 331.2 (M+H) +.
[00274] Example 14: Synthesis of 3-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-y
[00275] Compound 1-15 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 15% yield. A mixture of cis and trans. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-< ) δ 1.31- 1.78 (m, 7H), 1.91 -1.95 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.03-3.1 1 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 0.5H, cis), 3.97 (s, 0.5H, trans), 4.27-4.29 (m, 1H, cis and trans), 4.46-4.53 (m, 0.5H, trans), 5.00-5.07 (m, 0.5H, cis), 5.88 (d, J = 8.0Hz, 0.5H, trans), 6.87 (s, 0.5H, cis), 8.24 (5, 0.5H, cis), 8.25 (s, 0.5H, trans). MS: m/z 290.0 (M+H) +.
[00276] Example 15: Synthesis of cis-3-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cycIopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-21).
Page 125 of 407
[00277] Compound 1-21 was separated from compound 1-15 by preparative HPLC as white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 1.32-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.77 (m, 5H), 1.92-1.95 (m, IH), 2.40-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, IH), 4.26-4.29 (m, IH), 5.03 (s, IH), 6.87 (s, IH), 8.24 (s, IH). MS: m/z 290.0 (M+H)+.
[00278] Example 16: Synthesis of trans-3-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-22).
[00279] Compound 1-22 was separated from compound 1-15 by preparative HPLC as white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-<¾ δ 1.41-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, IH), 4.48 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H),4.51 (s, IH), 5.87 (d,/=8.0 Hz, IH), 8.25 (s, IH). MS: m/z 290.0 (M+H)+.
[00280] Example 17: Synthesis of trans-4-((5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-19).
B
[00281] Compound 1-19 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 71% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-<4) δ 1.26-1.32 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.86 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.44 (m, IH), 4.01-4.03 (m, IH), 4.60 (d, 7 = 0.8 Hz, IH), 6.01 (d, J =8.0 Hz, IH), 8.25 (s, IH). MS: mz 278.0 (M+H)+.
Page 126 of 407
2009184-0008
[00282] Example 18: Synthesis of 3-((5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cycloh
B
[00283] 3-((5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrirrudin-4-yl)arnino)cyclohexanol was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 73% yield. A mixture of cis and trans. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.30-0.14 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.90-2.10(m, 1H), 2.23-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 4.04 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (s, 0.5 H), 4.54 (m, 0.5 H), 5.30 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 0.5 H), 8.29 (s, 0.5 H). MS: mJz 278.0 (M+H)+.
[00284] Example 19: Synthesis of trans-N1-(5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- N4-methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-44).
[00285] A mixture of 1-57 (150 mg, 0.54 mmol, 1.0 eq), (Boc)20 (129 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.1 eq) and TEA (71 mg, 0.81 mmol, 1.5 eq) in CH2CI2 (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 2 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue (160 mg, 90%) was used to the next step without further purification.
[00286] To a mixture of L1AIH4 (160 mg, 2.1 mmol, 5.0 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added a solution of tert-butyl trans-4-(5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino) cyclohexylcarbamate ( 160 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with a mixture of THF/H2O and filtered. The cake was washed with CH2CI2. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (CH2Cl2 MeOH/Et3N = 20: 1 : 0.5) on silica gel to give desired product compound 1-44 as a white solid (72 mg, 60%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.18- 1.25 (m,
Page 127 of 407
2009184-0008
4H), 1.47 (br s, 2H), 1.95-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.08 (m, I H), 5.23 (m, IH), 8.23 (s, I H). MS: m/z 291.2 (M+H)+.
[00287] Example 20: Synthesis of trans-N'-^-dihydro-SH-cyclopenta^SlthienoP^- d]pyrimidi 4-methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-34).
[00288] Compound 1-34 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 19. Isolated a white solid in 9% yield. Ή MR (400 MHz, DMSO-</6) δ 1.06-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.29 (m,
2H), 1.42-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.94 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.93 (t, J = 7.6Hz,
2H), 3.07 (t, J = 7.2Hz, 2H), 4.02-4.06 (m, IH), 5.98 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (s, IH). MS: m/z 303.2 (M+H)+.
[00289] Example 21: Synthesis of 3-((6-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-y
F
[00290] Compound 1-35 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a brown solid in 7% yield. A mixture of cis and trans. Ή NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 1.09 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.31-1.34 (m, IH), 1.41-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.88-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.48-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 3.03-3.12 (m, IH), 3.80 (s, 0.5H), 3.96 (s, 0.5H), 4.30 (s, 0.5H), 4.49 (m, I H), 5.03 (s, 0.5H), 5.80-5.82 (m, 0.5H), 6.92 (s, 0.5H), 8.22 (s, 0.5H), 8.24 (s, 0.5H). MS: m/z 318.0 (M+H) +.
[00291] Example 22: Synthesis of trans-4-((6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexanol (1-37).
Page 128 of 407
F
[00292] Compound 1-37 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 11. Isolated a brown solid in 25% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-<¾ δ 1.09 (d, J = 6.4Hz, 3H), 1.10- 1.28 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.51 (m, 3H), 1.85-1.95 (m, 6H), 2.48-2.51 (m, IH), 2.79-2.80 (m, 2H), 3.05 (dd, J = 4.8, 15.6 Hz, I H), 3.41-3.46 (m, IH), 4.58 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, I H), 5.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.25 (s, IH). MS: m/z 318.1 (M+H) +.
[00293] Example 23: Synthesis of trans-N^ie^-dimeth l-S^ -S- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-38).
H2
[00294] To a solution of compound E (506 mg, 2.0 mmol) and cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (273 mg, 2.4 mmol, 1.2 eq) in 10 mL of iPrOH was added 2C03 (828 mg, 6.0 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction was heated at 100 °C overnight and cooled down. The mixture was poured into water (10 mL). The precipitate was collected by filtration and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 100: 5) to give the product as white solid (400 mg, 60%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 51.01 (s, 6H), 1.21-2.16 (m, 4H), 1.41 (br s, 2H), 1.56-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.87- 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.68 (m, I H), 2.73-2.76 (m, 2H), 4.01 -4.04 (m, IH), 5.00 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, I H), 8.29 (s, IH). MS: m/z 331.1 (M+H) +.
[00295] Example 24: Synthesis of trans-N'-^-ethyl-S^^e- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-39).
Page 129 of 407
C
[00296] Compound 1-39 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 70% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c/6) S 0.96 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.17-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.67 (m, 4H), 1.83- 1.96 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.14 (m, 4H), 2.35-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.81-2.87 (m, 3H), 4.00-4.02 (m, 1H), 5.88 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 331.1 (M+H)+.
[00297] Example 25: Synthesis of trans-NI-(6,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N ,N4-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine
(1-40).
[00298] 36%. aq. HCHO (46 mg, 0.552 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added to a solution of compound I- 38 (91 mg, 0.276 mmol) in 5 mL of MeOH, followed by AcOH (83 mg, 1.38 mmol, 5 eq). The reaction was stirred for 10 minutes and NaBH(OAc)3 (233 mg, 1.10 mmol, 4 eq) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for additional 2 h. The reaction was poured into 30 mL of water and extracted with dichloromethane (3x30 mL). The combined organics were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography in silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 100: 5) to give the product as white solid (80 mg, 80%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1 .01 (s, 6H), 1.20- 1.24 (m, 2H), 1.42- 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.57- 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.93- 1.96 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 2.55 (s, 2H), 2.73-2.76 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.05 (m, 1 H), 5.00 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 359.1 (M+H) +.
[00299] Example 26: Synthesis of trans-N'-^^-dimethyl-S^,?^- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N -methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I-
41).
Page 130 of 407
[00300] Into a mixture of compound 1-38 ( 160 mg, 0.48 mmol) and (Boc)20 ( 105 mg, 0.48 mmol) in 5 mL of dichloromethane was added TEA (97 mg, 0.96 mmol, 2 eq) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 100: 5) to give tert-butyl trans-4-(6,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino) cyclohexanylcarbamate as white solid (210 mg, quantitive). MS: m/z 431.1 (M+H) +.
[00301] To a solution of tert-butyl trans-4-(6,6-dimefhyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino) cyclohexanylcarbamate (210 mg, 0.49 mmol) in 10 mL of THF was added LiAlH4 (88 mg, 2.44 mmol, 5.0 eq) carefully at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 2 h and cooled down. The reaction was cooled to 0 °C and quenched with a mixture of THF/H2O. Extracted with EtOAc (3x20 mL) and the combined organics were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography in silica gel (DCM/MeOH/NILtOH = 100: 8: 1) to give the product as white solid (140 mg, 80%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 61.01 (s, 6H), 1.18- 1.30 (m, 4H), 1.58 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (br s, 1H), 1.98-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, 2H), 2.73-2.76 (m, 2H), 4.07-4.10 (m, 1H), 5.01 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1 H). MS: m z 345.1 (M+H).
[00302] Example 27: Synthesis of trans-4-((6,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4 43).
Page 131 of 407
2009184-0008
[00303] Compound 1-43 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 70% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.02 (s, 6H), 1.23- 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.46- 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.58 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.85- 1.95 (m, 4H), 2.73-2.78 (m, 4H), 3.39-3.42 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.59 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 332.2 (M+H)+.
[00304] Example 28: Synthesis of trans-N1,N1-dimethyl-N -(5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-50).
[00305] 36% aq. HCHO (58 mg, 0.696 mmol, 2.2 eq) was added to a solution of compound I- 49 (lOOmg, 0.316 mmol) in 5 mL of MeOH, followed by AcOH (95 mg, 1.58 mmol, 5 eq). The reaction was stirred for 10 minutes and NaBHsCN (44 mg, 1.10 mmol, 4 eq) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for additional 6 h. The reaction was poured into 50 mL of water and extracted with dichloromethane (3x50 mL). The combined organics were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography in silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 20: 1 ~ 15: 1) to give the product as white solid ( 15 mg, 15%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.15- 1.22 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.80- 1.91 (m, 6H), 2.18-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.72-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.84 (m, 2H), 4.01-4.04 (m, 1H), 5.03 (d, 7 = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 331.1 (M+H) +.
[00306] Example 29: Synthesis of trans-N'-iS^-dimethylthienoP^-dlpyrimidin^-yl)- N4,N4-dimeth
MeOH
Page 132 of 407
2009184-0008
[00307] Compound 1-42 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 28. Isolated a white solid in 60% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.16- 1.23 (m, 2H), 1.39- 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.04 (m, IH), 5.18 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, I H), 8.29 (s, IH). MS: m/z 305.2(M+H)+.
[00308] Example 30: Synthesis of trans-4-(((R)-6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydroben
G
[00309] Compound 1-47 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 79% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.10 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.20- 1.27 (m, 2H), 1.40- 1.51 (m, 4H), 1.88-1.99 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.40 (m, IH), 2.75-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.87 (m, IH), 3.63-3.65 (m, IH), 4.03-4.08 (m, IH), 5.03 (d, / = 7.7 Hz, I H), 8.30 (s, I H). MS: m/z 318.2 (M+H)+.
[00310] Example 31: Synthesis of trans-N1-((R)-6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobe .
[00311] Compound 1-48 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 76% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.06 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.19- 1.29 (m, 4H), 1.43- 1.45 (m, IH), 1.64 (m, IH), 1.78- 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.91- 1.93 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.43(m, IH), 2.88 (d, IH), 3.63-3.65 (m, IH), 4.03-4.08 (m, IH), 5.02 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.30 (s, I H). MS: m/z 317.1 (M+H)+.
[00312] Example 32: Synthesis of trans-N^iS^ ^-tetrahydrobenzo^^lthieno^^- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane- 1,4-diamine (1-49).
Page 133 of 407
2009184-0008
H2
A
[00313] Compound 1-49 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 11. Isolated a light yellow solid in 82% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.18- 1.29 (m, 4H), 1.40 (br s, 2H), 1.80-1.88 (m, 6H), 2.1 1 -2.15 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.66 (m, IH), 2.72-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.84 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.07 (m, IH), 5.02 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 8.29 (s, IH). MS: m/z 303.0 (M+H) +.
[00314] Example 33: Synthesis of trans-N'-^-methyl-S^,?^- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-51).
H2
[00315] Compound 1-51 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 11. Isolated a light yellow solid in 80% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.08 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.19- 1.30 (m, 3H), 1.41- 1.45 (m, 4H), 1.87- 1.91 (m, 4H), 2.1 1-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.41 (m, I H), 2.66- 2.70 (m, I H), 2.74-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.88 (dd, J = 4.8, 14.8 Hz, IH), 4.03-4.08 (m, I H), 5.02 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 8.29 (s, I H). MS: m/z 317.1 (M+H) +.
[00316] Example 34: Synthesis of trans-N1-methyl-N4-(6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobe 2).
Page 134 of 407
2009184-0008
[00317] Compound 1-52 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 19. Isolated a brown solid in 20% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.08 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.18- 1.25 (m, 4H), 1 .41 - 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.88- 1.98 (m, 4H), 2.17 (s, 2H), 2.31 -2.41 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.75- 2.87 (m, 2H), 2.90 (dd, J = 5.2, 15.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.06-4.09 (m, 1 H), 5.04 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 331.2 (M+H)+.
[00318] Example 35: Synthesis of trans-N1-methyl-N4-(5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobe -53).
[00319] Compound 1-53 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 19. Isolated a brown solid in 15% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.16- 1.25 (m, 4H), 1.63 (br s, 1 H), 1.80- 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.95- 1.98 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.72- 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.85 (m, 2H), 4.01-4.12 (m, 1H), 5.04 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 317.1 (M+H)+.
[00320] Example 36: Synthesis of trans-N\N^dimethyl-N -(6-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI)cycIohexane-l,4-diamine (1-54).
[00321] Compound 1-54 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 28. Isolated a white solid in 10% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.09 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.22- 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.42- 1.57 (m, 3H), 1.89- 1.93 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.1 1 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.45 (s, 6H), 2.59-2.63 (m, 1 H), 2.75-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.88 (dd, J = 4.4, 14.8 Hz, 1H), 4.05- 4.09 (m, 1 H), 5.02 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 345.1 (M+H)+.
Page 135 of 407
2009184-0008
[00322] Example 37: trans-N1-(7-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thiei d]pyrimi 4,N4-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-55).
[00323] Compound 1-55 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 29. Isolated a white solid in 65% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 0.96 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.16- 1.32 (m, 3H), 1.38- 1.51 (m, 5H), 1.66 (t, J = 2.8 Hz, IH), 1.87- 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.97 (m, I H), 2.16-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 6H), 2.32-3.38 (m, IH), 2.81-2.87 (m, 3H), 4.00-4.04 (m, I H), 5.04 (d, 7 = 8.0 Hz, I H), 8.29 (s, IH). MS: m/z 359.2 (M+H)+.
[00324] Example 38: Synthesis of traiis-N^-dimethyl-N^iR^-methyl-S^^S- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-56).
[00325] Compound 1-56 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 28. Isolated a white solid in 60% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.07 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.18- 1.25 (m, 4H), 1.39- 1.46 (m, 3H), 1.89- 1.91 (m, 4H), 2.18-2.20 (m, I H), 2.21 (s, 6H) 2.38-3.41 (m, IH), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.91 (m, I H), 4.02-4.04 (m, I H), 5.03 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, I H), 8.28 (s, I H). MS: m/z 345.2 (M+H)+.
[00326] Example 39: Synthesis of trans-N1-(5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-57).
Page 136 of 407
B
[00327] Compound 1-57 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 8. Isolated a white solid in 60% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.18- 1.25(m, 4H), 1.29- 1.39 (m, 2H), 1.87 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.14 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.66-2.67 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.07 (m, 1 H), 5.18 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 277.1 (M+H)+.
[00328] Example 40: Synthesis of trans-Nl-(7-ethyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyriinidin-4-yl)-N4-methylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 58).
[00329] Compound 1-57 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 19. Isolated a white solid in 60% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 0.91 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.18- 1.25 (m, 4H), 1.35- 1.39 (m, 3H), 1.61- 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.94- 1.97 (m, 3H), 2.12-2.17 (m, 3H), 2.26-2.41 (m, 5H), 2.78-2.96 (m, 3H), 4.01-4.16 (m, 1H), 5.04 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.28 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 345.2 (M+H)+.
[00330] Example 41: Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]py
Page 137 of 407
2009184-0008
[00331] Synthesis of 2-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione. A mixture of 4- aminocyclohexanol (3.9 g, 34 mmol) and isobenzofuran- l ,3-dione (4.9g, 34 mmol, 1.0 eq) in 100 mL of EtOH was heated at reflux for 2 days. EtOH was removed and the residue , was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent with DCM) to give 2-(4- hydroxycyclohexyl)isoindoline-l ,3-dione as white solid (5.0 g, 59%). MS: m/z 246.0 (M+H)+.
[00332] Synthesis of 2-(trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)hydroxycyclohexyl)isoindoIine-l,3-dione. To a solution of 2-(4- hydroxycyclohexyl)isoindoline-l ,3-dione (837 mg, 3.42 mmol, 1.2 eq) in 20 mL of THF was added NaH ( 137 mg, 3.42 mmol, 60% in oil, 1.2 eq) in one portion at room temperature. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours and cooled down. Compound D (600 mg, 2.85 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added to the mixture as solid in one portion. The reaction was stirred for additional 30 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water carefully and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organics was dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography in silica gel (eluent with DCM) to give 2-(trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)hydroxycyclohexyl)isoindoline-l ,3-dione as white solid ( 1.16g, 77%). MS: m z 420.1 (M+H)+.
[00333] Synthesis of Compound 1-61. To a solution of 2-(trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)hydroxycyclohexyl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione (1.16g, 2.63 mmol, 1.0 eq) in 10 mL of EtOH was added hydrazine hydrate (776mg, 13.2 mmol, 5.0 eq) at room temperature. The reaction was heated at reflux for 4 h and cooled down. EtOH was removed and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/NH4OH = 100: 5: 1 - 100: 10: 1 ) to give 1-61 as white solid (600 mg, 79%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.26-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.36 (br s, 2H), 1.50- 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.88- 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.80 (m, 1 H), 2.92-2.96 (m, 4H), 5.15-5.18 (m, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1 H). MS: /z 290.1 (M+H)+.
[00334] Example 42: Synthesis of 2-((trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)amino)acetic acid (1-65).
Page 138 of 407
[00335] Synthesis of Ethyl 2-((trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)amino)acetate. To a solution of 1-10 (150 mg, 0.52 mmol) in CH3CN (15 mL) was added DIPEA (70 mg, 0.52 mmol, leq). Then ethyl 2- bromoacetate (87 mg, 0.52 mmol, leq) in 5 mL of CH3CN was added dropwise at room temperature over 15 minutes. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and CH3CN was removed. The residue was separated between dichloromethane (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane twice. The combined organics were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography in silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 100: 1 - 50: 1) to give ethyl 2-((trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl) amino)acetate as white solid (80 mg, 40%).
[00336] Synthesis of Compound 1-65. To a solution of ethyl 2-((trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrirmdin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)amino)acetate (80 mg, 0.21 mmol) in 5 mL of MeOH was added NaOH (34 mg, 0.85 mmol, 4 eq) in 5 mL of water. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h and MeOH was removed. The aqueous solution was adjusted to pH = 5 with IN HCI. The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water, dried in vacuo to give the product compound 1-65 as HCI salt (30 mg, 85%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 1.50-1.55 (m, 4H), 2.01 (br s, 2H), 2.13 (br s, 2H), 2.40-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.95 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.10 (m, 3H), 3.93 (br s, 2H), 4.06 (br s, 1H), 6.15 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, lH), 9.14 (br s, 2H), 13.80 (br s, 1H). MS: m z 347.2 (M+H)+.
[00337] Example 43: Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-methylcyclohexanamine (1-66).
Page 139 of 407
2009184-0008
[00338] Compound 1-66 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 19. Isolated a brown solid in 55% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.27- 1.31 (m, 2H), 1.49- 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.39-2.46 (m, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.92-2.96 (m, 4H), 5.16- 5.20 (m, I H), 8.42 (s, IH). MS: m/z 304.2 (M+H)+.
[00339] Example 44: Synthesis of trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-N,N-dimethylcyclohexanamine (1-67).
[00340] Compound 1-67 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 28. Isolated a white solid in 55% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.54- 1.68 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.45 (m, 4H), 2.70 (s, 6H), 2.91 -2.94 (m, 4H), 3.01-3.08 (m, IH), 5.12-5.17 (m, IH), 8.40 (s, IH). MS: m/z 318.2 (M+H)+.
[00341] Example 45: Synthesis of 2-((trans-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]py
[00342] Compound 1-68 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 43. Isolated the hydrochloride salt as a white solid in 80% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.46- 1.63
Page 140 of 407
2009184-0008
(m, 4H), 2.14-2.24 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.92-3.00 (m, 4H), 3.14 (m, 1 H), 3.81 (br s, 2H), 5.14 (s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 9.12 (br s, 1 H). MS: m/z 370.2 (M+Na)+.
[00343] Example 46: Synthesis of trans-N 6 -dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4-
[00344] The mixture of LiAlH4 (85 mg, 1.6 mmol, 8.0 eq) in THF (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, compound I-ll (70 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at 80°C for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with a mixture of THF/H2O and filtered. The cake was washed with CH2CI2. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (CH2Cl2/ eOH/Et3N = 20: 1 : 0.5) on silica gel to give desired product compound 1-71 as a white solid (41 mg, 61 ). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.06- 1.23 (m, 5H), 1.28-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.63 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.01-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.19(d, J = 10.6 Hz, 2H), 2.45-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.91 - 2.96 (m, 4H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.78 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.31 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 317.2 (M+H)+.
[00345] Example 47: Synthesis of traiis-N 6 -dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4,N4-diethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-72).
[00346] The mixture of compound 1-10 (80 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.0 eq), CH3CHO (102 mg, 0.84 mmol, 3.0 eq), CH3COOH (83 mg, 1.4 mmol, 5.0 eq), NaBH3CN (236 mg, 1.1 mmol, 4 eq) in methanol (10 mL) was stirred at it for 6.5 hours. The mixture was poured into sat.NaHC03, extracted with CH2CI2. The organics layers were dried over Na2S04, and concentrated, the residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2/MeOH/Et3N = 30: 1 : 1 ) to
Page 141 of 407
2009184-0008
give desired product compound 1-72 as a white solid (57 mg, 60%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 0.92- 1.33 (m, 8H), 1.48- 1.54 (m, 5H), 1.90 (m, , 1H), 2.18 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.43- 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.63 (m, 3H), 2.93 (m, 4H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 4.77 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.30 (s, 1H). MS: m z 345.1 (M+H)+.
[00347] Example 48: Synthesis of trans-N'-^ -dihydro-SH-cyclopentar t^thienoP^- d]pyrimidin- -eth l-N4-meth lc clohexane-l 4-diamine (1-73).
[00348] The mixture of compound 1-71 (90 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.0 eq), HCHO ( 17 mg, 36%, 0.56 mmol, 2eq), CH3COOH (34 mg, 0.56 mmol, 2.0 eq), NaBH3CN ( 151 mg, 0.71 mmol, 2.5 eq) in methanol (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 6.5 hours. The mixture was poured into sat. aq. NaHCCh, extracted with (¾(¾, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated, the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2 MeOH/Et3N = 30: 1 : 1) to give desired product compound 1-73 as white solid (48 mg, 51%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.05 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 3H), 1.17- 1.24 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.54 (m, 4H), 1.88 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 2.10-2.24 (m, 5H), 2.43- 2.51 (m, 3H), 2.91-2.96 (m, 4H), 3.99-4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.78 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H). MS: m z 331.2(M+H)+.
[00349] Example 49: Synthesis of trans-N 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimid -4- -N4,N4-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamin -12).
MeOH
[00350] Compound 1-12 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 25. Isolated a pale solid in 68% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSCW6) S 1.27- 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.44- 1 .48 (m, 2H), 1.81 - 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.97- 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 2.40-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.92 (t, J = 7.2 Hz,
Page 142 of 407
2009184-0008
2H), 3.07 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.00-4.02 (m, 2H), 5.99 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H). MS: z 317.2 (M+H)+.
[00351] Example 50. Synthesis of Additional Compounds
[00352] Other compounds of the present invention were prepared using methods known in the art and those described above in Examples 1 -49. Characterization data for such compounds is set forth below in Table 2 which provides LC/MS data. Compound numbers in Table 2 correspond to compound numbers recited in Table 1 , supra.
Table 2. Characterization Data
Page 143 of 407
2009184-0008
Page 144 of 407
2009184-0008
Page 145 of 407
[00353] Example 51. Synthesis of l-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-l -N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2>6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 169).
Page 146 of 407
2009184-0008
1-34 1-169
[00354] A mixture of 1-34 (500 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv), l-bromo-2-methoxyethane (276 mg, 1.99 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and potassium carbonate (275 mg, 1.99 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in N,N- dimethylformamide (10 g, 136.82 mmol, 82.76 equiv) was stirred for 48 h at room temperature and diluted with 200 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 200 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 300 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#-Gilson Gx 281(HPLC-09)) under the following conditions: column: Atlantis T3, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid) and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 20.0% in 1 min, up to 30.0% in 5 min,up to 43.0% in 7 min, hold 100.0% in 2 min); detector: UV 220 nm. Purification afforded 8.5 mg ( 1 %) of Compound 1-169 as an off-white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCh, ppm) δ 8.38-8.36 (1 H, d), 4.84-4.82 ( 1 H, d), 4.16-4.1 1 ( 1 H, m), 3.86-3.82 (2H, t), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.30- 3.23 (1H, m), 3.15-3.12 (2H, t), 3.02-2.98 (4H, t), 2.69 (3H, s), 2.59-2.50 (2H, m), 2.37-2.25 (4H, m), 1.72-1.60 (2H, q), 1.39 (2H, q).
MS: m z 361 (M+H)+.
[00355] Example 52. Synthesis of l-N-methyl-l-N-(2-phenylethyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I-
Page 147 of 407
2009184-0008
[00356] Compound 1-168 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 51 above from Compound 1-34 and (2-bromoethyl)benzene. Isolated a white solid in 12% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, ppm) δ 8.39 (IH, s), 7.35-7.29 (2H, m), 7.25-7.23 (3H, m), 4.88-4.85 ( IH, d), 4.13-4.07 (I H, m), 3.03-3.02 (4H, m), 2.80-2.78 (4H, m), 2.61-2.51 (3H, m), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.30- 2.06 (2H, m), 1.97- 1.93 (2H, m), 1.62-1.50 (2H, q), 1.32-1.21 (2H, q). MS: m z 407 (M+H)+.
[00357] Example 53. Synthesis of l-N-[(2-chloro-6-fluorophenyl)methyl]-l-N-methyl-4- N-[7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane- 1,4-diami
[00358] Compound 1-99 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 51 above from Compound 1-34 and l-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)-3-fluorobenzene. Isolated a white solid in 13% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, ppm) δ 8.39 (IH, s), 7.28-7.23 (2H, m), 7.02-7.01 (I H, m), 4.89-4.86 (l H.d), 4.17-4.12 (I H, m), 3.80 (2H, s), 3.06-2.99 (4H, m), 2.69 (IH, br), 2.61 -2.51 (2H, m), 2.34-2.31 (5H, m). 2.08 (2H, m), 1.73- 1.65 (2H, q), 1.36- 1.25 (2H, q). MS: m/z 445 (M+H)+.
[00359] Example 54. Synthesis of l-N-methyl-l-N-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A [2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 163).
Page 148 of 407
2009184-0008
1-34 1-163
[00360] Compound 1-163 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 51 above from Compound 1-34 and 3-(chloromethyl)pyridine hydrochloride. Isolated a yellow solid in 5% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13, ppm) δ 8.54-8.56 (2H, d), 8.39 (IH, s), 7.72 (IH, s), 7.28 (IH, s), 4.85-4.87 (I H, d), 4.1 1-4.16 (I H, m), 3.65-3.74 ( IH, m), 3.01 -3.03 (4H, m), 2.52-2.59 (3H, m), 2.28-2.36 (5H, m), 1.99-2.12 (2H, m), 1.47-1 .65 (2H, m), 1.22- 1.30 (2H, q). MS: m z 394 (M+H)+.
[00361] Example 55. Synthesis of [3-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12- yl]amin
1-34 1-165
[00362] Compound 1-165 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 51 above from Compound 1-34 arid [3-(bromomethyl)phenyl]methanol. Isolated a white solid in 4% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3, ppm) δ 8.37 (IH, s), 7.40 (I H, s), 7.35-7.28 (3H, m), 4.85-4.83 (I H, d), 4.71-4.70 (2H, d), 4.1 1 -4.06 ( IH, m), 3.65 (2H, s), 2.99 (4H, m), 2.61 -2.50 (3H, m). 2.27 (5H, m), 2.03-2.00 (2H, m), 1.80 (I H, m), 1.70- 1.57 (3H, q), 1.28- 1.20 (2H, q) MS: m/z 423 (M+H)+.
[00363] Example 56. Synthesis of 3-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A [2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoic acid (1-167).
Page 149 of 407
2009184-0008
1-167
[00364] Synthesis of methyl 3-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoate. Methyl 3-([methyl[4- ([7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]arnino]methyl)benzoate was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 51 above from Compound 1-34 and methyl 3-(bromomethyl)benzoate. Isolated a white solid in 67% yield. MS: mJz 451 (M+H)+.
[00365] Synthesis of Compound 1-167. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added methyl 3-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoate (1.5 g, 3.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv), sodium hydroxide (267 mg, 6.67 mmol, 2.00 equiv), water (2 mL) and methanol (30 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 50°C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 2 with hydrogen chloride (6 mol/L). The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (with 50mmol NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN up to 33.0% in 2 min, up to 53.0% in 8 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This procedure afforded 50.8 mg (3%) of Compound 1-167 as a white solid. 1HNMR (300MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.27 (IH, s), 8.05 (2H, m), 7.57-7.52 (2H, m), 4.32 (2H, s), 4.22 (IH, m), 3.34 (IH, m), 3.10 (2H, m), 3.03 (IH, m), 2.74 (3H, s), 2.58 (2H, m), 2.32-2.22 (4H, m). 1.88-1.84 (2H, m), 1.60-1.56 (2H, m).
MS: m/z 437 (M+H)+.
[00366] Example 57. Synthesis of 4-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12- yl]amino)cyclphexyl]amino]methyl)benzamide (1-164).
Page 150 of 407
2009184-0008
1-164
[00367] Synthesis of methyl 4-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoate. Methyl 4-([methyl[4- ([7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]rnethyl)benzoate was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 51 above from Compound 1-34 and methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate. Isolated a yellow solid in 57% yield. MS: m/z 451 (M+H)+.
[00368] Synthesis of 4-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A [2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoic acid. A mixture of methyl 4-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoate (500 mg, 1.1 1 mmol, 1.00 equiv), methanol (20 mL), sodium hydroxide (89 mg, 2.23 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and water (2 mL) was stirred for 2 h at 50 °C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 1 with hydrogen chloride (12 mol/L). The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to yield 1 g of crude 4-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoic acid as a yellow solid. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification. MS: m/z 437 (M+H)+.
Page 151 of 407
2009184-0008
[00369] Synthesis of Compound 1-164. A mixture of 4-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]methyl)benzoic acid (1.0 g, 2.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ammonium chloride (146 mg, 2.73 mmol, 1.20 equiv), EDCI (875 mg, 4.56 mmol, 2.00 equiv), 1 H- 1 ,2,3- benzotriazol- l-ol (371 mg, 2.75 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and triethylamine (694 mg, 6.86 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 tnL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 150 mL of water. The solids were collected by filtration and purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (with 50mmol ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile ( 10.0% acetonitrile up to 33.0% in 2 min, up to 53.0% in 8 min,up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This procedure afforded 97.4 mg ( 10%) of Compound 1-164 as a white solid. Ή NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.37 ( I H, s), 7.78-7.76 (2H, d), 7.52-7.44 (2H, t), 6.07 (IH, br), 5.59 ( I H, br), 4.85-4.83 ( IH, d), 4.1 1 -4.06 ( I H, m), 3.66 (2H, s), 3.0-2.99(4H, m). 2.57-2.49 (3H, m), 2.25-2.16 (5H, m), 1.98- 1.95(2H, m), 1.64- 1.56 (2H, m), 1.27- 1.21 (2H, m). MS: m/z 436 (M+H)+.
[00370] Example 58. Synthesis of 4-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-
[00371] Compound 1-105 was prepared in a manner consistent with Example 51 above from 1-34 and 2-(chloromethyl)pyrazine. Isolated a light yellow solid (62%). Ή NMR (300 MHz,
CD3OD) 58.37 (d, I H), 8.58 (t, I H), 8.51 (d, IH), 8.23 (s, I H), 4.15-4.05 (m, IH), 3.86 (s, 2H),
3.34-2.97 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.50 (m, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.19 (d, 2H), 2.03 (d, 2H), 1.67- 1.59 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 395 (M+H)+.
Page 152 of 407
2009184-0008
[00372] Example 59. Synthesis of l-N-methyl-l-N-[2-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl]-4-N-[7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-
[00373] Compound 1-106 was prepared from Compound 1-34 and 2-(2-bromoethyl)pyridine in a manner consistent with Example 51 above. Isolated a light yellow oil (9%). Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.47-8.45 ( I H, m), 8.21 ( I H, s), 7.80-7.74 ( I H, m), 7.38-7.35 (IH, m), 7.29- 7.25 ( IH, m), 4.07-4.04 ( I H, m), 3.07-2.85 (8H, m), 2.61 -2.44 (3H, m), 2.39 (3H, s), 2.22-2.14 (2H, m), 1.96- 1.94 (2H, m), 1.55- 1.45 (4H, m). MS: m z 408 (M+H)+.
[00374] Example 60. Synthesis of 3-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-
1-34 1-108
[00375] Synthesis of methyl 3-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]propanoate. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added Compound 1-34 (400 mg, 1.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and methyl prop-2-enoate (227 mg, 2.64 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in methanol ( 10 mL). The resulting solution was heated to reflux overnight in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to yield 500 mg (crude) of methyl 3-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l -tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]propanoate as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 389 (M+H)+.
Page 153 of 407
2009184-0008
[00376] Synthesis of Compound 1-108. A mixture of methyl 3-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]propanoate (500 mg, 1.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv), sodium hydroxide (103.2 mg, 2.58 mmol, 2.00 equiv), water(2 mL) and methanol (20 mL) was stirred overnight at 50°C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the residue was adjusted to 1-2 with hydrogen chloride (6 mol/L). The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#-Waters 2767- 2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (with 50mmol ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 33.0% in 2 min, up to 53.0% in 8 min,up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This procedure afforded 33.2 mg (7%) of Compound 1-108 as a gray solid. Ή MR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 (1H, s), 4.85-4.82 (1H, d), 4.17-4.07 (1H, m), 3.03-2.99 (4H, m), 2.93-2.89 (2H, t), 2.84-2.76 (1H, t), 2.59-2.50 (4H, m), 2.45 (3H, s), 2.36-2.32 (2H, d), 2.23- 2.22 (2H, d), 2.01-1.97 (2H, q). 1.71-1.60 (2H, q). MS: m/z 375 (M+H)+.
[00377] Example 61. Synthesis of 3-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-
1-108 1-109
[00378] Synthesis of Compound 1-109. A mixture of Compound 1-108 (280 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ammonium chloride (47.7 mg, 0.89 mmol, 1.20 equiv), HOBt (121.5 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.20 equiv), EDCI (286.5 mg, 1.49 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and triethylamine (227.2 mg, 2.25 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 200 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#-Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column:
Page 154 of 407
2009184-0008
Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (with 50mmol ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 33.0% in 2 min, up to 53.0% in 8 min.up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This procedure afforded 32.7 mg (1 1 %) of Compound 1-109 as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 ( 1H, s), 8.16-8.1 1 ( 1 H, d), 5.28 ( 1 H, s), 4.85-4.82 ( 1H, d), 4.14-4.06 ( 1H, m), 3.01-3.00 (4H, m), 2.79- 2.77 (2H, m), 2.64-2.49 (3H, m), 2.45-2.43 (2H, m), 2.31-2.26 (5H, m), 1.91-1.87 (2H, m). 1.65- 1.53 (2H, q), 1.35- 1.19 (2H, q).
MS: m z 374 (M+H)+.
[00379] Example 62. Synthesis of l-N-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)ethyl]-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine (1-112).
[00380] Compound 1-112 was synthesized from Compound 1-34 and l-chloro-2-(2- iodoethyl)benzene in a manner consistent with Example 51 above. Isolated as a colorless oil
(7%). Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDOD) δ 8.38 (s, 1 H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 2H), 4.25 (s,
1H), 3.56-3.44 (m, 3H), 3.33-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.1 1 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.30 (d, 2H), 2.21 (d, 2H), 1.95-1.59 (m, 4H). MS: m z 441 (M+H)+.
[00381] Example 63. Synthesis of 2-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]-N- phenylacetamide (1-114).
Page 155 of 407
1-34 1-114
[00382] Compound 1-114 was synthesized from Compound 1-34 and 2-chloro-N- phenylacetamide in a manner consistent with Example 51 above. Isolated a white solid ( 12%). Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.03 (1 H, s), 8.37 (1 H, s), 7.57-7.60 (2H, d), 7.31 -7.36 (2H, t), 7.08-7.13 ( 1H, t), 4.82-4.84 (l H,d), 4.07-4.12 ( 1 H, m), 3.20 (2H, m), 2.99 (4H, m), 2.49-2.58 (3H, m), 2.41 (3H, s), 2.26-2.30 (2H, d), 1.93-2.00 (2H, d), 1.51 - 1.62 (2H, m), 1.21-1.32 (2H, q). MS: m z 435 (M+H)+.
[00383] Example 64. Synthesis of l-N-(furan-2-ylmethyI)-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A [2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 101).
[00384] To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added 1-34 (350 mg, 1.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv), furan-2-carbaldehyde (134 mg, 1.39 mmol, 1.20 equiv), NaBH(OAc)3 ( 1.3 g, 6.13 mmol, 5.00 equiv), acetic acid (2 mL), 4A molecular sieves (1 g) and dichloromethane (20 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 48 h at 45°C in an oil bath. The solids were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (with 50mmol NH4HCO3) and CH3CN ( 10.0% CH3CN up to
Page 156 of 407
2009184-0008
33.0% in 2 min, up to 53.0% in 8 min.up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This procedure afforded 51.1 mg (12%) of Compound 1-101 as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.39 (IH, s), 7.62 (I H, s), 6.36-6.35 (I H, m), 6.28 (lH,s), 4.86-4.84 (IH, d), 4.18-4.05 (IH, m), 3.74 (2H, s), 3.03-2.99 (4H, m), 2.60-2.50 (3H, m), 2.35-2.27 (5H,m), 2.05-2.01 (2H, m), 1.65-1.47 (2H, m), 1.32- 1.27 (2H, m). MS: /z 383 (M+H)+.
[00385] Example 65. Synthesis of l-N-[(3-chloropyridin-4-yl)methyl]-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine (1-100
[00386] Compound 1-100 was synthesized from Compound 1-34 and 3-chloropyridine-4- carbaldehyde in a manner consistent with Example 64 above. Isolated a white solid (22%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.53 (IH, s), 8.47-8.45 (IH, d), 8.38 (IH, s), 7.54-7.52 (IH, d), 4.87- 4.85 (lH,d), 4.18-4.05 ( IH, m), 3.72 (2H, s), 3.02-2.98 (4H, m), 2.59-2.50 (3H, m), 2.30-2.27 (5H, m), 2.00-1.96 (2H, d). 1.69-1.55 (2H, q), 1.35-1.20 (2H, q). MS: m z 428 (M+H)+.
[00387] Example 66. Synthesis of l-N-[(3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl]-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine (1-104).
Page 157 of 407
2009184-0008
[00388] A mixture of 1-34 (60 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 95%), 3-fluoropyridine-2- carbaldehyde (40 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.61 equiv) and AcOH (20 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.77 equiv) in DCE (2 mL) was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. Then NaBH(OAc)3 (212 mg, 1.00 mmol, 5.31 equiv) was added. The resulting solution was stirred for 20 h at room temperature. The reaction was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate and then washed with 1 x 50 mL of water and 1 x 50 mL of brine. The organic solution was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate / petroleum ether (0: 1 - 1 : 1) and purified to afford 35 mg (45%) of Compound 1-104 as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 58.38 (s,
1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, 2H), 3.33 (t, 2H), 3.10-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.50 (m, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.20(d, 2H), 2.05 (d, 2H), 1.67-1.40 (m, 4H). MS: m z 412 (M+H)+.
[00389] Example 67. Synthesis of l-N-[(3-fluoropyridin-4-yl)methyl]-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine (1-111).
Page 158 of 407
2009184-0008
[00390] Compound 1-111 was synthesized from Compound 1-34 and 3-fluoropyridine-4- carbaldehyde in a manner consistent with Example 66 above. Isolated a white solid (42%). Ή
NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.41 (m, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 4.14-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s,
2H), 3.12-2.98 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.57 (m, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.20 (d, 2H), 2.02 (d, 2H), 1.67-1.55 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 412 (M+H)+.
[00391] Example 68. Synthesis of l-N-(2-phenylethyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 115).
1-10 1-115
[00392] To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added Compound 1-10 (200 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 98%), dichloromethane (4 mL), 2-phenylacetaldehyde (100 mg, 0.82 mmol, 1.20 equiv), AcOH (0.05 mL, 98%), and NaBH(OAc)3 (800 mg, 3.70 mmol, 5.44 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 35°C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water/ice. The solution was extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The combined organic layers were washed with 3 x 20 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash preparative HPLC to yield 13.4 mg (5%) of
Compound 1-115 as a white solid. Isolated a white solid (5%). Ή NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): δ
8.36(1H, s), 7.30-7.33(2H, d, J=9Hz), 7.26-7.30(3H, t, J=6Hz), 4.82-4.85(lH, d), 4.09-4.13(lH, m), 2.96-3.00(4H, m), 2.90-2.95(2H, m), 2.79-2.83(2H, t,), 2.50-2.58(3H, m), 2.18-2.21(2H, t), 1.97-2.00(2H, d), 1.32-1.50(4H, m). MS: m/z 393 (M+H)+.
[00393] Example 69. Synthesis of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N-methyl-N-[4-([7-thia-9,H- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]acetamide
(1-102).
Page 159 of 407
1-34 1-102
[00394] To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added Compound 1-34 (500 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetic acid (342 mg, 2.00 mmol, 1.20 equiv), EDCI (478 mg, 2.49 mmol, 1.50 equiv), lH-l ,2,3-benzotriazol-l-ol (270 mg, 2.00 mmol, 1.20 equiv), triethylamine (503 mg, 4.97 mmol, 3.00 equiv), and N,N-dimethylformamide ( 10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then diluted with 150 mL of water and extracted with 3 x 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and washed with 3 x 300 mL of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane / methanol (50 / 1) to give 26.3 mg (3%) of Compound 1-102 as a white solid. Ή MR (300MHz, CDC13): δ 8.36 (1 H, s), 7.26-7.14 (4H, m), 4.86-4.83 (1 H, d), 4.62-4.54 (1H, m), 4.10-4.05 ( 1H, m), 3.75-3.69 (2H, m), 3.01-2.99 (4H, m), 2.85 (3H, s), 2.59-2.52 (2H, m). 2.26-2.22 (2H, m), 1.72-1.58 (4H, m), 1.45- 1.19(2H, m).
MS: m/z 455 (M+H)+.
[00395] Example 70. Synthesis of N-methyI-2-(pyridin-2-yl)-N-[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9 1-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]acetamide
1-34 1-103
[00396] A mixture of sodium 2-(pyridin-2-yl)acetate ( 126 mg, 0.79 mmol, 1.20 equiv), Compound 1-34 (200 mg, 0.66 mmol, 1.00 equiv), EDC (308 mg, 1.98 mmol, 3.00 equiv), HOBt (107 mg), and triethylamine (201 mg, 1.99 mmol, 3.01 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20
Page 160 of 407
2009184-0008
mL) was stirred for 5 h at 50°C in an oil bath. The solids were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to yield 24.5 mg (9%) of Compound 1-103 as an off-white foam. Ή NMR (300MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.50-8.48 (1H, m), 8.23(1H, s), 7.84-7.79(lH, m), 7.43-7.30(2H, m), 4.49 ( 1H, m), 4.12-3.97(3H, m), 3.12-2.94(6H, m), 2.88(3H, s), 2.60-2.53(2H, m), 2.20- 2.12(2H, m), 1.86- 1.31 (6H, m). MS: m/z 455 (M+H)+.
[00397] Example 71. Synthesis of l-N-[2-(3-chlorophenyl)ethyl]-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine (1-107).
1-102 1-107
[00398] A solution of Compound 1-102 (364 mg, 0.80 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was added dropwise into a solution of lithium aluminium tetrahydride (152 mg, 4.01 mmol, 5.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) with stirring at 0-5°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 80°C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 5 mL of water. The solids were filtered off. The filtrate was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767- 2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: Water (50 mM ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 33.0% in 2 min, up to 53.0% in 8 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector, UV 220 nm, to yield 20.3 mg (6%) of Compound 1-107 as an off-white solid. Ή NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 (1H, s), 7.26-7.07 (4H, m), 4.85-4.83 (1H, d), 4.12-4.02 (1H, m), 3.00- 2.97 (4H, m), 2.76-2.70 (4H, m), 2.58-2.49 (3H, m), 2.37(3H, s). 2.27-2.23 (2H, d), 1.94- 1.89(2H, d), 1.71-1.47(2H, q), 1.29-1.25(2H, q). MS: m/z 441 (M+H)+.
[00399] Example 72. Synthesis of l-N,l-N-dimethyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 12).
Page 161 of 407
1-10 1-12
[00400] A mixture of Compound 1-10 (1.97 g, 6.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and formaldehyde (2.05 g, 68.24 mmol, 9.99 equiv) in formic acid (20 mL) was heated to reflux for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled with a water/ice bath. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 12 with sodium hydroxide (2N). The solids were collected by filtration. The crude product was purified by re-crystallization from ethanol to give 984.4 mg (53%) of Compound 1-12 as a yellow solid, m. p. = 97-98 °C. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 (1H, s), 7.26-7.07 (4H, m), 4.85-4.83 (1H, d), 4.12-4.02 (1H, m), 3.00-2.97 (4H, m), 2.76-2.70 (4H, m), 2.58-2.49 (3H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.27-2.23 (2H, d), 1.94-1.89 (2H, d), 1.71-1.47 (2H, q), 1.29-1.25 (2H, q). MS: m z 317 (M+H)+.
[00401] Example 73. Synthesis of l-N-benzyl-l-N-ethyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, 11- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I-
[00402] Synthesis of l-N-benzyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine. To a solution of Compound 1-10 (800 mg, 2.77 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (20 mL) was added benzaldehyde (300 mg, 2.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and catalytic amounts of AcOH (1-2 drops). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then aC BH3 (247 mg, 1.40 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc and
Page 162 of 407
2009184-0008
washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The desired product (870 mg, 83%) was obtained as a gray solid.
[00403] Synthesis of Compound 1-120. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of l-N-benzyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l -tetraen- 12- yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine ( 100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (4 mL). Then acetaldehyde (23 mg, 0.52 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and HOAc ( 1-2 drops) were added and the reaction was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature. NaBF^CN (33 mg, 525.48 mmol, 2.00 equiv) was added and stirring was continued overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product (100 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC under the following conditions: column, C 18; mobile phase: water: acetonitrile = 50:50 to 0: 100 in 15 min; UV detection at 254 nm. Compound 1-120 (50 mg, 47%) was obtained as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 8.24 (s, 1 H), 7.28-7.35 (m, 4H,), 7.20-7.22 (d, 1 H, 7 = 6.8 Hz), 5.93-5.95 (d, 1 H, 7 = 8.0 Hz), 4.05 (s, 1 H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H, 7 = 7.2 Hz), 2.92 (t, 2H, 7 = 7.2 Hz), 2.41 (t, 2H, 7 = 7.2 Hz), 1.97 (s, 2H), 1.79 (s, 2H), 1.43 (t, 4H, 7 = 8.4 Hz), 0.97 (t, 3H, 7 = 6.8 Hz). MS: m/z 407 (M+H)+.
[00404] Example 74. Synthesis of (ls,4s)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-
[00405] A mixture of intermediate D (500 mg, 2.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv), m-cyclohexane- 1 ,4- diamine (675 mg, 5.91 mmol, 2.49 equiv) and triethylamine (718 mg, 7.10 mmol, 2.99 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was stirred for 14 h at 30 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The solids were collected by filtration and dried in an oven under reduced pressure, then loaded onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane / methanol ( 15 / 1 ~ 5 / 1 ) to give 285.7 mg (42%) of Compound 1-154 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.39 ( 1 H, s), 5.22 ( 1 H, br), 4.37 ( 1 H, s), 3.02-3.06 (4H, m), 2.55-2.58 (2H, m), 1.80- 1.88 (6H, m), 1.27- 1.45 (2H, m). MS: m/z 289 (M+H)+.
Page 163 of 407
2009184-0008
[00406] Example 75. Synthesis of (ls,4s)-l-N,l-N-dimethyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I-
1-154 1-155
[00407] A mixture of Compound 1-154 (500 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1.00 equiv), polyoxymethylene (520 mg, 17.31 mmol, 9.98 equiv) and formic acid ( 10 mL, 88%) was heated to reflux for 14 hrs. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 80 mL of water. The solids were collected by filtration and applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane / methanol ( 15 / 1 - 5 / 1 ) to give 233.8 mg (43%) of Compound 1-155 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.38 (IH, s), 5.24-5.26 (IH, br), 4.40 (IH, s), 2.90-3.08 (4H, dt), 2.54-2.60 (2H, m), 2.36 (6H, s), 2.24 (I H, m), 1.80-1.93 (2H, m), 1.57- 1.75 (6H, m). MS: m z 317 (M+H)+.
[00408] Example 76. Synthesis of (lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- e (1-139).
1-155
1-139
[00409] A mixture of 1-155 (30 mg, 0.095mmol, 1.0 eq), CH3I (25 mg, 1.9 mmol, 2.0 eq) in THF ( 10 ml) was stirred at rt for 2 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give the product 1-139 as a buff solid (34 mg, 92%). Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.58- 1.61 Dm, 4HD, 1.66- 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.97-3.05 (m, 4H), 3.41 (s, 9H), 4.19-4.23 (m, IH), 4.50-4.55 (m, 1 H), 4.91 (d, = 7.6 Hz, I H), 8.35 (s, IH). MS: m/z 331.2 (M+H)+.
Page 164 of 407
2009184-0008
[00410] Example 77. Synthesis of (ls,4s)-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca4(12),2(6),8,10 etraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I-
1-154 1-156
[00411] Synthesis of (ls,4s)-tert-butyl N-[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12- yl]amino)cycIohexyl]carbamate. A mixture of 1-154 (460 mg, 1.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv), di-tert- butyl dicarbonate (383 mg, 1.75 mmol, 1.10 equiv), triefhylamine (242 mg, 2.39 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in dichloromethane (8 mL) was stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The reaction was monitored by TLC (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 2 1 1 ). The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 10 mL of water and the organic phase was combined. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuumto yield 520 mg (84%) of tert-butyl N- [4-([7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]carbamate as a yellow solid.
[00412] Synthesis of Compound 1-156. A solution of tert-butyl N-[4-([7-thia-
9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0. A[2,6]]dodeca- l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]carbamate (600 mg, 1.54 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran ( 15 mL) was added to a solution of lithium aluminium tetrahydride ( 1 17 mg, 3.45 mmol, 2.23 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) dropwise with stirring. The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 1 hr. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 2 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC under the following conditions (2#-Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)): Column: Xbridge Prep d8, Sum, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water with 50 mmol ammonium bicarbonate and acetonitrile (5.0% acetonitrile up to 29.0% in 13 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 5.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. Purification gave 105.7 mg (23%) of Compound 1-156 as a white solid. Ή N R: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.26 ( I H, s), 4.34 ( I H, s), 3. 17-3.19 (2H, t), 3.02-3.05 (2H, t), 2.81 -2.83 ( I H, m), 2.56-2.64 (2H, m), 2.54
Page 165 of 407
2009184-0008
(3H, s), 1.79- 1 .97 (6H, m), 1 .67 (2H, m).
MS: mJz 303 (M+H)+.
[00413] Example 78. Synthesis of (lr,4r)-Nl-benzyl-N4-(6,7-dihydro-5H- ne (1-151).
1-34 1-151
[00414] To a mixture of 1-34 ( 100 mg, O.33mmol, 1.0 eq) and benzaldehyde (42 mg, 0.40 mmol, 1.2 eq) in 5 mL of DCE was added HO Ac (40 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2.0 eq) at rt. The mixture was stirred at rt for lh and NaBH(OAc)3 ( 168 mg, 0.8 mmol, 2.4 eq) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight and poured into 50 mL of sat. aq. NaHCC>3 and extracted with DCM (50 mL*3). The combined organics was dried and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/ammonia = 100:5: 1) to give Compound 1-151 as a white solid (80 mg, 62%). Ή NMR: (400 MHz, DMSO-i 6) δ 1.42- 1.47 (m, 4H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.90-2.93 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 5.98 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 -7.31 (m, 5H), 8.25 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 393.3 (M+H)+.
[0001] Example 79. Synthesis of l-(3-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)cyclobutyl)-N,N-dimethylmethanamine (1-141).
[00415] Synthesis of N,N-dimethyl-3-oxocyclobutanecarboxamide. To a solution of 3- oxocyclobutanecarboxylic acid ( 1 g, 8.77 mmol) in 10 mL of DCM was added one drop of DMF, followed by oxalyl chloride ( l . l l g, 8.77 mmol) carefully. The resulting mixture' was stirred at rt
Page 166 of 407
2009184-0008
overnight and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of THF and dimethyl amine gas was bubbled into the solution for 10 min. The precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product as a yellow oil (990 mg, 80%). MS: m/z 142.2 (M+H)+.
[00416] Synthesis of 3-((dimethylamino)methyl)cyclobutanol. To a solution of N,N- dimethyl-3-oxocyclobutanecarboxamide (700 mg, 5 mmol) in 20 mL of THF was added LAH (370 mg, 10 mmol, 2 eq) at 0 °C. The mixture was heated at reflux for 2 h and cooled down. The reaction was quenched with 1 mL of water carefully and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated to afford the desired product as a brown oil (370 mg, 56% ), which was used in the next step without further purification. MS: m/z 130.0 (M+H)+.
[00417] Synthesis of Compound 1-141. To a solution of 3- ((dimethylamino)methyl)cyclobutanol (155 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 5 mL of THF was added NaH (50 mg, 60%, 1.2 mmol). The reaction was heated at reflux for 2 h and cooled down. Intermediate D (210 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture in one portion and the reaction was stirred for an additional 30 min. 50 mL of water was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mLx3). The combined organics were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 20: 1) to afford Compound 1-141 as a white solid (200 mg, 69%). Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.85-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.45-2.53 (m, 4H), 2.75-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.06 (m, 4H), 5.28-5.32 (m, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H). MS: m z 304.0 (M+H)+.
[00418] Example 80. Synthesis of (lr,4r)-4-(((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-N,N-dimethylcyclohexanamine (1-148).
((1r,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)methanol
(1.3 equiv.)
refluxed, 2 h 1-148
Page 167 of 407
2009184-0008
[00419] Synthesis of ((lr,4r)-4-aminocyclohexyl)methanol. To a solution of (lr,4r)-4- aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid (860 mg, 6.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise BH3/THF (1.0 mol/L in THF, 30 mL, 5.0 equiv.) at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was heated at reflux for 48 hours. The reaction was quenched with AcOH and concentrated in vacuo to get crude ((lr,4r)-4- aminocyclohexyl)methanol (600 mg, 78%) which was used to the next step without further purification. MS: /z 130.1 (M+H)+.
[00420] Synthesis of ((lr,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)methanol. A formaldehyde solution (36 percent, 835 mg, 9.3 mmol, 2.0 eq), acetic acid (2032 mg, 23.25 mmol, 5.0 eq) and NaBH(OAc)3 (1949 mg, 9.3 mmol, 2.0 eq) were added to a solution of ((lr,4r)-4- aminocyclohexyl)methanol (600 mg, 4.65 mmol, 1.0 eq) in methanol (5 ml), and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 600 mL). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford ((lr,4r)-4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)methanol (600 mg, 82%). MS: m/z 158.1 (M+H)+.
[00421] Synthesis of Compound 1-148. ((lr,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)methanol (401 mg, 1.91 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added to a mixture of D (300 mg, 1.91 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) and NaH (91 mg, 60%, 2.29 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) at rt portionwise. This mixture was heated to reflux for 2 hours. After cooling to rt, this mixture was poured into water (30 mL) and stirred for 30 min then filtered. The resulting solid was crystallized with MeOH/water to afford Compound 1-148 (141 mg, 29%). Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.12-1.30 (m, 4H), 1.76- 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.99 (m, 4H), 2.19-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 2.47-2.54 (m, 2H), 3.01-3.06 (m, 4H), 4.30 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 8.50 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 332.2 (M+H)+.
[00422] Example 81. Synthesis of Intermediate H.
Page 168 of 407
H
[00423] Synthesis of l,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-amine. Ammonia gas was bubbled into a solution of 1 ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one (31.2 g, 199.77 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (300 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 8 hrs at 0- 10 °C. This was followed by the addition of sodium borohydride (1 1.4 g, 301.35 mmol, 1.51 equiv) in several batches at 0-10 "C. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 4 x 300 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 100 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to yield 20 g (64%) of l ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-amine as colorless oil:
[00424] Synthesis of N-(l,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. A mixture of intermediate D (12.28 g, 78.2 mmol, 6.00 equiv) and triethylamine (3.36 g, 33.2 mmol, 2.50 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 150 mL of water and ice mixture. The solids were collected by filtration to yield 3.5 g (79%) of the desired product as a gray solid.
NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.40 (1H, s), 5.0 (1H, s), 4.28-4.29 (l H,d), 4.39-4.40 (4H, d), 3.00-3.03 (4H, t), 2.54-2.60 (2H, m), 2.13-2.16 (2H, m), 1.79- 1.87 (5H, m), 1.68- 1.79(3H, m). MS: m/z 332 (M+H)+.
Page 169 of 407
2009184-0008
[00425] Synthesis of Intermediate H. A solution of N-[l ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl]-7- thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2>6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-amine (3.5 g, 10.56 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran / 6N hydrogen chloride (35 / 35 mL) was stirred overnight at 60 °C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and cooled to 0 °C. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10- 1 1 with sodium hydroxide (3 N). This resulted in 2.2 g (72%) of intermediate H as an off-white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.41 ( IH, s), 4.96-4.98 (I H, d), 4.61-4.78 (3H, m), 3.00-3.05 (4H, m), 2.44-2.64(8H, m), 1.75- 1.86 (6H, m). MS: mJz 288 (M+H)+.
[00426] Example 82. Synthesis of N-[4-(azetidin-l-yl)cycIohexyl]-7-thia-9,ll- (1-158).
H
[00427] A mixture of H (800 mg, 2.78 mmol, 1.00 equiv), azetidine hydrochloride (300 mg, 3.2 mmol, 1.20 equiv), l-[acetyl(sodio)boranyl]ethan- l-one acetic acid dihydrate (900 mg, 4.17 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 100 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767- 2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep Qg, 19* 150mm 5um;
mobile phase: water (0.05% trifluoroacetic acid) and acetonitrile ( 10.0% acetonitrile up to 17.0% in 2 min, up to 21.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 2 min, down to 10.0% in 2 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This resulted in 15 mg (2%) of Compound 1-158 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz,
CDC13) δ 8.39 ( I H, s) , 4.83-4.85( l H, d), 4.13 ( I H, s), 3.47-3.61 (4H, br) , 3.01-3.02 (4H, d) , 2.52-2.59(2H, m) , 2.26-2.29 (4H, d) , 1.93 (2H, s) , 1.37- 1.41 (2H, m), 1.20- 1.28 (2H, q). MS: m/z 329 (M+H)+.
Page 170 of 407
2009184-0008
[00428] Example 83. Synthesis of N-((lr,4r)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
[00429] A mixture of intermediate H (1.0 g, 3.48 mmol, 1.00 equiv), acetic acid (2 mL), 1 - [acetyl(sodio)boranyl]ethan- l-one acetic acid dihydrate (1.5 g, 6.95 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and morpholine (500 mg, 5.74 mmol, 1.65 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with sodium hydroxide (3 N) at 0-5 °C. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 50 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C|8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (0.05% trifluoroacetic acid) and acetonitrile ( 10.0% acetonitrile up to 25.0% in 15 min, up to 100.0% in 2 min, down to 10.0% in 2 min); detector: UV 220 nm. Purification afforded 160 mg (13%) of Compound 1-149 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDCh) δ 8.39 (IH, s), 4.86-4.88 (IH, d), 4.09-4.13 (lH,m), 3.76 (4H, s), 2.99-3.04 (4H, q), 2.52-2.61 (6H, m), 2.28-2.31 (3H, d), 2.00-2.03 (2H, d), 1.60(4H, s), 1.50- 1.53 (2H, d), 1.22- 1.31 (2H, q).
MS: m/z 359 (M+H)+.
[00430] Example 84. Synthesis of l-N-(propan-2-yl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 157).
Page 171 of 407
2009184-0008
H 1-157
[00431] Compound 1-157 was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 85. Isolated a white solid (15%). Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.38 ( 1H, s), 4.85-4.87 (1H, d), 4.12-4.14 (1H, m), 2.99-3.04 (5H, m), 2.52-2.62(3H, m), 2.22-2.24 (2H, d), 2.03-2.06 (2H, d), 1.37-1.52
(4H, m), 1.09- 1.10 (6H, d). MS: m z 331 (M+H)+.
ethanol, r.t., 3 h
[00433] Synthesis of (E)-ethyl 2-cyano-2-(2,2- dimethylcyclopentylidene)acetate. 2,2-dimethylcyclopentanone (5 g, 44.6 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in toluene (100 mL). Then, ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (5.04 g, 44.6 mmol, 1 equiv.), ammonium acetate (2.4 g, 31.2 mmol, 0.7 equiv.) and acetic acid (2.8 mL) were added in the mixture at room temperature. The mixture was refluxed for 20 hours. 10% NaCl solution (100 mL) was added in the mixture. Then, the organic layer was washed by water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried by sodium sulfate and filtered. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography to give (£ -ethyl 2-cyano-2-(2,2- dimethylcyclopentylidene)acetate (2.47 g, 32%) as a colorless oil. MS: /z 208 (M+H)+.
Page 172 of 407
2009184-0008
[00434] Synthesis of ethyl 2-amino-4,4-dimethyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophene- 3-carboxylate. Diethylamine (433mg, 5.93 mmol, 0.5 equiv.) was added in the solution of (£ ethyl 2-cyano-2-(2,2-dimethylcyclopentylidene)acetate (2.47 g, 11.87 mmol, 1 equiv.) and sulfur (418 mg, 13.06 mmol, 1.1 equiv.) in ethanol (120 mL) slowly at 50°C. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 50°C. The mixture was filtered, and the filtration was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 20: 1 ) to give ethyl 2-amino-4, 4- dimethyl-5, 6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylate (2.34 g, 83%) as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 240 (M+H)+.
[00435] Synthesis of 5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihydro-3H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4(5H)-one. Ethyl 2-amino-4, 4-dimethyl-5, 6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylate (2.3 g, 9.9 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in formamide (12 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 180 °C. Then water (50 mL) was added and the product extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL*3). The organic layer was washed with water (100mL*2) and brine ( 100 mL), dried by sodium sulfate and filtered. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 6:5) to give the desired product ( 1.57 g, 75%) as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 221 (M+H)+.
[00436] Synthesis of compound I. 5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihydro-3H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(5H)-one (1.5 g, 6.8 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in phosphoryl trichloride (40 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 120 °C. The solution was added to water ( 150 mL) slowly, and extracted with ethyl acetate (60 mL*3). Then the organic layer was washed by brine (100 mL) and dried with sodium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 20: 1) and the desired product ( 1.3 g, 83%) was obtained as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 239 (M+H)+.
[00437] Example 86. Synthesis of (lr,4r)-Nl-(5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4,N4-dimethylcycIohexane-l,4-diamine (I- 170).
Page 173 of 407
2009184-0008
[00438] Synthesis of (lr,4r)-Nl-(5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine. Intermediate I (238 mg, 1 mmol, 1 equiv.) and trans- 1 , 4-diaminocyclohexane (1.1 g, 10 mmol, 10 equiv.) were dissolved in acetonitrile ( 15 mL). Then triethylamine (1 g, 10 mmol, 10 equiv.) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred for 20 hours at 50 °C. Then the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography on a Biotage instrument. The desired product ( 154 mg, 48%) was obtained as a yellow solid. MS: m z 317 (M+H)+.
[00439] Synthesis of Compound 1-170. (lr,4r)-Nl-(5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine ( 140 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL). 36% aq. formaldehyde (92 mg, 1.1 mmol, 2.5 equiv.) and acetic acid (133 mg, 2.2 mmol, 5 equiv. ) were added to the solution. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature, and then sodium cyanoborohydride (377 mg, 1.77 mmol, 4 equiv.) was added to the mixture. The latter was stirred for 20 hours at room temperature. Then the solution was added to water (50 mL) slowly, and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL*3). The organic layer was washed with brine ( 100 mL), and dried with sodium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC. The desired product 1-170 (31 mg, 20%) was obtained as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 (s, 1 H), 5.04 (d, 1 H), 4.17-2.24 (m, 1 H), 3.22 (t, 1 H), 2.97 (t, 2 H), 2.78 (m, 6 H), 2.40 (d, 2 H), 2.33-2.37 (m, 4 H), 1.73 (dd, 2 H), 1.44 (s, 6 H), 1.25- 1.42 (m, 2 H). MS: m z 345 (M+H)+.
Page 174 of 407
2009184-0008
[00440] Example 87. Synthesis of (lr,4r)-4-((5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihydro- mine (1-171).
[00441] To a suspension of ( l r, 4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexanol (600 mg, 4.2 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF ( 10 raL) was added compound 1 ( 250 mg, 1.05 mmol) and /-BuOK (235 mg, 2.1 mmol). The suspension was heated to 80 °C in a sealed tube for l h in a microwave. The suspension was poured into water (10 mL) and then extracted by EtOAc (10mL*3). The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give a white solid product (30 mg, 10%). Ή NMR: (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.52 (IH, s), 8.47 (IH, 2), 5.31-5.29 (IH, m), 3.04-2.99 (3H, m), 2.63 (6H, s), 2.44 (2H, s), 2.33-2.30 (2H, t), 2.22 (2H, s), 1.68- 1.64 (4H, m), 1.38 (6H,s). MS: m/z 346 (M+H)+.
[00442] Example 88. Synthesis of (lr,4r)-N-benzyI-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-
1-117
[00443] Synthesis of tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)(ethyl)carbamate. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was
Page 175 of 407
2009184-0008
added a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (prepared as in Example 19; 350 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). This was followed by the addition of sodium hydride (108 mg, 4.50 mmol, 5.01 equiv) at 0-5°C. To this solution was added iodoethane (842.4 mg, 5.40 mmol, 6.01 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0-5°C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 10 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 300 mg (80%) of tert-butyl 4-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexyl N-ethylcarbamate as yellow oil.
[00444] Synthesis of N-ethyl-4-[7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexan-l-amine hydrochloride. To a 100-mL round- bottom flask was added tert-butyl N-ethyl-N-(4-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9,1 l-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (300 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and ether (20 mL). Hydrogen chloride (g) was introduced at 0-5°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 0-5°C in a water/ice bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 240 mg (94%) of N-ethyl-4-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexan-l -amine hydrochloride as a light yellow solid.
[00445] Synthesis of Compound 1-117. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added N-ethyl- 4-[7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexan- 1 - amine hydrochloride (200 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv), (bromomethyl)benzene (116 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and potassium carbonate (312 mg, 2.26 mmol, 4.00 equiv) in N,N- dimethylformamide (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 40 °C in an oil bath. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of an ice-water mixture. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50mM ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 30.0% in 2 min, up to 50.0% in 8 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0%
Page 176 of 407
2009184-0008
in 1 min); detector: UV 254 nm. This resulted in 34.5 mg (15%) of N-benzyl-N-ethyl-4-[7-fhia- 9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11 -tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexan- 1 -amine as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.50 (1H, s), 7.62-7.22 (5H, m), 5.24-5.15 (1 H, m), 3.66 (2H, s), 3.03-2.99 (4H, t), 2.67-2.43 (5H, m), 2.29-2.21 (2H, m), 1.97-1.94 (2H, m), 1.64- 1.44 (4H, m), 1.06 (3H, t).
MS: m/z 408 (M+H)+.
J
[00447] To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (350 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). This was followed by the addition of sodium hydride (108 mg, 4.50 mmol, 5.01 equiv) at 0-5°C. To this was added iodomethane (766.8 mg, 5.40 mmol, 6.01 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0-5°C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 10 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x100 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 300 mg (83%) of intermediate J as a yellow oil.
[00448] Example 90. Synthesis of N-methyl-N-(3-phenylpropyl)-4-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexan-l-amine (I- 116).
Page 177 of 407
2009184-0008
1-116
[00449] Synthesis of (lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)oxy)-N-methylcyclohexanamine hydrochloride. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of intermediate J (300 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ether (20 mL). To the above hydrogen chloride(g) was introduced in at 0-5°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 0-5°C in a water/ice bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 250 mg (crude) of N-methyl-4-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l 1- tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexan-l -amine hydrochloride as a light yellow solid.
[00450] Synthesis of Compound 1-116. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added (3- bromopropyl)benzene (200 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv), N-methyl-4-[7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexan- 1 -amine hydrochloride (141.3 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.20 equiv), potassium carbonate (326 mg, 2.36 mmol, 4.00 equiv) and N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 days at 40 °C in an oil bath. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of an ice/water mixture. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum.The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (0.05% sodium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (5.0% acetonitrile up to 12.0% in 2 min, up to 20.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 5.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 254 nm. Purification afforded 48.1 mg (1 1%) of
Page 178 of 407
2009184-0008
Compound 1-116 as a colorless oil. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.48 ( I H, s), 7.31-7.15 (5H, m), 5.18-5.14 ( I H, m), 3.02-2.97 (4H, t), 2.66-2.61 (2H, t), 2.52-2.42 (5H, m), 2.05 (3H, s), 1.90- 1.75 (5H, m), 1.58- 1.42 (4H, m). 1.30- 1.24 (IH, m). MS: m/z 422 (M+H)+.
[00451] Example 91. Synthesis of N-methyl-N-(2-phenylethyl)-4-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexan-l-amine (I-
[00452] To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of Compound 1-66 (60 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (5 mL), phenylacetaldehyde (47.5 mg, 0.40 mmol, 2.00 equiv), acetic acid ( 1-2 drops) and NaBH3CN (24.5 mg, 0.39 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (100 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (Pre-HPLC-OOl (SHIMADZU)) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (7.0% CH3CN up to 47.0% in 22 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The resulting Compound 1-121 (30 mg, 37%) was obtained as an off-white semi-solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.49 (s, IH), 7.28-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.22 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 5.19 (t, IH, / = 4.0 Hz), 3.00- 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.73-2.82 (m, 4H), 2.61 (s, I H), 2.45-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, IH), 2.29 (s, 2H), 1.96 (s, 2H), 1.52- 1.60 (m, 4H).
MS: m/z 408 (M+H)+.
[00453] Example 92. Synthesis of Intermediate K.
Page 179 of 407
[00454] Synthesis of ethyl 2-amino-5-ethylthiophene-3-carboxyIate. Diethylamine (21 g, 287.13 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added to a mixture of butanal (20.16 g, 279.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ethyl 2-isocyanoacetate (31.64 g, 280 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and S (8.9 g, 1.00 equiv) in ethanol (100 mL) dropwise with stirring. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 400 mL of water and ice mixture. The solids were collected by filtration and dried in an oven under reduced pressure to yield 36 g (65%) of ethyl 2-amino-5-ethylthiophene-3-carboxylate as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 200 (M+H)+.
[00455] Synthesis of 6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol. A solution of ethyl 2-amino-5- ethylthiophene-3-carboxylate (5 g, 25.09 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in formamide (60 mL) was stirred for 4 h at 180 °C in an oil bath. The reaction mixture was cooled and diluted with 200 mL of water. The solids were collected by filtration and dried in an oven under reduced pressure to give 2.6 g (57%) of 6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol as a black solid. MS: m/z 181 (M+H)+.
[00456] Synthesis of intermediate K. Phosphoryl trichloride (2.3 mL, 3.00 equiv) was added to a solution of 6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol ( 1.5 g, 8.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dioxane (15 mL) dropwise with stirring at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 1 10 °C in an oil bath. The resulting solution was cooled and quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water and ice mixture. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate / petroleum ether ( 1 / 10) to yield
Page 180 of 407
2009184-0008
700 mg (42%) of 4-chloro-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine as a yellow solid. MS: mJz 199 (M+H)+.
[00457] Example 93. Synthesis of l-(6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N,N-
1-172
[00458] Synthesis of tert-butyl N-(l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4- yl)carbamate . A mixture of intermediate K (507 mg, 2.53 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl N- (piperidin-4-yl)carbamate (2.56 g, 12.78 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and triethylamine (776 mg, 7.67 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 150 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to yield 900 mg (98%) of tert-butyl N- (l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4-yl)carbamate as a yellow solid. MS: mJz 363 (M+H)+.
[00459] Synthesis of l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4-amine dihydrochloride (1-172). Excess hydrogen chloride gas was bubbled into a solution of tert-butyl N-( l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4-yl)carbamate ( 1 g, 2.76 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (20 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C in a water/ice bath.
The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give 650 mg (70%) of l -[6- ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4-amine dihydrochloride as a yellow solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDCb) δ 8.61 (I H, s), 7.45 ( IH, s), 5.70 ( IH, s), 4.68-4.65 (2H, d), 3.43-3.37 (3H, t), 2.96-2.91 (2H, q), 2.16 -2. 13 (2H, d), 1.70- 1.64(2H, t), 1.29- 1.26 (3H, t). MS: m/z 263 (M- 2HC1+H)+.
[00460] Example 94. Synthesis of l-(6-ethyIthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI)-N,N- dimethylpiperidin-4-amine dihydrochloride (1-173).
Page 181 of 407
2009184-0008
1-173
[00461] To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added Compound 1-172 (440 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv), formaldehyde (380 mg, 12.66 mmol, 10.0 equiv) and formic acid (20 mL). The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 14 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled with a water/ice bath. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with sodium hydroxide (aq). The solids were collected by filtration. The crude product (500 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (50 mM ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 15.0% in 2 min, up to 37.0% in 8 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. The product was treated with HC1 (aq) to give 1 19.3 mg (25%) of Compound 1-173 as a yellow solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.58 (1 H, s), 7.43 (1H, s), 4.98-5.02 (2H, d), 3.59-3.65 (1H, t), 3.37-3.44 (2H, t), 2.93-2.98 (2H, q), 2.82 (6H, s), 2.25-2.28 (2H, d), 1.80- 1.88 (2H, q), 1.28- 1.33 (3H, t). MS: m/z 291 (M-2HC1+H)4.
L
[00463] A mixture of intermediate K (3.6 g, 18.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv), cyclohexane- 1 ,4- diamine (10.36 g, 90.73 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and triethylamine (5.51 g, 54.45 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL) was stirred overnight at 30 °C. The resulting solution was diluted with 300 mL of water. The solids were filtered off. The filtrate was extracted with 3 x 200 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed
Page 182 of 407
2009184-0008
with 3 x 300 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was washed with 3 x 50 mL of hexane/ ethyl acetate ( 10 : 1) to give 4.7 g (94%) of intermediate L as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.44 ( I H, s), 6.78 ( IH, s), 4.81 -4.83 ( IH, d), 4.14-4.16 (IH, m), 2.75-2.97 (2H, q), 2.70-2.74 (IH, m), 2.19-2.25 (2H, d), 1.91- 1.97 (2H, d), 1.24-1.39 (7H, m). MS: m z 277 (M+H)+.
[00464] Example 96. Synthesis of 4-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N- dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-174).
L 1-174
[00465] A solution of intermediate L (828 mg, 3.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and paraformaldehyde (900 mg, 30.00 mmol, 10.00 equiv) in formic acid (10 mL) was stirred at 1 10 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with 100 mL of an ice/water mixture. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 12 with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The solid was collected by filtration and the residue purified on a silica gel column, eluting with
dichloromethane/methanol (5: 1) to give 263 mg (29%) of Compound 1-174 as a yellow solid. Ή
NMR: (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.45 ( IH, s), 6.80 ( IH, s), 4.89-4.87 (IH, d), 4.18-4.09 ( IH, m), 2.97-2.89 (2H, q), 2.34-2.25 (9H, m), 2.17-2.01 (2H, d), 1.54- 1.45 (2H, q), 1.44- 1.34 (5H, m). MS: m/z 305 (M+H)+.
[00466] Example 97. Synthesis of l-N-ethyl-l-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4- N,4-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-175).
1-174 1-175
Page 183 of 407
2009184-0008
[00467] Into a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 1-174 ( 1.0 g, 3.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N- dimethylformamide (10 mL). This was followed by the addition of sodium hydride (660 mg, 27.50 mmol, 8.37 equiv), in portions at 0 °C in 2 min. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 10 °C. To this was added iodoethane (770 mg, 4.94 mmol, 1.50 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 10 °C in 5 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 1 h at 10 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x50 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#-Gilson Gx 281 (HPLC-09)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C18, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50 mmol NH4HC03) and CH3CN ( 10.0% CH3CN up to 17.0% in 1 min, up to 35.0% in 10 min, hold 100.0% in 2 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This resulted in 400 mg (37%) of Compound 1-175 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.39 (1H, s), 6.95 (1 H, s), 4.61-4.67(1 H, t), 3.63-3.68 (2H, q), 2.87-2.93 (2H, q), 2.33 (6H, s), 2.23-2.29 (1 H, t), 2.04-2.07 (2H, d), 1.94- 1 .97 (2H, d), 1.65- 1.74 (2H,q), 1.41- 1.50 (2H, q), 1.32- 1.38(6H,m).
MS: m/z 333 (M+H)+.
[00468] Example 98. Synthesis of l-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-N-
1-176
[00469] Synthesis of tert-butyl N-[4-([6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]carbamate. A mixture of intermediate L (1.5 g, 5.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv), di-tert-butyl dicarbonate ( 1.3 g, 5.96 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and triethylamine (820 mg, 8.12 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give 2 g (crude) of tert-butyl N-[4-([6-
Page 184 of 407
2009184-0008
ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]carbarnate as a yellow solid. MS: Jz 377 (M+H)+.
[00470] Synthesis of Compound 1-176. To a 250-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of tert-butyl N-[4-([6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]carbamate (2.1 g, 5.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added to a solution of lithium aluminium tetrahydride (1.06 g, 27.89 mmol, 5.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) dropwise with stirring at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 80 °C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran and water mixture. The solids were filtered off. The filtrate was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Ci8, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50 mM ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (10% acetonitrile up to 35% in 10 min, up to 100% in 1 min, down to 10% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. Purification afforded 398.4 mg (25%) of Compound 1-176 as a yellow solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.45 ( IH, s), 6.790 (IH, s), 4.805-4.825 (IH, d), 4.170 ( IH, m), 2.857-2.954 (2H, q), 2.490 (3H, s), 2.416-2.441 (IH, m), 2.237-2.258 (2H, d) , 2.067-2.090 (2H, d),1.265- 1.406(7H,m).
MS: m/z 291 (M+H)+.
[00471] Example 99. Synthesis of l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidine-4- carboxamide (1-177).
Page 185 of 407
2009184-0008
1-177
[00472] Synthesis of ethyl l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidine-4- carboxylate. A mixture of intermediate K (1 g, 5.03 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ethyl piperidine-4- carboxylate (828 mg, 5.27 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and triethylamine (1 g, 9.88 mmol, 1.96 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL) was stirred for 13 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 2 x 25 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 1 x 50 mL of brine. The resulting mixture was dried and concentrated under vacuum to yield 1.4 g (87%) of ethyl l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate as a yellow oil.
[00473] Synthesis of ethyl l-[6-ethyIthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidine-4- carboxylate. A solution of ethyl l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylate (1.4 g, 4.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ammonium hydroxide (50 mL) was heated to reflux for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and dissolved in 20 ml of aqueous hydrogen chloride (12 N) and concentrated again to give 950 mg (crude) of l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid as a yellow solid.
[00474] Synthesis of Compound 1-177. A mixture of l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid (950 mg, 3.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv), lH- l,2,3-benzotriazol-l-ol (586 mg, 4.34 mmol, 1.33 equiv), N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (834 mg, 4.34 mmol, 1.33 equiv), amine hydrochloride (307 mg, 5.74 mmol, 1.76
Page 186 of 407
2009184-0008
equiv) and triethylamine (876 mg, 8.66 mmol, 2.66 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL) was stirred for 12 h at 30 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 30 mL of water.
The resulting solution was extracted with 2 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 1 x 50 mL of brine. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Ci8, 5um, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water with 50 mmol ammonium bicarbonate and acetonitrile ( 10.0% acetonitrile up to 22.0% in 2 min, up to 32.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. Purification afforded 167.4 mg ( 18%) of Compound 1-177 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.45 ( 1H, s), 6.95 ( 1 H, s), 5.48-5.53 (1H, d), 4.54- 4.57 (2H, d), 3.18-3.24 (2H, t), 2.89-2.92 (2H, q), 2.49-2.55 (1H, m), 2.03-2.05 (2H, m), 1.84- 1.94 (2H, m), 1.35- 1.38 (3H, t). MS: m z 291 (M+H)+.
[00475] Example 100. Synthesis of (l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI]piperidin-4-
1-178
[00476] Synthesis of tert-butyl N-[(l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4- yl)methyl]carbamate. A mixture of intermediate K (2 g, 10.07 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl N- (piperidin-4-ylmefhyl)carbamate (2.25 g, 10.50 mmol, 1.04 equiv) and triethylamine (2 g, 19.76 mmol, 1.96 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) was stirred for 10 hours at 30 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 2 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 1 x 50 mL of brine. The resulting mixture was dried and concentrated under vacuum to yield 3.4 g (90%) of tert-butyl N-[( l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4- yl)methyl]carbamate as a yellow solid.
Page 187 of 407
2009184-0008
[00477] Synthesis of (l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperidin-4-yl)methanamine hydrochloride (1-178). Excess hydrogen chloride gas was bubbled into a solution of tert-butyl N-[(l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrirnidin-4-yl]piperidin-4-yl)methyl]carbamate (3.4 g, 9.03 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (30 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The product was precipitated and collected by filtration. The solid was dried in an oven under reduced pressure to give 2.5 g (88%) of Compound 1-178 as a yellow solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.59 (I H, s), 7.46 (I H, s), 4.90-4.95 (2H, d), 3.44-3.50 (2H, t), 3.02-3.07 (2H, q), 2.94-2.95 (2H, d), 2.16-2.21 (IH, m), 2.06-2.09 (2H, d), 1.49-1.55 (2H, q), 1.39- 1.43 (3H, t). MS: m/z 277 (M+H)+.
[00478] Example 101. Synthesis of [(l-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yI]piperidin-4-
[00479] A mixture of Compound 1-178 (500 mg, 1.60 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and formaldehyde (480 mg, 15.99 mmol, 10.00 equiv) in formic acid (10 ml, 88%) was heated to reflux for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 1 1 with sodium hydroxide (6N). The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 30 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined, dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was treated with HCl(aq) and concentrated again to give 108.2 mg (20%) of Compound 1-179 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, D20) δ , 8.36 (IH, s), 7.25 ( IH, s), 4.63- 4.66 (2H, d), 3.36-3.42 (2H, t), 3.04-3.06 (2H, d), 2.87-2.91(2H, m), 2.85 (6H, s), 2.29-2.33( l H, m), 1.92- 1.96(2H, d), 1.37- 1.47(2H, q), 1.23-1.27(3H, t). MS: m/z 305 (M+H)+.
[00480] Example 102. Synthesis of 2-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]([6-ethylthieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl])amino]ethan-l-ol (1-180).
Page 188 of 407
2009184-0008
NaH
\ /—\ Pbz H0^^| Cbz (Boc)20 Boc
N- > "NH +~ N- ) "N OH N-{ )"N OH
MeOH
1-180
[00481] Synthesis of benzyl N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-N-(2- hydroxyethyl)carbamate. To a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was added a solution of benzyl N-[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]carbamate (2 g, 7.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). This was followed by the addition of a solution of sodium hydride (320 mg 60%WAV, 7.971 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) dropwise with stirring at 0 - 5 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. To this was added 2-iodoethan-l-ol (2.5 g, 14.54 mmol, 2.01 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 - 5 °C. The resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 4 days at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 10 mL of water and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was washed with a solution of dichloromethane/methanol (10: 1, 20 mL x 4) and the organic layers combined, dried and concentrated to give 3.5 g (crude) of benzyl N-[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)carbamate as a yellow oil. MS: m z 321 (M+H)+.
[00482] Synthesis of tert-butyl N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-N-(2- hydroxyethyl)carbamate. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added benzyl N-[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)carbamate (3.5 g, 10.92 mmol, 1.00 equiv), methanol (50 mL), 10% palladium on carbon (1.0 g) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (2.4 g, 11.00 mmol, 1.01 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and then washed with 4 x 10 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum to yield 3.0 g (96%)
Page 189 of 407
2009184-0008
of tert-butyl N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)carbarnate as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 287 (M+H)+.
[00483] Synthesis of 2-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]ethan-l-ol hydrochloride. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of tert-butyl N-[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)carbamate (3.0 g, 10.47 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (50 mL). To this solution was added hydrogen chloride (gas). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at 0 - 10°C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give 2.0 g (86%) of 2-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]ethan- l -ol hydrochloride as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 187 (M+H)+.
[00484] Synthesis of Compound 1-180. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of intermediate D (500 mg, 2.71 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (10 mL), potassium carbonate (1.52 g, 10.92 mmol, 4.03 equiv) and 2-[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]aminoethan- l -ol hydrochloride ( 0.67g,3.016 mmol 1.2 eq). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 50 °C and then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Shield RP 18, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50mmol NH4HCO3) and CH3CN ( 10.0% CH3CN up to 16.0% in 2 min, up to 30.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. Purification afforded 66.5 mg (7%) of 2-[[4- (dimethylaimno)cyclohexyl]([6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl])amino]ethan- l-ol as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.27 (1 H, s), 7.24 (1 H, s), 4.15-4.22 ( 1 H, t), 4.04 (2H, s), 3.55-3.70 (3H, m), 3.18 (6H, s),2.91 -2.99(2H, dd), 2.31-2.40 (4H, t), 1.80- 1.91 (2H, m) , 1.53- 1.65(2H, m), 1.39- 1.42(3H, t). MS: m/z 349 (M+H)+.
[00485] Example 103. Synthesis of l-N,l-N-dimethyl-4-N-[6-(propan-2-yl)thi
1-181
Page 190 of 407
2009184-0008
[00486] Synthesis of l-N-[6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of commercially available 4- chloro-6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (3 g, 14.10 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N- dimethylformamide (30 mL), TEA (4.3 g, 42.49 mmol, 3.01 equiv), and cyclohexane- 1 ,4- diamine (9.6 g, 84.07 mmol, 5.96 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x 100 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 3.5 g (85%) of l-N-[6-(propan- 2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine as a yellow oil.
[00487] Synthesis of Compound 1-181. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added l -N-[6- (propan-2-yl)thieno[2>3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (3.5 g, 12.05 mmol, 1.00 equiv), formic acid (35 mL) and polyoxymethylene (3.6 g, 1 12.35 mmol, 9.32 equiv). The resulting solution was heated to reflux overnight. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of water. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with 3N sodium hydroxide at 0-5°C. The solids were collected by filtration. The crude product was purified by re-crystallization from MeCN. This resulted in 3.4 g (89%) of Compound 1-181 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.45 (I H, s), 6.79 ( I H, s), 4.82-4.84( l H, d), 4.10-4.17 (I H, m), 3.19-3.25 ( I H, m), 2.26-2.36 (9H, m), 2.00-2.03 (2H, d), 1.46- 1.55 (2H,q) , 1.39- 1.41 (6H, d) , 1.26- 1.39 (2H,q). MS: Jz 319 (M+H)+.
[00488] Example 104. Synthesis of N,N-dimethyl-4-[[6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy]cyclohexan-l-amine (1-182).
Page 191 of 407
1-182
Synthesis of tert-butyl N-(4-[[6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate. To a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was placed a solution of tert-butyl N-(4- hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (3.3 g, 15.33 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). This was followed by the addition of sodium hydride (800 mg, 33.33 mmol, 2.36 equiv) in portions at 0-5°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2.5 h at room temperature. To this was added a solution of commercially available 4-chloro-6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (3.0 g, 14.10 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at 5-10 °C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5~ 10 °C with a water/ice bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The solids were collected by filtration. This resulted in 4.8 g (87%) of tert-butyl N-(4-[[6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate as a yellow solid. MS: mJz 392 (M+H)+.
[00489] Synthesis of 4-[[6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy]cyclohexan-l- amine. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[6-(propan-2- yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (4.8 g, 12.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 100 mL). Hydrogen chloride was bubbled through the solution. The resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 0- 10°C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum.
Page 192 of 407
2009184-0008
This resulted in 3.6 g (90%) of 4-[[6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy]cyclohexan- 1 -amine hydrochloride as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 292 (M+H)+.
[00490] Synthesis of Compound 1-182. A 100-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 4- [[6-(propan-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy]cyclohexan-l -amine hydrochloride (1.0 g, 3.05 mmol, 1.00 equiv), formic acid (20 mL) and polyoxymethylene (0.9 g). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 1 10 °C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of water. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with 3N sodium hydroxide. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x 100 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C18, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50 mM NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN up to 35.0% in 2 min, up to 58.0% in 8 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220nm. This resulted in 1 14.6 mg (12%) of Compound 1-182 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.53 (1 H, s), 7.01-7.01 (1H, d), 5.19-5.25 (1 H, m), 3.19-3.26 (1H, m), 2.40 (7H, s), 2.29-2.32 (2H, d), 2.06-2.08 (2H, d), 1.42- 1.63 (4H, m), 1.39- 1.40 (6H, d). MS: m/z 320 (M+H)+.
[00491] Example 105. Synthesis of l-N,l-N-dimethyl-4-N-[5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-
1-183
Page 193 of 407
2009184-0008
[00492] Synthesis of ethyl 2-amino-4-(pyridin-2-yl)thiophene-3-carboxyIate. A 500-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was charged with l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethan- l-one (24.2 g, 199.77 mmol, 1.00 equiv), N,N-dimethylformamide (400 mL), ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (45.2 g, 399.59 mmol, 2.00 equiv), morpholine (34.2 g, 392.56 mmol, 1.97 equiv), and S (16 g, 500.00 mmol, 2.50 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 60 °C. The resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 4 h at 60 °C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature with a water bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 1 L of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 5 x 1 L of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 1 L of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate / petroleum ether (1 :7 - 1 : 1). Purification resulted in 14 g (28%) of ethyl 2-amino-4-(pyridin-2-yl)thiophene-3- carboxylate as a brown solid. MS: m/z 249 (M+H)+.
[00493] Synthesis of 5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol. A 250-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was charged with ethyl 2-amino-4-(pyridin-2-yl)thiophene-3-carboxylate (10 g, 40.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and formamide ( 100 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at 180°C. The reaction mixture was cooled to 20°C with a water/ice bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 200 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 5 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 1 x 100 mL of brine. The organic layers combined was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with DCM/methanol (30: 1 -10: 1). Purification resulted in 4 g (43%) of 5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 249 (M+H)+.
[00494] Synthesis of 2-[4-chlorothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]pyridine. A 100-mL round- bottom flask was charged with 5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (2 g, 8.72 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and dioxane (30 mL). This was followed by the addition of phosphoroyl trichloride (4.0 g, 26.09 mmol, 2.99 equiv), in portions at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 1 10 °C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water/ice. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 8 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The solids were collected by filtration and dried
Page 194 of 407
2009184-0008
under vacuum. This resulted in 1.0 g (46%) of 2-[4-chlorothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]pyridine as a gray solid. MS: m/z 248 (M+H)+.
[00495] Synthesis of l-N-[5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyriniidin-4-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine. A 100-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 2-[4-chlorothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yljpyridine ( 1.0 g, 4.04 mmol, 1.00 equiv), N,N-dimethylformamide ( 10 mL), TEA (1.2 g, 1 1.86 mmol, 2.94 equiv) and cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (2.8 g, 24.52 mmol, 6.07 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 4 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 4 x 50 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 0.9 g (69%) of l-N-[5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4- diamine as yellow oil. MS: m/z 326 (M+H)+.
[00496] Synthesis of Compound 1-183. A 250-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 1 - N-[5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l,4-diamine (900 mg, 2.77 mmol, 1.00 equiv), dichloromethane (50 mL), POM (1 g, 33.33 mmol, 12.05 equiv), sodium
triacetoxyborohydride (1 1.7 g, 54.17 mmol, 19.59 equiv), molecular seives type 4A (3 g) and acetic acid (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 50 °C. The solids were filtered off. The filtrate was diluted with 100 mL of dichloromethane. The resulting mixture was washed with 1 x 50 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with
dichloromethane /methanol ( 10 / 1). This resulted in 17 mg (2%) of l-N, l-N-dimethyl-4-N-[5- (pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine as a yellow solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.58- 10.60 ( 1H, d), 8.55-8.56 ( 1H, d), 8.41 ( 1H, s), 7.79-7.87 (2H, m), 7.56 (1H, s), 7.32-7.35 ( 1 H, m), 4.04-4.08 ( 1 H, m), 2.51 (6H, s) ,2.37-2.39(3H, d), 2.13(2H, s), 1.50- 1.63 (2H, q), 1.25- 1.38 (2H, q). MS: m/z 354 (M+H)+.
[00497] Example 106. Synthesis of 4-N-[6-cycIopropylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l- N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-184).
Page 195 of 407
1-184
[00498] Synthesis of 4-chloro-6-cyclopropylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine. A 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was charged with commercially available 6-bromo-4-chlorothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1.5 g, 6.01 mmol, 1.00 equiv), cyclopropylboronic acid (1.2 g, 13.97 mmol, 2.30 equiv), sodium carbonate (2.16 g, 20.38 mmol, 3.40 equiv), PPh3 (552 mg, 2.10 mmol, 0.35 equiv), Pd(OAc)2 (162 mg, 0.72 mmol, 0.12 equiv), water (7.5 mL) and methylbenzene (22.5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 110 °C in an oil bath. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of dichloro methane and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 15-1 :5). This resulted in 400 mg (32%) of 4-chloro-6-cyclopropylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine as a yellow solid.
[00499] Synthesis of Compound 1-184. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 4- chloro-6-cyclopropylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (400 mg, 1.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 1-N, 1-N- dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (324 mg, 2.28 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and potassium carbonate (393 mg, 2.84 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 48 h at 45 °C in an oil bath. The resulting solution was diluted with 150 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 200 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 300 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep Phenyl, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50 mM NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN up to 33.0% in 2 min, up to 53.0% in 8 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This resulted in 43.3 mg (7%) of Compound 1-184 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.41 (1H, s), 6.73 (1H, s), 4.77-4.75 (2H, d), 4.15- 4.05 (1H, m), 2.35 (6H, s), 2.31-2.27 (2H, d), 2.17-2.07 (1H, m), 2.01-1.96 (2H, d), 1.56-1.42
Page 196 of 407
2009184-0008
(2H, m). 1.34-1.21 (3H, m), 1.1 1-1.04 (2H, m), 0.78-0.85 (2H, m). MS: m/z 317 (M+H)+.
[00500] Example 107. Synthesis of 4-N-[5-(l-benzofuran-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]-l-N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-185).
1-185
[00501] Synthesis of 4-N-[5-bromothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N- ditnethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with commercially available 5-bromo-4-chlorothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (300 mg, 1.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv), l-N,l -N-dimethylcyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (205 mg, 1.44 mmol, 1.20 equiv), potassium carbonate (497 mg, 3.60 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 250 mg (59%) of 4-N-[5-bromothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N, l-N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine as a yellow oil.
[00502] Synthesis of Compound 1-185. A 100-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 4- N-[5-bromothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- 1-N, 1 -N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine ( 100 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv), (l-benzofuran-2-yl)boronic acid (106 mg, 0.65 mmol, 2.30 equiv), sodium carbonate (102 mg, 0.96 mmol, 3.40 equiv), triphenylphosphane (26.2 mg, 0.10 mmol,
Page 197 of 407
2009184-0008
0.35 equiv), (acetyloxy)palladio acetate (7.6 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.12 equiv), toluene (7.5 mL), and water (2.5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 1 10 °C in an oil bath. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Shield RP 18, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50mmol NH4HCO3) and CH3CN ( 10.0% CH3CN up to 20% in 2 min, up to 50% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 254 nm. This resulted in 23 mg (21 %) of Compound 1-185 as a white solid. Ή MR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.50 (1H, s), 7.68-7.65 (1 H, d), 7.55-7.52 (2H, d), 7.43-7.32 (2H, m), 6.98 ( 1H, s), 6.61-6.59 (1H, d), 4.13-4.08 (1H, m), 2.30-2.20 (7H, m), 2.20- 2.25 (2H, d), 1.96-1.91 (2H, d), 1.55-1.39 (2H, q), 1.13-1.07 (2H, q). MS: m/z 393 (M+H)+.
[00503] Exa
B
M
[00504] Sodium hydride (200 mg, 8.33 mmol, 3.04 equiv) was added into a solution of tert- butyl N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (590 mg, 2.74 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) in several batches at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To this was added a solution of B (500 mg, 2.52 mmol, 0.92 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) dropwise with stirring at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 30 °C in an oil bath and then quenched by the addition of 5 mL of water. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of water, extracted with 2 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 50 mL of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give 0.9 g (87%) of intermediate M as a white solid.
Page 198 of 407
2009184-0008
[00505] Example 109. Synthesis of 4-([5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy)cyclohexa -l-amine dihydrochloride (1-186).
[00506] Excess hydrogen chloride (gas) was bubbled into a solution of M (900 mg, 2.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (15 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C and then concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by re-crystallization from ethanol to yield 500 mg (59%) of Compound 1-186 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.97-9.00 (1 H, m) , 5.49-5.56 (2H, m), 2.57 (3H, s) , 2.53 (3H, s), 2.42-2.44 (2H, m), 2.21-2.24 (2H, m), 1.65- 1.89 (4H, m)
MS: m/z 278 (M-2HC1+H)+.
[00507] Example 110. Synthesis of 4-([5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy)-N,N- dimethylcyciohexan- 1 -amine (I- 187).
[00508] A mixture of 1-186 (350 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv), formic acid ( 10 mL) and polyformaldehyde (0.34 g) was heated to reflux overnight in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the residue was adjusted to 12 with aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 mol/L). The crude product was precipitated and collected by filtration. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (2#-Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C I 8, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (50 mM ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile ( 10.0% acetonitrile up to 66.0% in 8 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This procedure afforded 0.15
Page 199 of 407
2009184-0008
g (44%) of Compound 1-187 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 (1H, s), 5.19-5.25 (1 H, m), 2.29-2.43 (15H, m), 2.01-2.03 (2H, m), 1.47- 1.62 (4H, m). MS: m/z 306 (M+H)+.
[00509] Example 111. Synthesis of 4-([5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy)-N-
M 1-188
[00510] Synthesis of tert-butyl N-[4-([5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy)cyclohexyl]-N-methylcarbamate. Sodium hydride (220 mg, 9.17 mmol, 3.46 equiv) was added to a solution of tert-butyl N-[4-([5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy)cyclohexyl]carbamate (1.0 g, 2.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide ( 15 mL) in several batches at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. To this reaction mixture was added iodomethane (450 mg, 3.17 mmol, 1.20 equiv) dropwise at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 30 °C and then quenched by the addition of 5 mL of water. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of water, extracted with 2 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 50 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give 0.6 g (58%) of tert-butyl N-[4-([5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy)cyclohexyl]- N-methylcarbamate as a brown solid.
[00511] Synthesis of Compound 1-188. Excess hydrogen chloride gas was bubbled into a solution of tert-butyl N-[4-([5,6-dimethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy)cyclohexyl]-N- methylcarbamate (600 mg, 1.53 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C. The solids were collected by filtration and purified by preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep Cis, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (50mmol ammonium acid carbonate) and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 15.0% in 3 min, up to 36.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 220 nm. This procedure afforded 300 mg
Page 200 of 407
2009184-0008
(64%) of Compound 1-188 as a white solid. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.48 (1H, s) , 5.26- 5.53 (1H, m), 2.42-2.53 ( 10H, m), 2.23-2.27 (2H, m), 2.04-2.07 (2H, m), 1.79 (1H, m), 1.54-1.64 (2H, m), 1.30-1.39 (2H, m)
MS: m/z 292 (M+H)+.
[00512] Examples 112-113 Removed.
[00513] Example 114. Synthesis of N-methyl-4-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yloxy]cycloheptan-l-amine (I-
1-113
[00514] Synthesis of tert-butyl (4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)cycloheptyl)carbamate. A 50-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of 4-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10- tetraen-12-yloxy]cycloheptane-l-carboxylic acid (150 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 90%) in toluene (15 mL), DPPA (188 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1.65 equiv) and TEA (138 mg, 1.42 mmol, 3.50 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred at 30 °C for 1 hour. To this solution was added tert-butanol (2 mL, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 95 °C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1/5). This resulted in 50 mg (30%) of tert-butyl N-(4- [7-thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yloxy]cycloheptyl)carbamate as a yellow oil.
[00515] Synthesis of Compound 1-113. A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with tert- butyl N-(4-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l (12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12- yloxy]cycloheptyl)carbamate (60 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 98%), tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and lithium aluminium tetrahydride (28.2 mg, 0.73 mmol, 4.99 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min at 80°C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 1 mL of water. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The crude product was purified
Page 201 of 407
2009184-0008
by flash preparative HPLC (IntelFlash-1) under the following conditions: column: C18 silica gel; mobile phase: acetonitrile/water (start at 5% acetonitrile and increase to 40% over 30 min); detector: UV 254 nm. This procedure afforded 2.3 mg (5%) of Compound 1-113 as a solid. Ή NMR: (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.26 (2H, s), 1.44-1.71 (4H, m), 1.88-1.90 (3H, d, J = 6 Hz), 2.087- 2.179 (2H,m), 2.45-2.51 (5H, t, J = 9Hz), 2.809 (lH.s), 2.975-3.073 (4H,m), 5.51-5.53 (1H, d, J = 5 Hz), 8.47 (lH,s). MS: mJz 278.1 (M+H)+.
[00516] Example 115. Synthesis of 4-N-[5-bromo-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l- N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-190).
1-190
[00517] Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 4-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (4.0 g, 13.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in AcOH (40 mL), dibromane (4.2 g, 26.28 mmol, 2.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 70°C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was diluted with 50 mL of water. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 8.0 with saturated sodium carbonate. The resulting solution was extracted with 4 x 50 mL of chloroform and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 3.0 g (60%) of 4-N-[5-bromo-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l- N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine as a yellow solid. MS (ES, m z): 383 [M+H]+ Ή- NMR (400 MHz, DMSC /6, ppm): δ 8.36 (1H, s), 6.75-6.77 (1H, d), 4.01-4.07 (1H, m), 2.81- 2.88 (2H, q), 2.27 (7H, s), 2.09-2.11 (2H, d), 1.86 (2H, d), 1.32-1.40 (4H, q),1.21-1.26(3H,t).
[00518] Example 116. 4-N-[6-ethyl-5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N- dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-191).
Page 202 of 407
Mol. Wt.: 383.35
3
[00519] Synthesis of 2-(tributylstannyl)pyridine. To a solution of 2-bromopyridine (5 g, 31.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in freshly distilled THF (50 mL) was added n-BuLi (15.3 mL, 3.80 mmol, 1.20 equiv) dropwise at -78°C under N2. After stirring for 30 min at this temperature, tributyl(chloro)stannane (12.5 g, 38.40 mmol, 1.21 equiv) was added via a syringe at -78°C and stirred for additional 1 h. Then the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for another 2 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 50 mL of NH4CI (sat), extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1/20) to give 2-(tributylstannyl)pyridine (1.0 g ) as a pale yellow oil.
[00520] Synthesis of Compound 1-191. Into a 25 ml sealed tube containing a solution of 4- N-[5-bromo-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- 1 -N, 1 -N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine (100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dioxane (5 mL) was added 2-(tributylstannyl)pyridine (96 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and Pd(dppf)Ci2 (30 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.16 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The sealed tube was heated with stirring overnight at 100°C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 20 mL of H2O, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 49.0% in 27 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized
Page 203 of 407
2009184-0008
overnight to give the corresponding 4-N-[6-ethyl-5-(pyridin-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- l - N, l-N-dimethylcyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (12 mg) as a light yellow oil. MS (ES, m z): 382 [M+H] +. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): S 8.75-8.41 (d, 1 H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.38 (m, 2H), 6.73-6.71 (d, 1 H), 3.95-3.89 (m, 1 H), 2.89-2.81 (dd, 2, H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.25- 2.04 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.86 (m, 2 H), 1.47- 1.38 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.27 (m, 3H), 1.05- 1.92 (m, 2H).
[00521] Example 117. 4-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-6-ethyl-N-(3-fluoropyridin- 4-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide (1-192).
Mol. Wt.: 349.45 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 443.54
1-192
[00522] To a solution of 4-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-6-ethylthieno[2,3- d]pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid (100 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (5 mL) was added HATU (217 mg, 0.57 mmol, 2.00 equiv), DIEA (1 10.9 mg, 0.86 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and 3- fluoropyridin-4-amine (32 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv) under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After evaporation under reduced pressure, the crude product (120 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (7.0% CH3CN up to 48.0% in 10 min); Flow rate, 20 mlJmin; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the corresponding
4- [[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-6-ethyl-N-(3-fluoropyridin-4-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrirnidine-
5- carboxamide (40 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m z): 444 [M+H]+. Ή NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD): 8.55-8.59 (2H, m), 8.50 (1 H, d), 8.40 (1 H, d), 5.19-5.24 (1H, m), 3.07 (2H, q), 2.28 (6H, s), 2.10-2.19 (3H, m), 1.89-1.92 (2H, m), 1.27- 1.43 (5H, m), 1.22- 1.25 (2H, m).
Page 204 of 407
2009184-0008
[00523] Example 119: 4-N-[5-(l-benzofuran-2-yl)-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l- N l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-193).
ol. Wl.: 180.23 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 199 step 2 Mol. Wt.: 276.40 Mol. Wt.: 276.40 step 3
1 2 3 4
Mol. Wt.: 420.57
1-193
[00524] Synthesis of 4-chloro-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine. To a solution of 6- ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol ( 10 g, 55.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 1 ,2-dioxane ( 100 mL) was added POCI3 (30 mL) and heated to reflux for 4 hr. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and then quenched with water/ice. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfateand concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1/10) to give 7 g (64%) of 4-chloro-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine as a yellow solid. MS (ES, m/z): 382 (M+H+).
[00525] Synthesis of l-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine.
Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, was placed 4-chloro-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (200 mg, 1.01 mmol, 1.00 equiv), cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (600 mg, 5.25 mmol, 5.22 equiv) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature. Then triethylamine (300 mg, 2.96 mmol, 2.95 equiv) was added via syringe and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the resulting solution was diluted H2O, extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This desired l -N-[6- ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (0.3 g, crude) was obtained as a off- white solid which was used for next step without further purification.
Page 205 of 407
2009184-0008
[00526] Synthesis of 4-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N- dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine. A solution of l-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (700 mg, 2.53 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and HCHO (30%, 760 mg, 25.33 mmol, 10.00 equiv) in HCOOH (7 mL) was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the pH value of the solution was adjusted to 9 with sodium carbonate (sat.), extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the resulted 4-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- 1 -N, 1 -N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,4- diamine (0.4 g, 52%) as a white solid.
[00527] Synthesis 4-N-[5-bromo-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N- dimethylcycIohexane-l,4-diamine. Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 4-N-[6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (2 g, 6.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in AcOH (40 mL) was added Br2 (2.1 g, 13.14 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 70°C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 9 with sodium carbonate (sat.) and extracted with 3 x 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined.organic layers were washed with 300 mL of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the resulted 4-N-[5-bromo-6-ethylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N- dimethylcyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (0.9 g, crude) as a brown solid.
[00528] Synthesis of compound (1-193). A solution of 4-N-[5-bromo-6-ethylthieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l -N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1,4-diamine (1 g, 2.61 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in toluene/H20 (30/10 mL) was added 1 -benzofuran-2-yl)boronic acid (970 mg, 5.99 mmol, 2.30 equiv), Pd(OAc)2 (70 mg, 0.31 mmol, 0.12 equiv), PPh3 (240 mg, 0.92 mmol, 0.35 equiv) and sodium carbonate (940 mg, 8.87 mmol, 3.40 equiv) subsequently under nitrogen. The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 4 hr and cooled to room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of H20 and extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (500 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHDVIADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19*150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with
0.05%TFA and CH3CN (10% CH3CN up to 30% in 14 min); How rate, 20 mL/min; UV
Page 206 of 407
2009184-0008
detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was neutralized with 2 M aqueous NaOH solution and extracted with DCM, dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the corresponding 4-N-[5-(l-benzofuran-2-yl)-6-ethylthieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (130 mg) as yellow semi-solid. MS (ES, m/z): 421 [M+H] +. Ή NMR (300 Hz, CDC13): δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.68 (d, 1H), 7.57- 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 5.44-5.42 (d, 1H), 4.03-3.93 (m, 1H) 2.99-2.91 (dd, 2H), 2.30 (s, 6H) 2.23-2.10 (m, 4 H), 2.02-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.46-1.31 (m, 5H), 0.92-0.89 (dd, 2H).
[00529] Example 120 : 4-[[5-(l-benzofuran-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy]-N,N- dimeth lcyclohexan-l-amine (1-194).
1-194
[00530] Synthesis of tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4-((5-bromothienoC2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)(methyl)carbamate. Sodium hydride (72 mg, 1.80 mmol, 2.99 equiv, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was treated with terf-butyl N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (165 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in 10 mL of anhydrous THF at room temperature for 30 min under nitrogen. A solution of 5-bromo-4-chlorothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (150 mg, 0.60 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (3 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stitred for 4 h at 60°C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of H20, extracted with
Page 207 of 407
2009184-0008
3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/PE (1/5) to give 160 mg (60%) of the desired product as a colorless oil.
[00531] Synthesis of tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4-((5-(benzofuran-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)(methyl)carbamate.
[00532] Into a 80 ml sealed tube and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a mixture of tert-butyl N-[4-([5-bromothieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy)cyclohexyl]-N- methylcarbamate (130 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv) (12/4 mL), (l-benzofuran-2-yl)boronic acid (109 mg, 0.67 mmol, 2.29 equiv), Pd(OAc)2 (8 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.12 equiv), PPh3 (27 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.35 equiv) and sodium carbonate (106 mg, 1.00 mmol, 3.40 equiv) in a mixed toluene/H20 was heated to reflux overnight under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/PE (1/5) to give 180 mg (crude) of the desired compound as yellow oil.
[00533] Synthesis of compound 1-194.
Page 208 of 407
Mol. Wt.: 479.59 step 3
Mol. Wt.: 393.50
3
[00534] A solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[5-( l-benzofuran-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (60 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (1 mL, 12 M) at 0°C and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 9 with sodium carbonate (sat.) and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give 40 mg (84%) of 4-[[5-(l-benzofuran-2- yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy]-N-methylcyclohexan- l -amine as colorless oil which was used directly for next step. To a solution of 4-[[5-(l -benzofuran-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy]-N-methylcyclohexan-l -amine (40 mg, 0.1 1 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (2 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.07 mL, 1.06 mmol) and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaBHsCN (20 mg, 0.32 mmol, 3.01 equiv) was added and stirred for addional 1 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of NH4C1 (sat.) and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (60 mg) was re-crystallized from ethyl acetate to give 15 mg (36%) of pure 4-[[5-( l-benzofuran-2-yl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]oxy]-N,N-dimethylcyclohexan- l -amine as a white solid. MS (ES, mJz): 394 [M+H] +. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.66 (s, IH), 8.08 (s, IH), 7.68-7.65 (d, IH), 7.56-7.54 (d, IH), 7.38-7.25 (m, 3H), 5.45-5.42 (m, IH), 3.33 (s, I H), 2.90 (s, 6H), 2.53-2.50 (d, 2H), 2.23-2.20 (d, 2H), 1.82- 1.66 (m, 4 H).
[00535] Example 121. 4-N-[5-(l-benzofuran-2-yl)-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- l-N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (1-195).
Page 209 of 407
2009184-0008
NCCH2COOEt
EtOH / Et2NH / S 180°C, 8 h
Mol. WL: 58.08 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 185.24 step 2 Mol. Wt.: 166.2 step 3 Mol. Wt: 245.10
[00536] Synthesis of ethyl 2-amino-5-methyIthiophene-3-carboxylate. A solution of ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (23.38 g, 206.90 mmol, 1.20 equiv), propanal ( 10 g, 172.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv), diethylamine ( 15.10 g, 206.90 mmol, 1.20 equiv), S (6.62 g, 206.90 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in ethanol (200 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was diluted with 200 mL of EtOAc and the solids were filtered out. The filtrate was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl
acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to give the resulted ethyl 2-amino-5-methylthiophene-3-carboxylate (12.03 g, 38%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES, m/z): 186 [M+H*].
[00537] Synthesis of 6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol. Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask placed ethyl 2-amino-5-methylthiophene-3-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.70 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of formamide was stirred for 8 h at 180°C in an oil bath. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature and then quenched with water/ice, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (2: 1) to provide the resulted 6-
Page 210 of 407
2009184-0008
methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (1 14 mg, 25%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES, tn z): 167
[M+H+].
ol. Wt.: 166.2 step 3 Mol. Wt.: 245.10
3 4
[00539] A solution of 6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (95 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in acetic acid (2 mL) was added Br2 (181 mg, 1.13 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature under nitrogen. After finished of the reaction, the reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHSC^ and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the resulted 5-bromo-6-methylthieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-ol (11 1 mg, 79%) as a yellow solid.
Mol. Wt.: 245.10 step 4 Mol. Wt.: 263.54
[00541] To a 25-mL round-bottom flask containing 5-bromo-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-ol ( 100 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in POCl3 ( 10 mL) was stirred for 1 h at 1 10°C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentrated under vacuum, this resulted 5-bromo-4- chloro-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (79 mg, 73%) as a yellow solid.
Page 21 1 of 407
2009184-0008
[00542] Synthesis of l-N-[5-bromo-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane- 1,4-diamine.
Mol. Wt.: 263.54 step 5 Mol. Wt.: 341.27
5 6
[00543] A solution of 5-bromo-4-chloro-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (79 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was added cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (171 mg, 1.50 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and triethylamine (91 mg, 0.90 mmol, 3.00 equiv) successively at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and then quenched with water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide the resulted l-N-[5-bromo-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (90 mg, 88%) as a yellow solid.
[00544] Synthesis of 4-N-[5-bromo-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-N,l-N- dimethylcyclohexane-l 4-diamine.
Mol. Wt.: 341 .27 step 6 Mol. Wt.: 369.32
6 7
[00545] Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask placed l-N-[5-bromo-6-rnethylthieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (90 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added (CH30)n (90 mg, 3 mmol, 10.00 equiv) and HCOOH (3 mL) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 1 10°C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of
Page 212 of 407
2009184-0008
5 mL of sodium carbonate (sat.) and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the resulted 4-N-[5-bromo-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- l -N, l -N- dimethylcyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (78 mg, 80%) as a yellow solid.
[00546] Synthesis of 1-195.
Mol. Wt.: 369.32 stp 7 Mol. Wt.: 406.54
7
[00547] A solution of 4-N-[5-bromo-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- l-N, l-N- dimethylcyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (300 mg, 0.81 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous toluene (6 mL) was added (l -benzofuran-2-yl)boronic acid (292 mg, 1.80 mmol, 2.30 equiv), sodium carbonate (286 mg, 2.70 mmol, 3.40 equiv), PPh3 (79 mg, 0.30 mmol, 0.35 equiv), Pd(OAc)2 (22 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.12 equiv) and water (2 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred for 6 h at 100°C in an oil bath. After cooled to room temperature, the reaction was then quenched water and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (8: 1) to give the desired 4-N-[5-( l-benzofuran-2-yl)-6-methylthieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]- 1 -N, 1 -N- dimethylcyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (120 mg, 36%) as a off-white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 407
[M+H+]. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.46 (s, IH), 7.71 (d, I H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 6.86 (s, IH), 5.62 (d, IH), 4.00 ( m, I H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 6H), 2.13 (m, 3H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.44 (dd, 2H), 0.98 (dd, 2H).
[00548] Example 122. 2-(4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyriniidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)-N,N-dimethylethanamine. (1-150)
Page 213 of 407
[00549] Synthesis of 2-(4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yI)piperazin-l-yl)-N-(diphenylmethylene)ethanamine. A mixture of Intermediate D (100 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.0 eq), 3 (93 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) and K2C03 (124 mg, 0.9 mmol 3.0 eq) in i- PrOH (10 mL) was stirred at reflux for 12 hours. The solvent was removed and water ( 10 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed (brine), dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2/MeOH/Et3N = 30:2: 1 ) to give 4 (100 mg, 44%) as a white solid. LC/MS calcd. for C28H29N5S: 467.2. Found: 468.1.
[00550] Synthesis of compound 2-(4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride. A solution of 4 (100 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was added HCl (IN, 2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. The solvent was removed to give crude 5 (80 mg) which was used to the next step without further purification.
[00551] Synthesis of 1-150. A mixture of 5 (50 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.0 eq), HCHO (25 mg, 37%, 0.3 mmol, 2.0 eq), CH3COOH (45 mg, 0.75 mmol, 5.0 eq) and NaBH3CN (22 mg, 0.34 mmol, 2.2 eq) in methanol ( 10 mL) was stirred at rt for 6.5 h. The mixture was diluted with sat. aq. NaHC03 (50 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (40 mLx2). The combined organics were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(CH2Cl2/MeOH/Et3N = 3.0: 1 : 1 ) to give 2-(4-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- l -yl)-N,N-dimethylethanamine as a white solid (25 mg, 51 %). Ή
Page 214 of 407
2009184-0008
NMR (400 MHz, CDCb) δ 2.31 (s, 6H), 2.37-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.59 (m, 8H), 2.91-2.98 (m, 4H), 3.53-3.56 (m, 4H) , 8.38 (s, 1H). LC/MS calcd. for C7H25N5S: 331.18. Found: 332.1.
Example 123. N-(2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[:
d]pyrimidin-4-amine. (1-147)
Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(2-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate.
A mixture of compound D (189 mg, 0.9 mmol, 1 eq) and compound 1 (200 mg, 0.9mmol, 1 eq) in 5 mL of isopropanol was added K2CO3 (248 mg, 1.8 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight. The mixture was poured into 30 mL of water and extracted with DCM (20 mLx3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(DCM/MeOH = 20/1) to give tert-butyl 4-(2-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)ethyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate as white solid (100 mg, 25%).
Synthesis of Compound 1-147.
A mixture of Compound 2 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH/HCl (2N, 3ml) was stirred at rt for 12h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC to give N-(2-(piperazin- 1 -yl)ethyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-arnine as a yellow solid (62 mg, 82%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 2.25-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.79 (m, 4H), 3.26-3.34 (m, 1 1 H), 3.80 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H). LC/MS calcd for C,5H2iN5S: 303.15. Found: 304.1.
Example 123. 4-(2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethoxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- djpyrimidine. (1-140)
Page 215 of 407
D
Into a solution of compound 2 (58 mg, 04 mmol) in 5 mL of THF was added NaH (72 mg, 60%, 1.2 mmol). The reaction was heated at reflux for 2 h and cooled down. Compound D (100 mg, 04 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture in one portion and the reaction was stirred for additional 30 min. 50 mL of water was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mLx3). The combined organics were dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 20: 1 ) to afford 4-(2-(piperazin- l - yl)ethoxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine as white solid (84 mg, 62%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 2.47-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.87 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.97-3.03 (m, 8H), 4.64 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 8.51 (s, 1H). LC/MS: calcd. for C5H20N4OS:
304.14. Found: 305.0.
Example 124. (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cycIopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyriniidin-4- yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine. (1-10)
D 1-10
Using a synthesis procedure similar to the one described in previous examples, ( lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7- dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine was obtained in a yield of 87% as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-rf6) ti 1.16- 1.23 (m, 2H), 1.44- 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.92 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 1H), 5.97 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 289.1 (M+H) +.
Page 216 of 407
2009184-0008
Example 125. N-((lr,4r)-4-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydi
cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. (1-142)
A mixture of (lr,4r)-Nl-(6J-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (100 mg, 0.35 mmol), 1 ,4-dibromobutane (89 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.2 eq) and K2C03 (232 mg, 1.68 mmol, 4.0 eq) in DMF (5 ml) was heated at reflux for 12 h and cooled down. The mixture was poured into water (40 mL) and extracted with DCM (30 mLx2). The combined organics were dried and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/ammonia = 100/5/1) to give N-(( lr,4r)-4- (pyrrolidin- l -yl)cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-arnine as white solid (13 mg, yield: 1 1 %). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.20- 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.42- 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.80- 1.82 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.24 (m, 4H), 2.51-2.62 (m, 6H), 2.89 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.97-3.03 (m, 4H), 4.08-4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.84 (d, / = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.39 (s, 1H). LC/MS: calcd. for
C19H26N4S: 342.19. Found: 343.1.
Example 126. N-((lr,4r)-4-(piperidin-l-yl)cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. (1-143)
A mixture of (lr,4r)-Nl -(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine ( 100 mg, 0.35 mmol), 1 ,5-dibromopentane (95 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.2 eq) and K2C03 (232 mg, 1.68 mmol, 4.0 eq) in DMF (5 ml) was heated at 80 °C for 12 h and
Page 217 of 407
2009184-0008
cooled down. The mixture was poured into water (40 mL) and extracted with DCM (30 mLx2). The combined organics were dried and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/ammonia = 100/5/1) to give 1-143 as white solid (12 mg, yield: 10%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.25-1.34 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.89 (m, 6H), 2.37-2.85 (m, 7H), 2.86-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.02 (m, 4H), 3.40-3.42 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.83 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H). LC/MS calcd. for C20H28N4S: 356.20. Found: 357.1
Example 127. (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- Nl,N4-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine. (1-146)
The synthesis of compound 2.
Into a solution of 1 (3.60 g, 31.53 mol, 1.0 eq) in CHC13 (500 mL) at 10 °C was added a solution of Boc20 (3.44 g, 15.76 mol, 0.5 eq) dropwise in THF (50 mL) over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 500 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA 10: 1) to give 2 (875 mg, yield: 8.8%). LC/MS calcd. for C16H30N2O4: 314.2. Found: 337.1 (M+Na).
The synthesis of compound 3.
Into a solution of LAH (320 mg, 8.43 mmol, 5.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added compound 2 (530 mg, 1.69 mmol, 1.0 eq) slowly over 2 minutes under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for
Page 218 of 407
2009184-0008
30 min at room temperature, and then heated to reflux for 6 h. The mixture was cooled down and quenched with Na2SCv 10H2O (300 mg). The solid was filtered off and washed with THF (30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue Compound 3 was used to the next step without further purification. LC/MS calcd. for C8H18N2: 142.1. Found: 143.2.
The synthesis of Compound 1-146.
A mixture of 3 (from previous step, 1.3 eq), Intermediate D (273 mg, 1.3 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Na2C03 (276 mg, 2.6 mmol, 2.0 eq) in /-PrOH (10 mL) was stirred at 95 °C for 16 h. The solvent was removed and water (20 mL) was added. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic phases was washed with brine, dried, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2/MeOH/Et3N 20:2: 1) to give (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-Nl,N4- dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine (130 mg, 20% over two steps) as pale solid. LC/MS calcd. for C17H24N4S: 316.2. Found: 317.2. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- /6) δ 1.65-1.79 (m, 5H), 198-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.84-3.06 (m, 4H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 4.28-4.31 (m, 1 H), 8.38 (s, 1H).
Example 128. (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- Nl,N4,N4-trimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine. (1-144)
Into a solution of formaldehyde (37%, 1 12 mg, 1.39 mmol, 4.0 eq), acetic acid (0.08 ml, 1.39 mmol, 4.0 eq) and sodium cyanoborohydride (294 mg, 1.39 mmol, 4.0 eq) in 5 mL of MeOH was added a solution of (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)-Nl,N4-dimethylcyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (110 mg, 0.348 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in methanol (5 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated and the residue was crystallized with
Page 219 of 407
2009184-0008
water/MeOH to give (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- Nl ,N4,N4-trimethylcyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (80 mg, 70%) as pale solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-< ) δ 1.34-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.64- 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.87- 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.17- 2.25 (m, 1 H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 2.39-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.07 (m, 4H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 4.14-4.20 (m, 1 H), 8.39 (s, 1 H). LC/MS calcd. for Ci8H26N4S: 330.2. Found: 331.2.
Example 129. l-N,l-N-dimethyl-4-N-[thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine.
Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 4-chlorothieno[2,3-b]pyridine (commercially available, 100 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in toluene ( 15 mL), l -N, l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (126 mg, 0.89 mmol, 1.50 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 chloroform (30 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.05 equiv), XantPhos (34 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.10 equiv), t-BuONa(l 13mg, 1.18 mmol, 2.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 100°C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (6: 1). The crude product (50 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, CH3CN and water with 0.05%HCOOH (10.0% water with 0.05%HCOOH up to 50.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 2 min down to 10.0% in 2 min); Detector, uv 254/220nm.This resulted in 23.4 mg (14%) of l -N, l-N-dimethyl-4-N- [thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine as yellow semi-solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 276.10 [M- 1.56HCOOH+H]+ .
'H NMR- (300 MHz, CDC13, ppm): 51.20- 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.60- 1.72 (m, 2H), 2.21 -2.38 (m, 4H), 2.69(s, 6H), 3.00-3.13 (m, 1 H)3.71 (s, 1 H),4.72 (m, 1 H), 6.38(d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (d, J = 5.4 Ηζ, Ι Η), 8.48 (s, 1.56H,), 9.01 -9.15(br, 1 H).
Page 220 of 407
2009184-0008
Example 130. N,N-dimethyl-4-[thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yloxy]cyclohexan-l-amine.
Molecular Weight: 169.63 Molecular Weight: 276.4
1
Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexan- l -ol (127 mg, 0.89 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL). This was followed by the addition of sodium hydride (71 mg, 1.77 mmol, 3.00 equiv, 60%). The resulting solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 80°C in an oil bath. 4-chlorothieno[2,3-b]pyridine ( 100 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added to the mixture. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at 120°C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 10 mL of ethanol. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (10: 1 ). The resulting product (50 mg) was further purified by Prep- HPLC with the following conditions: Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, CH3CN and water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 (3.0% water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 up to 3.0% in 1 min, up to 4.7.0% in l3 min,up to 100.0% in 2 min); Detector, uv 254/220nm. This resulted in 9.6 mg (6%) of N,N-dimethyl-4-[thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yloxy]cyclohexan-l-amine as a white solid.
MS: (ES, m/z): 277.10 [M+H] +
Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD, ppm): 61.49- 1.69 (m, 4H), 2.06 (d, J= 12.3 Hz , 2H), 2.34(m, 9H), 4.60(m, 1 H), 7.01 (d, J= 5.8 Hz , 1H), 7.38(d, J=6.0 Hz , 1 H), 7.52(d, J= 6.3 Hz , 1 H), 8.36(d, J= 5.8 Hz , 1 H).
Example 131. 4-(4-[thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yloxy]cyclohexyl)morpholine.
Page 221 of 407
2009184-0008
Molecular Weight: 169.63 Molecular Weight: 379.19
1
Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan-l-ol (164 mg, 0.89 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL), sodium hydride (47 mg, 1.96 mmol, 2.00 equiv). The resulting mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 30 minutes. Then 4- chlorothieno[2,3-b]pyridine (100 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added to the mixture. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at 120°C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 5 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x 15 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (10: 1). The crude product (120 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, CH3CN and water with 0.05% HCOOH (10.0% water with 0.05% HCOOH up to 50.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 2 min, down to 10.0% in 2 min); Detector, uv 254/220nm. This resulted in 72.2 mg (32%) of 4-(4-[thieno[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yloxy]cyclohexyl)morpholine as a white semi-solid. MS:(ES,/n/z): 319.10 [M+H]+ Ή NMR (400 MHz, O20, ppm): 51.53-1.71 (m, 4H), 2.19-2.33 (dd, Jl= 29.7 Hz , J2= 9.3Hz, 4H), 3.24-3.30(m, 3H),3. 1(m, 2H), 4.07(s, 2H), 4.60(m, 1H), 6.98(d, J= 4.5 Hz , 1H), 7.37(d, J= 4.5Hz , 1H), 7.52(d, J= 4.5Hz , 1H), 8.33(d, J= 4.5Hz , 1H).
Example 132. of l-N,l-N-dimethyl-4-N-[thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]cyclohexane-l,4- diamine. (1-196)
Page 222 of 407
Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 4-chlorothieno[2,3-b]pyridine (commercially available, 100 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in toluene (15 mL), l -N, l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (126 mg, 0.89 mmol, 1.50 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 chloroform (30 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.05 equiv), XantPhos (34 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.10 equiv), t-BuONa ( 1 13mg, 1.18 mmol, 2.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 100°C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (6: 1 ). The resulting product (50 mg) was further purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, CH3CN and water with
0.05%HCOOH (10.0% water with 0.05%HCOOH up to 50.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 2 min down to 10.0% in 2 min); Detector, uv 254/220nm.This resulted in 23.4 mg (14%) of 1-N, 1 -N- dimethyl-4-N-[thieno[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine as yellow semi-solid. MS: (ES, m z): 276.10 [M- 1.56HCOOH+H]+ Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3, ppm): 51.20- 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.60- 1.72 (m, 2H), 2.21 -2.38 (m, 4H), 2.69(s, 6H), 3.00-3.13 (m, 1 H)3.71 (s, 1H),4.72 (m, 1 H), 6.38(d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 5.4 Ηζ, Ι Η), 8.48 (s, 1.56H,), 9.01 -9.15(br, 1 H).
Example 133. l-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll- tetraen-12
Mol. Wt.: 245.13 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 322.86
1-197
Page 223 of 407
2009184-0008
A 50-mL round-bottom flask placed a solution of 10, 12-dichloro-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l 1-tetraene (500 mg, 2.04 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous CH3CN (20 mL) was added frans-cyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine (280 mg, 2.45 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and potassium carbonate (844 mg, 6.1 1 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 80°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted (520 mg, crude) of l-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine as a white solid which was used directly for next step without further purification.
Synthesis of 4-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l 1- tetraen- 12- - 1 -N, 1 -N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine. (1-198)
Mol. Wt.: 322.86 step 2
Mol. Wt.: 350.91
2
1-198
Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of l-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (400 mg, 1.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (15 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaB CN (152 mg, 2.42 mmol, 2.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for additional 2 h at ambient temperature and diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (450 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions
(SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CHjCN (30% CH3CN up to 64.0% in 19 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the corresponding 4-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,l 1-
Page 224 of 407
2009184-0008
diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]- 1 -N, 1 -N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine (380 mg, 87%) as a white solid. MS (ES, m z): 351 [M+H]+; Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): <5 4.95 ( 1H, d), 4.15-4.05 (1, M), 3.01-2.96 (4H, m), 2.59-2.49 (2H, m), 2.32 (6H, s), 2.29-2.23 (3H, m), 1.96 (2H, d), 1.56-1.40 (2H, m), 1.30-1.21 (2H, m).
Example 134. 4-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo [6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll- tetraen-12-yl]-l-N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine. (1-199)
Synthesis of 4-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo [6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll- tetraen-12-yl]-l-N,l-N-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine.
Mol. Wt. : 245 step 4 Mol. Wt.: 351
4 5
A solution of 10, 12-dichloro-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l 1 - tetraene (264 mg, 1.08 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (15 mL) was added 1-N, 1-N- dimethylcyclohexane- 1,4-diamine hydrochloride (270 mg, 1.51 mmol, 1.40 equiv) and potassium carbonate (450 mg, 3.26 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was stirred overnight at 80°C in an oil bath under nitrogen. The resulting solution was diluted with of EtOAc and washed with of brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide the resulted 4-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9, l 1-diazatricyclo [6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]- l-N, l -N-dimethylcyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (300 mg, 79%) as a
+).
Synthesis of Compound 1-199.
Page 225 of 407
2009184-0008
A 20-mL sealed tube containing a solution of 4-N-f lO-chloro-7-thia-9. i l - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]- 1 -N, 1 -N-dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine (80 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of saturated methanol-NH3 solution. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 140°C in an oil bath and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions
(SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 12 min); UV detection at 254 nm. This resulted 12-N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9,1 l-tetraene-10, 12-diamine (13 mg, 17%) was obtained as a brown solid. MS (ES, m/z) 332 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.61 (s, 3H), 3.87-3.97 (m, 1 H), 2.80-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.35-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.01 -2.18 (m, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.29- 1.41 (dd, 2H), 1.14-1.18 (t, 3H).
Example 135. 12-N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-10-N-methyl-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricycl (1-200)
To a 10-mL sealed tube placed 4-N-[ 10-chloro-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l -tetraen- 12-yl]- l-N, l -N-dimethylcyclohexane- l ,4-diamine ( 120 mg, 0.34 mmol,
1.00 equiv) and CH3NH2-H20 solution (40%, 3 mL) was stirred overnight at 70°C in an oil bath. After completion of the reaction, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the crude product (140 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (25% CH3CN up to 100% in 15 min); Flow rate, 20 mlJmin; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the corresponding 12-N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]- 10-N-methyl-7-thia-
9.1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraene- 10, 12-diamine (50 mg) as a white
Page 226 of 407
2009184-0008
solid. MS (ES, m/z): 346 [M+H]+; Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 4.75-4.70 (1H, m), 4.64 (1 H, d), 4.05-3.94 ( 1 H, m), 3.00 (3H, d), 2.89-2.87 (4H, m), 2.54-2.38 (2H, m), 2.32 (6H, s), 2.25-2.21 (3H, m), 1.96 (2H, d), 1.50- 1.35 (2H, m), 1.29- 1.19 (2H, m).
Example 136. 12-N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-10-N-phenyl-7-thia-9,ll- diazatri
A solution of 4-N-[10-chloro-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l 1 - tetraen- 12-yl]- l-N, l-N-dimethylcyclohexane- l ,4-diamine ( 120 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dioxane (5 mL), was added aniline (60 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2.00 equiv), XantPhos (20 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Pd2(dba)3 (20 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.06 equiv) subsequently under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 1 10°C. After completion of the reaction, the solids were filtered out and the filtrate was diluted with DCM, washed with brine. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum and the crude product (80 rrig) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (25% CH3CN up to 100% in 15 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the 12-N-[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]- 10-N-phenyl-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraene-10, 12-diamine (20 mg) as a grey solid. LCMS (ES, m z): 408 [M+H]+;
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.67 (2H, d), 7.26 (2H, t), 6.94 (1H, t), 4. 10-4.02 ( 1 H, m), 3.01- 2.92 (2h, m), 2.91 -2.87 (2H, m), 2.55-2.45 (2H, m), 2.34 (7H, m), 2.23 (2H, brs), 2.03 (2H, brs), 1.46- 1.42 (4H, m).
Page 227 of 407
2009184-0008
Example 137. (lr,4r)-4-((6,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)oxy)-N,N-dimethylcyclohexanamine (1-202)
Synthesis of compound 2
Into a solution of compound 1 (200 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in 20 mL of methanol was added CH3COOH (510 mg, 8.5 mmol, 5.0 eq), HCHO (102 mg, 3.4 mmol, 2.0 eq) and NaBH3CN (233 mg, 3.7 mmol, 2.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h then diluted with 40 mL of water, extracted with DCM (3 x30 mL). The combined organics were dried and concentrated to give compound 2 as colorless oil (149 mg, 60%). LC/MS calcd. for C8H17NO: 143.2 Found: 144.2.
Synthesis of Compound 1-202
Into a solution of compound 2 (69 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.2 eq) in 20 mL THF was added NaH (29 g, 0.72 mmol, 1.8 eq, 60% in mineral oil) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 2 h and cooled down. To the solution was added compound 3 (100 mg, 0.40 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min then diluted with 30 mL of water and extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined organics were dried and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column on silica gel (DCM/MeOH = 20: 1) to give compound 1-202 as white solid (82 mg, 56%). LC/MS calcd. for C20H29N3OS: 359.5 Found: 360.3
Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.04 (s, 6H), 1.58-1.66 (m, 4H), 2.02-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 6H), 2.68-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.85 (m, 3H), 5.12-5.16 (m, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H). LC/MS calcd. for C20H29N3OS: 359.2 Found: 360.3.
Example 138. (ls,4s)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- N4,N4-dimethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine - (1-155)
Page 228 of 407
Synthesis of Cmpd 1-155
A mixture of l-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12- yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (500 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1.00 equiv), polyoxymethylene (520 mg, 17.31 mmol, 9.98 equiv) and formic acid (10 mL, 88%) was heated to reflux for 14 hrs. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 80 mL of water. The solids were collected by filtration and purified on a silica gel column with dichloromethane / methanol ( 15 / 1 - 5 / 1 ) to give 233.8 mg (43%) of 1-155 as a white solid. LC-MS: (ES, m/z) 317 [M+H]+ Ή-NMR: (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.38 ( IH, s), 5.24-5.26 (IH, br), 4.40 (IH, s), 2.90-3.08 (4H, dt), 2.54-2.60 (2H, m), 2.36 (6H, s), 2.24 (IH, m), 1.80- 1.93 (2H, m), 1.57- 1.75 (6H, m).
Example 139. N-((ls,4s)-4-(azetidin-l-yl)cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5] thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-anune- (1-159)
Synthesis of Compound 1-159
A mixture of 4-([7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexan- l -one (800 mg, 2.78 mmol, 1.00 equiv), azetidine hydrochloride (300 mg, 3.2 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and l -[acetyl(sodio)boranyl]ethan- l-one acetic acid dihydrate (900 mg, 4.17 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 100 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over
Page 229 of 407
2009184-0008
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (2#-Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid and acetonitrile (10.0% acetonitrile up to 17.0% in 2 min, up to 21.0% in 10 min.up to 100.0% in 2 min, down to 10.0% in 2 min); Detector, UV 220 nm. This resulted in 29.7 mg of 1-159 as a white solid. LC-MS: (ES, m/z) 329 [M+H]+ 1 H-NMR: (400MHz, CDC13) 58.38 ( I H, s), 5.18 (I H, s), 4.33 ( IH, s), 3.20 (4H, s), 2.98-3.04 (4H, m), 2.51-2.58 (2H, m), 2.08-2.18 (3H, d), 1.64- 1.77 (6H, d), 1.45(2H, s).
Example 140. N-((ls,4s)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5] thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine - (1-160)
Synthesis of Compound 1-160.
Using a synthesis procedure similar to the one described in previous example, Compound 1-160 was obtained in a yield of 87% as a white solid (103.5 mg). LC-MS: (ES, m/z): 359 [M+H]+ 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDC13) 58.39 (IH, s), 5.18-5.20 (I H, d), 4.38 (IH, s), 3.76 (4H,s), 3.00-3.09 (4H, m), 2.56-2.62 (6H, m), 2.27 ( IH, s), 1.92 (2H, s), 1.73- 1.78(4H, m), 1.25- 1.27(2H, m).
Example 141. (ls,4s)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4- isopropylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine- (1-161)
Synthesis of 1-161.
Page 230 of 407
2009184-0008
Using a synthesis procedure similar to the one described in previous example, Compound I- 161 was obtained as a white solid (101.3 mg). LC-MS: (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ calcd for
C18H26N4S: 331 ,found 331 'HNMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.39 (1H, s), 5.27 (1 H, s), 4.39 (1H, s),2.92-3.10 (5H, m), 2.84 (1H, s), 2.54-2.60 (2H, m), 1.76- 1.89 (7H, m), 1.16 (6H, s).
Example 142. (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4- methyl-N4-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine- (1-162)
A solution of tert-butyl N-[4-([7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l 1 - tetraen- 12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]carbamate (1.1 g, 2.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added into a solution of lithium aluminium tetrahydride (530 mg, 13.95 mmol, 5.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) dropwise with stirring at room temperature. The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 30 min in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran / water. The solids were filtered out. The filtrate was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give 0.86 g (crude) of l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8), 2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen- 12-yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine as yellow oil. LC-MS: (ES, m/z) 303
[M+H]+
Page 231 of 407
2009184-0008
A mixture of l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l - tetraen- 12-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (860 mg, 2.84 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-(chloromethyl) pyridine hydrochloride (514 mg, 3.13 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and potassium carbonate (980 mg, 7.10 mmol, 2.50 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 150 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 150 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 200 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid and acetonitrile (5.0% acetonitrile up to 13.0% in 2 min, up to 20.0% in 10 min.up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 5.0% in 1 min); Detector, UV 220 nm to give 188.7 mg (17%) of Compound 1-162 as a white solid.
LC-MS: (ES, mJz): 394 [M+H]+
Ή-NMR: (400MHz, CDC13) 58.55-8.54 (2H, d), 8.37 ( IH, s), 7.31 (2H, s), 4.85-4.83 (IH, d), 4.1 1-4.09 ( I H, q), 3.63 (2H, s), 2.99 (4H, m), 2.57-2.50 (3H, m), 2.26(5H, m). 1.98- 1.96 (2H, m), 1.64- 1.55 (2H, q), 1.28- 1.19(2H, q).
Example 143. 3-((((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)benzamide- (1-166)
Synthesis of Compound 1-166
Page 232 of 407
2009184-0008
Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, was placed 3-([methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l 1 -diazatricyclo
[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl] amino) cyclohexyl] amino]methyl)benzoic acid (1.3 g, 2.98 mmol, l .OO equiv), NH4C1 (189 mg, 3.53 mmol, 1.20 equiv), HOBt (481 mg, 3.56 mmol, 1.20 equiv), EDCI (1.13 g, 5.89 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and triethylamine (900 mg, 8.89 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and then diluted with 200 mL of water. The solids were collected by filtration and dried in an oven under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)):
Column, Xbridge Shield RP 18, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase, water with 50mmol
NH4HCO3 and CH3CN ( 10.0% CH3CN up to 28.0% in 2 min, up to 46.0% in 10 min.up to 100.0% in 1 min, down to 10.0% in 1 min); Detector, UV 220 nm. This resulted in 84.2 mg (6%) of Compound 1-166 as a off-white solid.
LC-MS (ES, m/z): 436 [M+H]+
Ή-NMR: (400MHz, CDC13) 58.40 (1 H, s), 7.91 (1H, s), 7.78-7.75 (1 H, d), 7.55-7.53 (1H, d), 7.47-7.42 (1 H, t), 5.61 ( 1 H, s), 4.88-4.86 (1 H, d), 4.16-4.12 (1H, m), 3.72 (2H, s), 3.00-3.05 (4H, m), 2.61-2.52 (3H, m). 2.30 (4H, m), 2.04 (2H, m), 1.71 -1.51 (2H, q), 1.33- 1.22 (2H, q).
Example 144. (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4- ethyl-N4-phenethylcyclohexane-l,4-diamine- (1-203)
Page 233 of 407
2009184-0008
Synthesis of Compound 1-203
Note: For the preparation for Compound 1, see Example 68. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 1 (100 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 30%) in methanol (15 mL) was added acetaldehyde (0.5 mL) and acetic acid (0.5 mL), the resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Then aBHsC (50 mg, 0.80 mmol, 10.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction solution was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc. After concentration in vacuo, the crude product (100 mg) was continued to be purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, Xbridge Prep CI 8, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase, water with 50 mM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN ( 10% CH3CN up to 50% in 7 min, hold 50% in 1 min, up to 100% in 1.5 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give Compound 1-203 (15 mg) as a'white solid. LC-MS: (ES, m z): 432 [M+H] +, 454 [M+Na]+; Ή-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.38 (IH, s), 7.34-7.22 (5H, m), 4.86
(IH, m), 4.01-3.99 (IH, m), 3.02 (4H, dd), 2.82-2.70 (6H, m), 2.59-2.52 (2H, m), 2.29-2.27 (2H, m), 2.07-.93 (2H, m), 1.63- 1.50 (2H, m), 1.32-1.17 (6H, m).
Example 145. (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4- (3-phenylpropyl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine.
Synthesis of compound 1-119.
Page 234 of 407
step 1
Note: For the preparation for Compound 1, see Example 147. To a solution of l-N-[7-thia-9, 1 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane- l,4-diamine (600 mg, 2.08 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (50 mL) was added 3-phenylpropanal (356 mg, 2.52 mmol, 1.20 equiv), followed by acetic acid (2.5 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Then NaBH3CN (529 mg, 8.40 mmol, 4.00 equiv) was added and stirred for another 2 h at ambient temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under vacuum, 650 mg of the crude product was used for Example 146. The remaining crude product (290 mg) was purified by Prep- HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, Xbridge Prep C18, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase, water with 100 mM NH4C03 and CH3CN (20.0% CH3CN up to 60.0% in 10 min, up to 100.0% in 10 min); Flow rate, 20 mL min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product- containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4-(3-phenylpropyl)cyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine (70 mg) as a white solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 407 [M+ H]+; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.39 (1H, s), 7.32-7.28 (2H, m), 7.22-7.19 (3H, m), 4.87 (1H, d), 4.15-4.09 (1H, m), 3.03 (4H, d), 2.71 -2.67 (4H, m), 2.59-2.47 (3H, m), 2.48 (2H, d ), 2.22 (2H, d), 1.39-1.21 (4H, m).
Example 146. (lr,4r)-Nl-(6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4- methyl-N4-(3-phenylpropyl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine- (1-118)
Synthesis of compound Compound 1-118
Page 235 of 407
Mol. Wt.: 407 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 420.61
1
Note: For the preparation for Compound 1, see Example 145. Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 1 (650 mg, 1.60 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (50 mL) was added HCHO solution (37%, 2 mL) and acetic acid (2 mL, 1.00 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 30 min at ambient temperature. Then NaB¾CN (400 mg, 6.35 mmol, 3.97 equiv) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature. The resulting solution was neutralized with saturated aqueous K2CO3 and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 100 mM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 13 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give Compound 1-118 (124 mg) as a white solid. LC-MS: (ES, m/z): 407 [M+ H]+; Ή-NMR (400 MHz, CDDCI3): δ 8.39 (1H, s), 7.32-7.28 (2H, m), 7.22-7.19 (3H, m), 4.87 (1H, d), 4.15-4.09 (1H, m), 3.03 (4H, d), 2.66 (2H, t), 2.59-2.52 (5H, m), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.26 (2H, d ); 1.94-1.82 (4H, m), 1.52 (2H, d), 1.27 (2H,d).
Example 147. 2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino)-N-(pyridin-3-yl)acetamide. (1-126)
Synthesis of Compound 1-126
Page 236 of 407
2009184-0008
Synthesis of compound 1
To a solution of 4 (3 g, 14.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (40 mL) was added cyclohexane-1 ,4- diamine (8.1 g, 70.94 mmol, 4.98 equiv) and triethylamine (4.3 g, 42.49 mmol, 2.98 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the resulting solution was diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give 5 (3.4 g, 83%) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 289 (M+H+).
Synthesis of compound 2
To a solution of 5 (3.4 g, 11.79 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (50 mL) was added triethylamine (2.7 g, 26.68 mmol, 2.26 equiv) and (Boc)20 (2.6 g, 11.91 mmol, 1.01 equiv) at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and diluted with DCM, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) to provide 6 (4.2 g, 92%) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 389 (M+H+)
Synthesis of compound 3
To a solution of 6 (200 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (10 mL) was added L1AIH4 (79 mg, 2.08 mmol, 4.00 equiv) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at 60°C. After cooled down to room temperature, the reaction was then quenched slowly with water/ice and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The desired compound 7 (200 mg, crude) was obtained as a yellow solid which was used directly to the next step without further purification. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 303 (M+H+).
Page 237 of 407
2009184-0008
Synthesis of Compound 1-126
To a solution of 7 (200 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 50%) in DMF (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (91.1 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and 2-chloro-N-(pyridin-3-yl)acetamide (85.5 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.50 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solids were filtered out and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (150 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN up to 58.0% in 12 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm; Flow rate: 20 mL/mim. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give 2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)(methyl)aniino)-N-(pyridin-3-yl)acetamide (70 mg) as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 437 (M+H+); Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.86 (s, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.1 1 (d, 1H), 7.35 (dd, 1H), 5.98 (d, 1 H), 4.05-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.31(s, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.38-2.45 (m, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.99-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.89- 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.40- 1.51 (m, 4H).
Example 148. 2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino)-N-isopropylacetamide. (1-125)
Synthesis of Compound 1-125
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1
Mol. Wt.: 401.57
Note: For the preparation for Compound 1, see Example 147. To a solution of 1 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (91.1 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and 2-chloro-N-(propan-2-yl)acetamide (67.5 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.50 equiv) at room
Page 238 of 407
2009184-0008
temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solids were filtered out and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (150 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, X- bridge Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN
(5.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 11 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give 2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino)-N- isopropylacetamide (36 mg) as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 402 (M+H+). Ή-NMR (400 N MHz, DMSO): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.42 (bs, 1H), 5.99 (d, 1H), 4.02-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.89 (sept, 1H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.91-2.94 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.44 (m, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.08 (s, 6H).
Example 149. N-benzyl-2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclohexyl)(inethyl)amino)acetamide. (1-123)
Synthesis of Compound 1-123
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 449.61
1
Note: For the preparation for Compound 1, see Example 147. To a solution of 1 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (5 mL) was added N-benzyl-2-chloroacetamide (91.5 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.51 equiv) and potassium carbonate (91.1 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids were filtered out and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum.. The crude product (200 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN up to 60.0% in 10 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm.The
Page 239 of 407
2009184-0008
product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give Compound 1-123 (60 mg) as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 450 (M+H+); Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.23 (t, 1H), 7.21-7.34 (m, 5H), 5.97(d, 1H), 4.31(d, 2H), 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 3.05 (s, 2H), 2.93 (t, 2H), 2.41-2.46 (m, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.48 (m, 4H).
Example 150. 2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)amino)cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino)acetamide- (1-122)
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 359.49
1
Note: For the preparation for Compound 1, see Example 147. To a solution of 1 (180 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 50%) in distilled DMF (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate , (83 mg, 0.60 mmol, 2.02 equiv) and 2-chloroacetamide (56 mg, 0.60 mmol, 2.01 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 60°C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature and diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The crude product (180 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 13 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give Compound 1-122 (62 mg) as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 360 (M+H+); Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.1 1 (s, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 3.99-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 1 H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.88-2.92 (m, 3H), 2.35-2.45 (m, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.43- 1.51 (m, 4H).
Page 240 of 407
2009184-0008
Example 151. 2-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10- tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethan-l-one
Synthesis of compound 1-124.
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1
Mol. Wt.: 413.58
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 147.
To a solution of l -N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l ( 12),2(6),8, 10- tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (200 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 50%) in DMF (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (91.1 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and 2-chloro- l-(pyrrolidin- l- yl)ethan-l-one (73.5 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.50 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solids were filtered out and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (150 mg) was purified by Prep- HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05%NH3HCO3 and CH3CN (5.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 1 1 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The fractions containing product were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]- 1 - (pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethan- l-one (40 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m z): 414 (M+H+). Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.25 (s, IH), 5.97(d, I H), 4.02-4.04 (m, IH), 3.49 (t, 2H), 3.35 (t, 2H), 3.21 (s, 2H), 3.09 (t, 2H), 2.95 (t, 2H), 2.39-2.51 (m, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.95-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.69- 1.88 (m, 6H), 1.33- 1.51 (m, 4H).
Page 241 of 407
2009184-0008
Example 152. l-N-methyl-l-N-(oxan-4-yl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine. Synthesis of compound 1-132.
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 386.55 1
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 147.
To a solution of l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l 1- tetraen- 12-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (10 mL) was added oxan-4-one (66 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2.00 equiv), NaBH3CN (104 mg, 1.65 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and acetic acid (0.1 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 16 h at 30°C and diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product ( 130 mg) was purified by Prep- HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 54.0% in 14 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 1-N- methyl- l-N-(oxan-4-yl)-4-N-[7-fhia- 9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine ( 16.2 mg) as a light yellow solid. MS (ES, m/z): 387 (M+H+); Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.35 (s, 1 H), 4.20-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.17 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.06 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.56-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.91 - 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.79- 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.69- 1.75 (m, 2H).
Example 153. 2-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,H-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10- tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]-l-(piperidin-l-yl)ethan-l-one.
Page 242 of 407
2009184-0008
Synthesis of compound 1-129.
ol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 427.61
1
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 147. To a solution of 1 -N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-di amine (90 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (10 mL) was added 2- chloro- l -(piperidin- l-yl)ethan- l-one (72 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and potassium carbonate (83 mg, 0.60 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (100 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (7.0% CH3CN up to 55.0% in 19 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and
CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2- [methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]- l-(piperidin-l -yl)ethan- l-one (18.4 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, mJz): 428 (M+H+); Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 4.08-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.59 (m, 4H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.08 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.99 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.54-2.59 (m, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.94- 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.45- 1.70 (m, 10H).
Example 154. 2-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10- tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]-l-(morpholin-4-yl)ethan-l-one.
Synthesis of compound 1-130.
Page 243 of 407
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 429.58
1
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 147. To a solution of l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (90 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (10 mL) was added 2- chloro- l-(morpholin-4-yl)ethan- l-one (73.35 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and potassium carbonate (83 mg, 0.60 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product ( 100 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHEMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 19 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2- [methyl [4-( [7-thia-9, 11 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]] dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8 , 10-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]- l-(moφholin-4-yl)ethan- l-one (30.8 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z) 430 (M+H+). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD-d6): δ 8.23 (s, 1 H), 4.05-4.08 (m, 1 H), 3.67- 3.68 (m, 6H), 3.59-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 3.01 (t, 2H), 2.52-2.59 (m, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.93- 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.45- 1.57 (m, 4H).
Example 155. N,N-dimethyl-2-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]acetamide. (1-131)
Synthesis of compound 1-131
Page 244 of 407
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 387.54
1
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 147. To a solution of l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (90 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (10 mL) was added 2- chloro-N,N-dimethylacetamide (54.45 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and potassium carbonate (83 mg, 0.60 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (120 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (5.0% CH3CN up to 49.0% in 13 min); Flow rate, 20 rnL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and
CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired N,N- dimethyl-2-[methyl[4-([7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]acetamide (31.8 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 388 (M+H+). Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 8.25 (s, 1 H), 5.98 (d, 1H), 4.01-4.04 (m, 1 H), 3.22 (s, 2H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.93 (t, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.44 (m, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.78- 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.24- 1.48 (m, 4H).
Example 156. N-[4-(dimethylnitroso)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-amine.
Synthesis of 1-128.
Page 245 of 407
2009184-0008
+ \
Mol. Wt.: 316.46 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 332.46
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 13. A solution of 1 - N, 1 -N-dimethyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11 -tetraen- 12- yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (100 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in chloroform (5 mL) was added m-CPBA (65 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water, brine. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (140 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove CH3CN and water under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the resulted N-[4- (dimethylnitroso)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l - tetraen- 12-amine (98 mg, 93%) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 333 (M+H)+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.25 (1 H, s), 4.18-4.16 ( 1H, m), 3.23-3.19 (1 H, m), 3.15 (6H, s), 3.13-3.09 (2H, m), 3.03-2.99 (2H, m), 2.6-2.54 (2H, m), 2.43 (2H, d), 2.25 (2H, d), 1.77- 1.70 (2H, m), 1.62- 1.55 (2H, m).
Example 157 and Example 158. Synthesis of fr ns-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-[[4-([7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]ethan-l-one and /rans-2-[[2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyI][4-([7- thia-9,1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9,11 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethan-l-one.
Synthesis of 1-134 and 1-136.
Page 246 of 407
2009184-0008
1
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 147. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, was placed l-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine (170 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 2- chloro-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethan-l-one (89 mg, 0.60 mmol, 1.00 equiv), KI (10 mg, 1.00 equiv) and ethanol (20 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 90°C in an oil bath. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product (180 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 21 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UY detection at 254/220 nra. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired trans- 1 -(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-[[4-([7-thia-9, 11 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11 - tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]efhan-l-one (20.5 mg) as a white solid and irans-2-[[2- oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyl][4-([7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l- tetraen-12-yl]amino)cyclohexyl]amino]-l -(pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethan-l -one (26.7 mg) as a white solid, respectively.
Example 157 (1-134): MS (ES, m/z): 400 (M+H+). Ή NMR (300 HMz, CDCI3): δ 8.37 (s, IH), 4.83 (d, IH), 4.11 (m, IH), 3.50 (t, 2H), 3.38 (t, 4H), 2.99 (m, 4H), 2.53 (m, 3H), 2.22 (d, 2H), 1.98 (m, 4H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.27 (m, 2 H).
Example 158 (1-136): MS: (ES, m/z): 51 1 (M+H+). Ή NMR: (300 HMz, CDCI3): δ 8.33 (s, IH), 4.79 (d, IH), 4.02 (m, IH), 3.46 (m, 12H), 2.96 (t, 4H), 2.87 (m, 1 H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.18 (d, 2H), 1.89 (m, 10H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.65 (m, 3H).
Page 247 of 407
2009184-0008
Example 159. 2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)amino)-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethanone. (1-133)
step 3 s-
Synthesis of compound 2. Into a 50-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of ieri-butyl N-(4- hydroxycyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (447 mg, 1.95 mmol, 1.30 equiv) in anhydrous THF (30 mL), then sodium hydride (300 mg, 7.50 mmol, 5.00 equiv, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was aded and stirring for 20 min at room temperature under nitrogen. Then 12-chloro-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraene (316 mg, 1.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added and stirred for 6 h at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with NH4CI (sat.) at 0°C, diluted with brine, extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by a silica gel column with EA/PE(1 : 10-1 :4) to provide tert-butyl N-mefhyl- N-(4-[7-thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yloxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (450 mg, 74%) as a white solid. MS: (ES, z): 404 [M+H]+. Synthesis of compound 3. Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of tert- butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yloxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (450 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (50 mL), hydrochloric acid (1.0 mL, 12 M) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture .was concentrated under vacuum to provide N-methyl-4- [7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexan- 1 - amine hydrochloride (350 mg 92%) as a white solid.
Page 248 of 407
2009184-0008
Synthesis of Compound 1-133. A solution of N-methyl-4-[7-thia-9, 1 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexan- 1 -amine hydrochloride (170 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (15 mL) was added 2-chloro- l- (pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethanone (150mg, 1.0 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and K2C03 (345 mg, 2.5 mmol, 5.0 equiv ) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred over night at 60°C. After filtration and concentration in vacuo, the residue (200 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, Xbridge Prep C18, 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase, water with 100 mM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (10% CH3CN up to 65% in 10 min, up to 95% in 2 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give 2-(((lr,4r)-4-((6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)amino)- 1 -(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)ethanone (50 mg) as a white solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 415 [M+H] +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.45 (I H, s), 5.24 (I H, m), 3.58 (2H, t), 3.45(2H, m), 3.33 (2H, s), 3.04-3.02 (4H, m), 2.72-2.62 ( I H, m), 2.52 (2H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.32-2.30 (2H, m), 2.01 (4H, t), 2.01- 1.88 (2H, m), 1.61 - 1.58 (2H, m).
Example 160 and Example 161: <rans-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-[(4-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)amino]ethan-l- one and irans-2-[[2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyl](4-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)amino]-l- (pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethan-l-one.
Synthesis of Compound 1-135 and Compound 1-137.
Page 249 of 407
2009184-0008
Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, see Example 147.
A solution of terr-butyl N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (194 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.40 equiv) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 77 mg, 1.92 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at 0°C under nitrogen. After stirred at room temperature for 1 h, 12- chloro-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9,l 1-tetraene (200 mg, 0.95 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature for additional 5 h. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 3x30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5) to give the resulted ferf-butyl N-(4-[7-thia- 9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (308 mg, 83%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES, z): 390 (M+H+).
Synthesis of compound 3. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask placed ieri-butyl N-(4-[7- thiatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (200 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 16 mL of dichloromethane was added hydrochloric acid (0.5 mL) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. Then the pH value was adjusted to 8-9 with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate and extracted with 3x50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the resulted 4- [7-
Page 250 of 407
2009184-0008
thiatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l 1 -tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexan- l -amine ( 140 mg, 90% purity) as a white solid which was used for next step without further purification. MS (ES, mJz): 290 (M+H+).
Synthesis of Compound 1-135 and Compound 1-137.
A solution of 4-[7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12- yloxy]cyclohexan- l -amine ( 140 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ethanol (20 mL) was added 2- chloro- l -(pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethan-l -one (72 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and KI (80 mg, 1.00 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred for 8 h at 90°C in an oil bath. After concentrated in vacuo, the crude product ( 160 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% HCOOH and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 52.0% in 14 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired iranj-l-(pyrrolidin-l -yl)-2-[(4-[7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)amino]ethan- 1 -one (14.4 mg) as a off-white solid and irani-2-[[2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin- l -yl)ethyl](4-[7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l 1 -tetraen- 12-yloxy]cyclohexyl)amino]- 1 - (pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethan- l-one (32.8 mg) as a off-white solid, respectively.
Example 160 (1-135): MS: (ES, m/z): 401 [M+H] +.
Ή NMR: (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.50 (s, 1H), 5.28 (m, 1H), 3.42 (t, 2H), 3.39 (t, 4H), 3.02 (t, 4H), 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 5H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.56 (m, 4 H).
Example 161 (1-137): MS: (ES, m/z): 512 [M+H] +.
Ή NMR: (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ m8.48 (s, 1H), 5.18 (m, 1 H), 3.48 (m, 1 1H), 2.95 (m, 5H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 4H), 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.63 (m, 5H).
Example 162. l-N-[7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-
12-yl]-4-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine.
Synthesis of Compound 1-138.
Page 251 of 407
To a 50 mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of l-N-[7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11 -tetraen- 12-yl]cyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine (288 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (10 mL) was added F3CSO3CH2CF3 (700 mg, 3.02 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and DBU (457 mg, 3.01 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in ice-water bath under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 60°C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled down to room temperature and then quenched with water, diluted with DCM (30 mL), washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with DCM/methanol (30: 1 to 20: 1 ) to provide the desired l-N-[7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l 1-tetraen- 12-yl]-4-N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine (300 mg, 81 ) as a white solid. MS (electrospray) m/z 371 (M+H) +; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 4.06-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.32 (q, 2H), 3.01(t, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.51-2.78 (m, 3H), 2.04-2.15 (m, 4H), 1.43- 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.35 (m, 2H).
Example 163. l-N-methyl-l-N-(2-methylpropyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine. Synthesis of compound 1-127.
Mol. Wt.: 302.44 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 358.54
Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 147.
Page 252 of 407
2009184-0008
To a solution of l -N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l 1- tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (5 ml) was added 2-methylpropanal (50 mg, 0.69 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature and the reaction solution was stirred for 1 h. Then NaBHsCN (45 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2.00 equiv) was added and stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product ( 120 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHLMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 54.0% in 13 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give 75 mg (63%) of the desired 1 -N- methyl- 1 -N-(2-methylpropyl)-4- N- [7-thia-9, 1 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine as a white solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 359 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 4.07- 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.02 (t, 2H), 2.99 (t, 2H), 2.54-2.59 (m, 3H), 2.37-2.39 (m, 5H), 2.18-2.21 (m, 2H), 1 .95- 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.81 - 1.85 (m, 1 H), 1.45-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.01 (s, 6H).
Example 164. l-N-(2-fluoroethyl)-l-N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]cyclohexane-l,4-diamine. Synthesis of Compound 1-204.
1 2 1-204
Synthesis of compound 2.
Reference: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, see Example 147.
Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of l -N-[7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]cyclohexane- 1 ,4-diamine (250 mg, 0.87 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in CH3CN ( 15 mL) was added l-bromo-2-fluoroethane (220 mg,
Page 253 of 407
2009184-0008
1.73 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and DIPEA (200 mg, 1.74 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 7 h at 70°C in an oil bath. After completion, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (20: 1) to give 240 mg (83%) of the desired l-N-(2- fluoroethyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12- yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine as a light yellow solid. MS (ES, mJz): 334 [M+H]+.
Synthesis of compound 1-204
A solution of l -N-(2-fluoroethyl)-4-N-[7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen- 12-yl]cyclohexane-l ,4-diamine ( 100 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (10 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 1 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. The NaBH(OAc)3 (250 mg, 1.18 mmol, 4.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for additional 1 h at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with 3 x 50 ml of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried in an oven under reduced pressure and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/MeOH (10: 1 ) to afford the corresponding l-N-(2-fluoroethyl)- l- N-methyl-4-N-[7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]cyclohexane- l ,4-diamine (47.8 mg, 46%) as a white solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 349 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.23-1.32 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.76- 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.60 (m, 3H), 2.84 (d, 2H), 2.99-3.05 (m, 4H), 4.05-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.57 (d, 2H), 4.86 (d, 1 H), 8.39 (s, 1H).
Page 254 of 407
A
[00553] Synthesis of compound 2. Into a 10-L 4-necked round-bottom flask was placed ethyl 2-oxocyclopentane- 1 -carboxylate (1, 1000 g, 6.40 mol, 1.00 equiv), ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (861 g, 7.61 mol, 1.19 equiv), ethanol (4000 mL), diethylamine (571 g, 7.81 mol, 1.22 equiv), and sulfur (248 g, 7.75 mol, 1.21 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and then concentrated under vacuum. The solution was diluted with 10 L of ethyl acetate and washed with 3 x 1 L of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column and eluted with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 10) to afford 800 g (44%) of 2 as a yellow solid.
[00554] Synthesis of compound 3. A 10-L 4-necked round-bottom flask, purged and maintained under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was charged with 2 (800 g, 2.82 mol, 1.00 equiv) and formamide (8 L). The resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 180 °C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature with a water bath. The resulting solution was diluted with 10 L of water/ice. The solution was extracted with 3 x 5 L of ethyl acetate and the organic layers were combined. The mixture was washed with 2 x 5 L of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column and eluted with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) to afford 350 g (47%) of ethyl 12-hydroxy-7- thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraene-3-carboxylate 3 as a light yellow solid.
Page 255 of 407
2009184-0008
[00555] Synthesis of compound A. A 5-L 4-necked round-bottom flask, purged and maintained under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was charged with 3 (350 g, 1.32 mol, 1.00 equiv) and POCI3 (1800 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at 1 10 °C in an oil bath. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature with a water bath. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 1 L of water/ice. The solution was extracted with 2 x 500 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers were combined. The mixture was washed with 1 x 500 mL of brine and the residue loaded onto a silica gel column and eluted with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to afford 260 g (69%) of intermediate A as a white solid.
B
[00557] Synthesis of compound 4. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate A (1.79 g, 6.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 98%), N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL), 1-N. l- N-dimethylcyclohexane- l,4-diamine dihydrochloride (1.63 g, 7.58 mmol, 1.81 equiv), and potassium carbonate (3.5 g, 24.82 mmol, 4.01 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred for 8 h at 55 °C in an oil bath. The reaction's progress was monitored by TLC/LC-MS (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether = 1/5). The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic
Page 256 of 407
2009184-0008
layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 20 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 2.1 g (87%) of 4 as a yellow oil.
[00558] Synthesis of compound 5. To a solution of compound 4 (0.66 g, 1.7 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added LiAlH4 (258 mg, 6.8 mmol) in portions at 0 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. with stirring for 2 hours, and then Na2SO4 10H2O (2.2 g, 6.8 mmol) was added. The suspension was stirred for 2 hours and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with MeOH/DCM (1 : 10) to give a white solid product (450 mg, 76%). MS: m/z 347 (M+H)+.
[00559] Synthesis of compound 6 Compound 5 (1.9 g, 5.5 mmol, 1 equiv) was dissolved in SOCI2 (30 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, whereupon the SOCI2 was removed under vacuum. The residue was quenched by the addition of aqueous NaHCC . The mixture was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 100 ml). The combined CH2CI2 layers were washed with brine, dried with Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was used in the next step without further purification (1.8 g, 91 %). MS: m/z 365 (M+H)+.
[00560] Synthesis of compound 7. NaCN (450 mg, 9 mmol, 2 equiv) was dissolved in DMSO ( 10 ml) at 60 °C. Then compound 6 ( 1.65 g, 4.5 mmol, 1 equiv) was added. The mixture was heated to 70 °C and stirred at this temperature for 5 hours, whereupon the mixture was cooled to room temperature and aqueous NaHC03 (20 ml) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH2C12 (3 x 30 ml). The CH2CI2 phase was washed with brine, dried with Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel to give the desired product (1.15 g, 74%). MS: m/z 356 (M+H)+.
[00561] Synthesis of intermediate B. SOCl2 (10 ml) was added to MeOH NMR (40 ml) under cooling with an ice bath. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, whereupon compound 7 (1.1 g, 3 mmol) was added to the solution. The mixture was heated to 70 °C and stirred at this temperature for 16 hours at which point the MeOH was removed and water was added. NaHC03 was added to the mixture to adjust the pH to greater than 7. The mixture was extracted by CH2CI2 (50 ml). The CH2CI2 phase was washed with brine, dried with Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel to give the desired product (600 mg, 55%).
[00562] Example 3: Synthesis of Intermediate C.
Page 257 of 407
B C
[00563] A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of intermediate B (500 mg, 1.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and sodium hydroxide ( 130 mg, 3.25 mmol, 2.53 equiv) in methanol (10 mL). The reaction was stirred for 5 h at 50 °C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford a solution that was then diluted with 20 mL of water. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 20 mL of dichloromethane in a separatory funnel. The pH value of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 3 with 6N HC1. Concentration of the solution under vacuum afforded 0.6 g (crude) of intermediate C as a yellow solid that was used without further purification.
[00564] Ex
B D
[00565] To a solution of B (1 g, 2.57 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and MeOH N R (5 mL) was added a solution of NaOH ( 1 g, 25.7 mmol) in H2O (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 15 hours at r.t. At this time the pH was adjusted to 5 with HC1 (1 M) and the desired product was purified by reverse phase chromatography (Biotage) to give a white solid (500 mg, 52%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 7.958 (s, IH), 3.755 (m, I H), 3.479-3.468 (m, IH), 3.197 (t, I H), 2.861 (m, I H), 2.748 (s, 7H), 2.503 (m, I H), 2.190-2.009 (m, 7H), 1.584- 1.420 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 347 (M+H)+.
[00566] Example 5. Synthesis of (lr,4r)-Nl,Nl-dimethyl-N4-(5-(pyrrolidin-l-ylmethyl)- 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)cyclohexane-l,4-diamine.
Page 258 of 407
2009184-0008
6
[00567] Compound 6 (150 mg, 0.4 mmol, 1 equiv) was dissolved in CH3CN. Then pyrrolidine (175 mg, 2.5 mmol, 6 equiv) and K2CO3 (1 10 mg, 0.8 mmol, 2 equiv) were added. The mixture was heated to 80 °C and stirred at this temperature for 5 hours. The CH3CN was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give Compound (40 mg, 20%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.35 (IH, s), 8.18-8.20 (IH, d), 4.10-4.13 (IH, m), 3.40-3.41 (IH, m), 2.94-3.01 (IH, m), 2.70-2.87 (2H, m), 2.56-2.68 (6H, m), 2.31 (6H, m), 2.23-2.30 (2H, m),
2.10- 2.13 (2H, m), 1.95-1.93 (2H, m), 1.74-1.83 (4H, m), 1.45-1.51 (2H, m), 1.16-1.38 (2H, m). MS: m/z 400 (M+H)+.
[00568] Example 6: Synthesis of 2-(12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-7-thia-
9.11- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl)-N-ethylacetamide.
1-23
B
[00569] A 100-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of intermediate B (220 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and ethylamine (65-70% in H20, 75 mL). This solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (200 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Waters- 1 Xbridge RP 19* 150; mobile phase: 0.05%NH4HCO3 in H20 (A) and CH3CN (B); detector: 220 nm and 254 nm) to afford 62.4 mg (27%) of compound as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.36 (s, IH), 5.91-5.89 (d, IH), 5.39 (m, IH), 3.83-3.81 (m, IH), 3.39-3.22 (m,
Page 259 of 407
2009184-0008
3H), 3.08-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.32 (m, 9H), 2.20-2.16 (m, 3H). 1.99- 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.48- 1.45 (m, 4H), 1.12- 1.07 (t, 3H). MS: m/z 400 (M+H)+.
[00570] Example 7: Synthesis of 2-(4-(((lr,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7- dihydro-5H
[00571] To a solution of B (0.66 g, 1.7 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added L1AIH4 (508 mg, 13.3 mmol) in portions at 0 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. with stirring for 2 hours. Then, Na2SO4 l 0H2O (4.3 g, 13.3 mmol) was added and the suspension was stirred for 2 hours. The solids were filtered off and the filtrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography with MeOH/CH2Cl2= l : 10 to give the product as a white solid product (450 mg, 73%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.365 ( IH, s), 5.850-5.834 ( IH, d), 4.169-4.138 ( IH, m), 3.753-3.716 (2H, m), 3.570-3.563 (I H, t), 3.073-3.022 (IH, m), 2.920-2.869 (IH, m), 2.705-2.663 (I H, m), 2.391 (IH, m), 2.341 (6H, s), 2.274-2.145 (4H, m), 1.971- 1.948 (2H, m), 1.805- 1.714 (2H, m), 1.503- 1.362 (4H, m). MS: m/z 347 (M+H)+.
[00572] Example 8: Synthesis of 2-(12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl)-N-(2-
[00573] Synthesis of compound 8. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate D (80 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF ( 10 mL), HOBT (35 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.20 equiv), EDCI (81 mg, 2.00 equiv), (2-aminoethoxy)(tert-butyl)dimethylsilane (93 mg, 0.53
Page 260 of 407
2009184-0008
mmol, 2.50 equiv) and triethylamine (65 mg, 0.64 mmol, 3.00 equiv). This solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford 80 mg (crude) of compound 8 as a white solid that was used without further purification.
[00574] Synthesis of Compound. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of 8 (80 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in CH3CN (5 mL). HF (40 wt. % in water, 0.25 mL) was added and the solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Waters- 1 Xbridge RP 19* 150; mobile phase: 0.05%NH4HCO3 in H20 (A), CH3CN (B); detector: UV 220 nm and 254 nm) to afford 4.5 mg (7%) of Compound as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 5.86-5.87 (d, 1H), 4.12 (s, 1H), 3.95- 3.81 (d, 1 H), 3.80 -3.60 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.00 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.87 (m, 1 H), 2.86-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.30 (m, 1H) 2.27-2.10 (m, 3H), 1.90-2.70 (m, 1 H) 1.60- 1.20 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 400 (M+H)+.
[00575] Example 9: Synthesis of 2-(12-[[4-(dimethyIamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl)-N-(2- hydroxyethyl)acetamide.
[00576] Synthesis of compound 9. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of intermediate D (83 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv), N,N-dimethylformamide ( 12 mL), EDCI (83 mg, 0.43 mmol, 2.00 equiv), HOBT (35 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.20 equiv), (3-aminopropoxy)(tert- butyl)dimethylsilane (120 mg, 0.63 mmol, 2.90 equiv), and triethylamine (65 mg, 0.64 mmol, 3.00 equiv). This solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford 100 mg (crude) of 9 as a white solid that was used without further purification.
Page 261 of 407
2009184-0008
[00577] Synthesis of Compound. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 9 (100 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in CH3CN (5 mL). This was followed by the addition of HF (40 wt. % in water, 0.25 mL) dropwise with stirring. This solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford 1 1.8 mg ( 15%) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.40 (s, 1 H), 6.10-5.90 (s, 1 H), 5.90-5.80 (d, 1 H), 4.20-4.00 (s, 1H), 3.95- 3.81 (d, 1H), 3.70 -3.55 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.00 (m, 1 H), 3.00-2.85 (m, 1 H), 2.85-2.70 (m, 1H) 2.50-2.30 (m, 9H), 2.39-2.15 (m, 3H) 2.16-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.40 (m, 4H). MS: m z 434 (M+H)+.
[00578] Example 10: Synthesis of 2-(4-(((lr,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7- dihydro-5
[00579] A mixture of intermediate D (200 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1 equiv), NH4C1 (200 mg, 4 mmol, 8 equiv), TEA (500 mg, 5 mmol, 10 equiv) and HATU (380 mg, 1 mmol, 2 equiv) in DMF (3 mL) was stirred at 20 °C for 24 h. Then, the mixture was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the compound (60 mg, 20%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.37 (1H, s), 5.82 (1 H, m), 5.37- 5.45 (2H, m), 4.10-4.13 ( 1H, m), 3.85-3.87 ( 1H, m), 3.03-3.08 (1 H, m), 2.90-2.95 ( 1H, m), 2.77- 2.81 ( 1 H, m), 2.45-2.47 (2H, m), 2.34 (6H, s), 2.17-2.24 (4H, m), 1.98- 1.99 (2H, m), 1.38- 1.47 (4H, m). MS: m/z 374 (M+H)+.
[00580] Example 11: Synthesis of 2-(4-(((lr,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7- di
Page 262 of 407
2009184-0008
[00581] A mixture of D (200 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1 equiv), pyrrolidine (70 mg, 1 mmol, 2 equiv), TEA (150 mg, 1 .5 mmol, 3 equiv) and HATU (200 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1 equiv) in DMF (3 mL) was stirred at 20 °C for 24 h. Then, the mixture was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the product (70 mg, 30%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.35 (I H, s), 6.26-6.28 ( I H, d), 4.07-4.09 (IH, m), 3.93-3.95 (IH, m), 3.30-3.50 (3H, m), 3.04-3.09 (3H, m), 2.88-2.93 ( IH, m), 2.75-2.80 (IH, m), 2.50-2.54 (I H, m), 2.31 (6H, s), 2.16-2.21 (4H, m), 1.75- 1.96 (6H, m), 1.43-1.50 (4H, m). MS: m z 428 (M+H)+.
[00582] Example 12: Synthesis of 2-(4-(((lr,4S)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7- dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-l-((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-l- yl)
[00583] Compound 1-15 was synthesized from intermediate D and (5)-pyrrolidin-3-ol in a manner consistent with Example 9 to afford the product in 31 % yield. Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.34 (IH, s), 6.14-6.32 (I H, m), 4.38-4.44 (IH ,m), 4.02-4.13 (I H, m), 3.88-3.98 (IH, m), 3.42-3.69 (3H, m), 3.14-3.38 ( IH, m), 3.05-3.12 (IH, m), 2.72-2.96 (2H, m), 2.42-2.61 (2H, m), 2.30 (7H, m), 2.16-2.23 (2H, m), 1.78-2.04 (5H, m), 1.34- 1.50 (4H, m). MS: m/z 444 (M+H)+.
[00584] Example 13: Synthesis of 2-(4-(((lr,4R)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)amino)-
6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-l-((R)-3-hydroxypyrroIidin-l- yl)e
Page 263 of 407
2009184-0008
[00585] Compound was synthesized from intermediate D and (R)-pyrrolidin-3-ol in a manner consistent with Example 9 to afford the product in 46% yield. Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.34 (1H, s), 6.14-6.18 ( 1H, m), 4.38-4.44 (1H ,m), 4.02-4.13 (1 H, m), 3.88-3.98 (1H, m), 2.71- 3.72 (7H, m), 2.42-2.61 (2H, m), 2.29 (7H, s), 2.14-2.23 (2H, m), 1.75-2.04 (4H, m), 1.68- 1.74 (1 H, m), 1.34- 1.50 (4H, m). MS: m Z 444 (M+H)+.
[00586] Example 14: Synthesis of 2-(12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]ainino]-7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-
[00587] Synthesis of compound 10. A 100-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of intermediate C (600 mg, 1.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL), 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl(methyl)amine (360 mg, 1.90 mmol, 1.30 equiv), HOBT (320 mg, 2.37 mmol, 1.62 equiv), EDC (920 mg, 4.82 mmol, 3.30 equiv), and TEA (810 mg, 8.00 mmol, 5.48 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The combined organic layers were washed with 3 x 50 mL of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (elution gradient: 100: 1 - 10: 1 DCM:MeOH). Purification afforded 0.2 g (25%) of 10 as yellow oil. MS: m/z 546 (M+H)+.
[00588] Synthesis of Compound. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of 10 (200 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in acetonitrile (5 mL) and hydrogen fluoride (40 wt% in water, 0.2 mL). After stirring for 5 h at room temperature, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC [column: Xbridge Shield RP 18, 5um, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water (50 mM NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (5.0% CH3CN up to 45.0% in 8 min, hold for 2 min, ramp up to 100.0% in 1 min, then ramp down to 5.0% in 1
Page 264 of 407
2009184-0008
min); detector: UV 254 and 220 nm. 45.7 mg (29%) of product was obtained as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.33 (d, 1 H), 6.06-6.09 (m, 1 H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.92-3.94 (m, 1 H), 3.79-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 1 H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.92 (m, 3H), 2.52-2.58 (m, 1 H), 2.30 (s, 7H), 2.16-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.94 (s, 2H), 1.36-1.46 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 432 (M+H)+.
E
[00590] Synthesis of compound 12. Into a 10-L 4-necked round-bottom flask was placed a solution of ethyl 2-(2-oxocyclopentyl)acetate (11, 550 g, 3.23 mol, 1.00 equiv) in ethanol (2200 mL) at room temperature. This was followed by the addition of NCCHaCOOEt (440 g, 1.21 equiv), Et2NH NMR (291.5 g, 1.23 equiv) and S (126.5 g, 1.22 equiv) in portions at room temperature. The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and then concentrated under vacuum. The resulting solution was diluted with 5000 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with 2 x 1000 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 10) and purified to afford 430 g (45%) of ethyl 2-amino-4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-4H,5H,6H- cyclopenta[b]thiophene-3-carboxylate (12) as an orange oil.
[00591] Synthesis of compound 13. To a 10-L 4-necked round-bottom flask, purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was added a solution of 12 (500 g, 1.68 mol, 1.00 equiv) in formamide (5 L) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 180 °C in an oil bath. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then quenched by the addition of 10 L of water/ice. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 5 L of ethyl
Page 265 of 407
2009184-0008
acetate and the organic layers were combined. The mixture was washed with 3 x 3000 mL of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The solids were collected by filtration to afford 200 g (43%) of ethyl 2-[12-hydroxy-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetate (13) as a yellow solid.
[00592] Synthesis of intermediate E. Two 2000-mL 4-necked round-bottom flasks were charged with a solution of 13 (200 g, 718.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in POCl3 (2000 mL) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 1 10 °C in an oil bath. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 1000 mL of ice-water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 500 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers were combined. The combined organic layers were washed with 2 x 500 mL of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 200 g (94%) of ethyl 2-[12-chloro-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-3-yl]acetate (E) as a light yellow solid.
[00593] Example 16: Synthesis of 2-[(3S)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- -tetraen-3-yl]ethan-l-ol .
[00594] Synthesis of compound 13a. The enantiomers of racemic 13 (4.7 g) were separated by chiral HPLC under the following conditions: column: CHIRALPAK IC, 0.46*25 cm, 5 urn; mobile phase: Hex : EtOH = 50:50; flow rate: 1.0 ml/min; UV detection at 254 nm. The first
Page 266 of 407
2009184-0008
enantiomer to elute (tR = 7.76 min, 1.5 g) was obtained in 100% ee as a light yellow solid and the second enantiomer to elute (tR = 10.39 min, 1.4 g) was also obtained in 100% ee as a light yellow solid.
[00595] Synthesis of compound 14a. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added ethyl 2- [(JS)-12-hydroxy-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3- yljacetate (13a, 560 mg, 2.01 mmol, 1.00 equiv), dioxane (10 mL) and phosphoroyl trichloride (3.5 mL). The reaction was stirred for 4 h at 1 10 °C under nitrogen. After concentration under reduced pressure, the resulting solution was poured dropwise into saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After evaporation in vacuo, the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :7) to afford ethyl 2- [(3S)-12-chloro-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-3- yl]acetate (14a, 550 mg, 92%) as a yellow oil.
[00596] Synthesis of compound 15a. A solution of ieri-butyl N-(4- hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (412 mg, 1.91 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in freshly distilled tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was treated with sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 280 mg, 4.00 equiv) for 1 h at room temperature under nitrogen. To this mixture was then added a solution of 14a (510 mg, 1.72 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) via syringe. After stirring overnight at room temperature, the reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2) and purified to afford ethyl 2-[(JS)-12-[(4-[[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9,l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-3-yl]acetate (15a, 400 mg, 49%) as a yellow oil.
[00597] Synthesis of compound 16a. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing 15a (180 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added L1AIH4 (30 mg, 0.79 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford rerr-butyl N-(4-[[(JS)-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7-
Page 267 of 407
2009184-0008
thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (16a, 100 mg, 61 %) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 434 (M+H)+.
[00598] Synthesis of Compound. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 16a ( 100 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (5 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 1 mL) and HCOOH NMR (5 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 100 °C and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHEMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150 mm 5 um; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (start at 7.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 63.0% in 13 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product- containing fractions were collected and the solvents evaporated to afford the product (8 mg) as a colorless oil. An ee of 100% was measured by chiral-SFC analysis. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.26 (s, 1H), 5.24 (m, 1H), 3.72 (t, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 2.70 (m, 1 Η),2.03-2.68 (m, 1 1H), 1.25- 1.81 (m, 9H). MS: m/z 362 (M+H)+.
[00599] Example 17: Synthesis of 2-[(3 ?)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-3-yl]ethan-l-ol.
[00600] Compound was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 14, except that 13b was used rather than 13a. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.26 (s, 1 H), 5.24 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (t, 1 H), 3.47 (m, 1 H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.03-2.68 (m, 13H), 1.25- 1.80 (m, 6H). MS: m/z 362 (M+H)+.
[00601] Example 18: Intermediate F.
Page 268 of 407
2009184-0008
[00602] Synthesis of compound 15. To a solution of ½ri-butyl N-(4- hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (710 mg, 3.30 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled THF was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 720 mg, 18.00 mmol, 6.00 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min, intermediate E (891 mg, 3.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (10 mL) was added via syringe and the resulting solution was stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :4 to 1 :2). Purification afforded 15 (260 mg, 18%) as a white solid.
[00603] Synthesis of compound 17. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 15 (415 mg, 0.87 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 225 mg, 6.5 mmol) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min under nitrogen. Then Mel (1.2 g) was added via syringe and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to afford 17 (278 mg, 65%) as a yellow oil.
[00604] Synthesis of compound E. LiAlH4 (980 mg, 25.8 mmol) was treated with 17 (278 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 20 mL of distilled THF in an ice/salt bath under nitrogen. Then
Page 269 of 407
2009184-0008
the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and the reaction was quenched by the addition of methanol and diluted with water. The resulting solution was extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration in vacuo, the desired ½ri-butyl N-(4-[[3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7- thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (E, 251 mg, 99%) was obtained as a yellow oil.
[00605] Example 19. Synthesis of 4-[[3-(2-ethoxyethyl)-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]-N,N-dimethylcyclohexan-
[00606] Synthesis of compound 18. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of intermediate F (125 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (10 mL) followed by sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 96 mg, 2.80 mmol) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then bromoethane (305 mg, 2.80 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with EtO Ac/petroleum ether ( 1 :5). Purification afforded feri-butyl N-(4-[[3-(2- ethoxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (18, 19 mg, 14%) as a colorless oil.
[00607] Synthesis of Compound 1-31. A 25-mL round-bottom flask containing 18 (19 mg, 0.04 mmol, 1.00 equiv), formic acid (1 mL) and formaldehyde (37%, 5 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 12 h in an oil bath under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue (45 mg) purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C18 , 19* 150 mm 5 um; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (5.0% CH3CN up to 53.0% in 16 min); UV detection at 254 and 220nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford
Page 270 of 407
2009184-0008
the product (5.7 mg, 37%) as an off-white oil. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.20 (m, 3H), 1.54 (m, 4H), 1.61 (m, 1 H), 2.02-2.80 (m, 14H), 2.28-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.48 (m, 5H), 5.24 (m, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H). MS: /z 390 (M+H)+.
[00608] Example 20. Synthesis of 4-[[3-(2-methoxyethyl)-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]-N,N-dimethylcyclohexan-
E 19
[00609] Synthesis of compound 19. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of intermediate E (80 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (8 mL) followed by sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 36 mg, 0.90 mmol) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then iodomethane (255 mg, 1.80 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1 :5) and purified to afford 19 (50 mg, 61 %) as a colorless oil.
[00610] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of 19 (50 mg, 0.1 1 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in formaldehyde (37%, 5 mL) and formic acid (1 mL) was stirred for 12 h at 100 °C in an oil bath under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the crude product (50 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C 18, 19* 150 mm 5 um; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (5.0% CH3CN up to 55.0% in 15 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the product ( 17.1 mg, 42%) as a colorless oil. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.47 (m, 4H), 1.76 (m, 1 H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.32 (m, 1 1 H), 2.66 (m, 1 H), 2.94 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 1 H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.42 (m, 3H), 5.23 (m, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 376 (M+H)+.
Page 271 of 407
2009184-0008
[00611] Example 21. Synthesis of Intermediates Fa and Fb.
Fa
[00612] Synthesis of compound 14. A solution of 13 (15 g, 53.89 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and POCI3 (100 mL) in 100 mL of dioxane was heated at reflux for 3 h under nitrogen. After concentration under reduced pressure, the resulting solution was poured dropwise into saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After evaporation in vacuo, the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :7) to afford 14 (15 g, 94%) as a light yellow oil. MS: m/z 297, 299 (M+H)+.
[00613] Synthesis of compound 20. To a 500-mL round-bottom flask under an atmosphere of nitrogen was added 14 (6 g, 20.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 100 mL of distilled THF at -50 °C. DIBAL-H NMR (25% w/w in hexane, 50 mL) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at under -30 °C under nitrogen. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1 :5 to 1 : 1) to afford 20 (5.0 g, 97%) as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 255, 257 (M+H)+.
[00614] Synthesis of compounds Fa and Fb. The enantiomers of racemic 20 (5.0 g, 19.6 mmol) were separated by chiral-SFC under the following conditions: column: CHIRALPAK IA; 20% methanol with CO2; flow rate: 250 mlJmin; UV detection at 254 nm. The fractions corresponding to the peak with tR = 1.63 were collected and the methanol removed in vacuo to give enantiomerically pure (3R)-3- [2-[(ieri-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]- 12-chloro-7-thia-9, 1 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraene (Fb, 2.0 g) in 100% ee. Similar
Page 272 of 407
2009184-0008
treatment of the fractions corresponding to the peak with tR = 2.69 gave enantiomerically pure (J5)-3-[2-[(ieri-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-12-chloro-7-thia-9,l l - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l 1-tetraene (Fa, 2.0 g) in 100% ee.
[00616] Synthesis of compound 21a. Intermediate Fa (3.3 g, 12.95 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was treated with imidazole (1.24 g, 18.24 mmol, 1.41 equiv) and TBDMSC1 (2.34 g, 15.53 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in distilled DMF (10 mL) for 2 h at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5) and purified to afford (J5)-3-[2-[(ieri- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-12-chloro-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9,1 1-tetraene (21a, 4.5 g, 94%) as a yellow oil.
[00617] Synthesis of compound 22a. Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.96 g, 49.00 mmol, 4.02 equiv) was treated with ieri-butyl N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (3.92 g, 17.09 mmol, 1.40 equiv) in distilled THF (50 mL) at 0 °C for 1 h under nitrogen. Then a solution of 21a (4.5 g, 12.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 15 mL of THF was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred for a further 2 h at 60 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water at 0 °C and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a
Page 273 of 407
2009184-0008
silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) and purified to afford tert-butyl N-(4- [[(35)-3-[2-[(½ri-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (22a, 6.5 g, 95%) as yellow oil. MS: m/z 562 (M+H)+.
[00618] Synthesis of compound 23a. A solution of 22a (6.5 g, 1 1.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and Bu4NF (4.5 g, 17.24 mmol, 1.49 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) and purified to give ferf-butyl N-(4-[[(3S)-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (23a, 5 g, 97%) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 448 (M+H)+.
[00619] Synthesis of Intermediate Ga. A solution of 23a (1.25 g, 2.79 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and dipyridinium dichromate (4 g, 10.64 mmol, 4.00 equiv) in 10 mL of DMF was stirred for 15 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :2 to 3:5) and purified to afford 2-[(3S)- 12-[(4-[[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl](methyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (Ga, 900 mg, 70%) as a colourless oil.
[00620] Example 23: Synthesis of 2-[(3S)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-
Page 274 of 407
2009184-0008
[00621] Synthesis of compound 24a. To a solution of intermediate Ga (200 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (8 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen was added 5- fluoropyridin-2-amine (55 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.13 equiv), HATU (200 mg) and DIPEA (170 mg). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2 to 3:5) and purified to give tert- butyl N-(4-[[(3S)-3-[[(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)carbamoyl]methyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (24a, 195 mg, 81 %) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 556 (M+H)\
[00622] Synthesis of Compound. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 24a (195 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 mL) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-2-[(3S)- 12- [[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l l- tetraen-3-yl]acetamide hydrochloride (130 mg, crude) was used in the next step directly without further purification. A solution of this material (130 mg, crude) and HCHO (37%, 1 mL) in methanol (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min., whereupon aBHsCN (55 mg, 0.78 mmol, 3.06 equiv) was added and the mixture stirred for an additional 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (70 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C18 5 um, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the 2-[(3S)- 12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)acetamide (21.4 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.20 (m, 2H),7.63 (m, 1H), 5.28 (m, 1H), 3.93 (t, 1H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.03 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 10H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 4H). MS: m z 470 (M+H)+.
Page 275 of 407
2009184-0008
[00623] Example 24: Synthesis of 2-[(3S)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-3-yl]-N-ethylacetamide.
Ga 25a
[00624] Synthesis of compound 25a. A 25-mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate Ga (200 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv), HOBt (90 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1.54 equiv), EDCI (191 mg, 1.00 mmol, 2.31 equiv), ethanamine hydrochloride (45 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1.27 equiv), triethylamine ( 135 mg, 1.34 mmol, 3.08 equiv) and 10 mL of distilled DMF. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 25 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :2 to 3:5) and purified to provide the desired tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3S)-3- [(ethylcarbamoyl)methyl]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (25a, 165 mg, 78%) as a white solid. MS: mJz 470 (M+H)+.
[00625] Synthesis of Compound. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added 25a ( 165 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 mL) in dichloromethane (12 mL). The reaction was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford l -(ethylamino)-2-[(3S)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l-ol hydrochloride ( 105 mg, crude) as a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification. To a solution of this compound ( 105 mg, crude) in methanol ( 10 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 2 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaBHsCN (50 mg, 63%) was added and the reaction stirred for another 2 h at ambient temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product (85 mg) purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C 18 5 um, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3OH NMR (6.0% CH3OH up to 50.0% in
Page 276 of 407
2009184-0008
25 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the desired product (43 mg) as a white solid. An enantiomeric excess of 100% was measured by chiral HPLC analysis. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 3.84 (m, 1 H), 2.94-3.32 (m, 5H), 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.68 (m, 11H), 1.50-1.72 (m, 4H), 1.15 (t, 3H). MS: m/z 403 (M+H)+.
Fb Hb (21b)
[00627] Intermediate Fb (1.3 g, 5.10 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was treated with imidazole (500 mg, 7.44 mmol, 1.40 equiv) and TBDMSCl (920 mg, 6.10 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in distilled DMF (10 mL) for 2 h at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) and purified to give (-?R)-3-[2-[(½ri-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-12-chloro-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraene (Hb, 1.8 g, 96%) as a yellow oil.
[00628] Example 26: Synthesis of Intermediate lb.
Page 277 of 407
2009184-0008
lb
[00629] Synthesis of compound 26b. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of Hb (560 mg, 1.52 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and TEA (461 mg, 3.0 equiv) in distilled DMF ( 10 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. Then reri-butyl rrans-N-(4-aminocyclohexyl)carbamate (1628 mg, 7.60 mmol, 4.98 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 14 h at 50 °C. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 2 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 26b (721 mg, 87%) as a colorless oil.
[00630] Synthesis of compound 27b. To a solution of 26b (721 mg, 1.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of THF was added TBAF (476 mg, 1.82 mmol, 1.38 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature and then quenched by the addition of water and extracted with 2 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2) to give the desired reri-butyl N-(4-[[(-?R)-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-12-yl]amino]cyclohexyl)carbamate ('27b, 542 mg, 95%) as a white solid.
[00631] Synthesis of compound lb. Compound 27b (542 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was treated with Dess-Martin periodinane (637 mg, 1.50 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in 20 mL of DCM at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at room temperature then quenched with water and
Page 278 of 407
2009184-0008
extracted with 2 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2) to provide the desired ½r?-butyl N- (4-[[(3R)-3-(2-oxoethyl)-7-thia-9, i l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino]cyclohexyl)carbamate lb (494 mg, 92%) as a white solid.
[00632] Example 27 and Example 28: Synthesis of (Λ)-3-((Λ)-4-(((1Γ,4Λ)-4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)-l,l>l-trifluoropropan-2-ol and (S)-3-(( ?)-4-(((lr,4i¾)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)- -dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-l,l,l-trifluoropropan-2-ol.
[00633] Synthesis of compound 28b. A 25-mL round-bottom flask, purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was charged with a solution of Fb (300 mg, 1.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL) in anhydrous dichloromethane (15 mL). Dess-Martin periodinane (757 mg, 1.79 mmol, 1.52 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C in a water/ice bath. After completion of the reaction, the reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2SC>4) and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :8) and purified to afford the compound 28b (267 mg, 90%) as a white solid.
[00634] Synthesis of compound 29. To a solution of 28b (267 mg, 1.06 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled THF was added trimethyl(trifluoromethyl)silane (280 mg, 1.97 mmol, 1.86
Page 279 of 407
2009184-0008
equiv) and TEA (0.1 mL). The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min under nitrogen. Then TBAF (0.01 mL) was added via syringe at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 5 min. The resulting solution was diluted with 15 mL of water and extracted with of ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) to afford 29 (320 mg, 77%) as a red oil.
[00635] Synthesis of compound 30. To a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask containing a solution of rrans-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexan- l-ol (232 mg, 1.62 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 10 mL of anhydrous THF was added NaH NMR (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 128 mg, 5.33 mmol, 6.58 equiv) at 0 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min in a water/ice bath. Then compound 29 (320 mg, 0.81 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 3 h while the temperature was maintained at 55 °C in an oil bath. After completion, the reaction was quenched by the addition of 10 mL of saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of DCM. The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol/ NH4OH NMR ( 10: 1 :0.1) and purified to give the product as a mixture of diastereomers (180 mg).
[00636] Synthesis of Compounds. The diastereomers of 30 (180 mg) were separated by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C I 8 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase: water (0.1 % HCOOH) and MeOH NMR (6.0% MeOH up to 53.0% in 19 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated (to remove the water and CH3OH) to give the respective compounds (28 mg) (74.1 mg) as white solids.
Analytical data: Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.45 (s, 2H), 5.32-5.30 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.99 (m, 1 H), 3.78-3.66 (m, 1 H), 3.32-2.94 (m, 3H), 2.84-2.65 (m, 7H), 2.40-2.19 (m, 7H), 1.90-1.56 (m, 5H). MS: m z 430 (M+H)+.
Analytical data: Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.44 (s, 2H), 5.33-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.29-2.90 (m, 3H), 2.84-2.68 (m, 7H), 2.55-2.17 (m, 7H), 1.77- 1.62 (m, 5H). MS: m/z 430 (M+H)+.
[00637] Example 29: Synthesis of 2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7- dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide.
Page 280 of 407
2009184-0008
33b
[00638] Synthesis of compound 31b. 4-(Morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan-l-ol (commercially available; 218 mg, 1.2 mmol, 1.50 equiv) was treated with NaH NMR (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 128 mg, 3.2 mmol, 4 equiv) in freshly distilled tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) for 30 min at 0 °C in a water/ice bath under nitrogen. Then a solution of intermediate Hb (289 mg, 0.8 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of THF was added via syringe and the resulting solution was allowed to stir for an additional 3 h at 60 °C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5-1 :2) and purified to afford compound 31b (260 mg, 63%) as a colorless oil.
[00639] Synthesis of compound 32b. To a solution of 31b (260 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in 10 mL of DCM was added 0.5 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid in an ice/water bath. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was neutralized with saturated aqueous Na2C( j and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with DCM/MeOH NMR ( 15: 1 ) to afford the desired alcohol 32b ( 185 mg, 91 %) as a colorless oil.
[00640] Synthesis of compound 33b. Alcohol 32b (185 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was oxidized with dipyridinium dichromate (752 mg, 2.00 mmol, 4.36 equiv) in 50 mL of DMF for
Page 281 of 407
2009184-0008
24 h at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with water and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of mixed solutions of CHCU/iso-PrOH. The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (5: 1 to 1 : 1 ) and purified to afford 105 mg (55%) of acid 33b as a yellow oil.
[00641] Synthesis of Compound. A 50 mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of acid 33b (105 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv), NH4C1 (80 mg, 1.50 mmol, 6.00 equiv), EDCI (57 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.2 equiv), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (37 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.2 equiv) and HOBt (40 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in 5 mL of anhydrous DMF was stirred for 24 h at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with water and extracted with 4 x 50 mL of mixed solution of CHCI3: iso-PrOH. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (0.05% Ν¾∞3) and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product containing fractions were collected and concentrated to give the product (22.5 mg) as a white solid. Ή MR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.43 (s, 1H), 5.27-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 5H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 1 H), 3.12-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.73-2.67 (m, 5H), 2.49-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.19 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.06 (d, 2H), 1.67- 1.46 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 417 (M+H)+.
[00642] Example 30 and Example 31: Synthesis of (2Λ)-1-[(3Λ)-12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyI]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]butan-2-ol formate and (25)-1-[(3Λ)-12-[[4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- -tetraen-3-yl]butan-2-ol formate.
lb 34
Page 282 of 407
[00643] Synthesis of compound 34. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask, purged and maintained under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was added a solution of lb (244 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled THF (10 mL) at 0 °C under nitrogen. Then C2H5MgBr ( 1 M in THF, 2.85 mL, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise at 0 °C via syringe. The resulting solution was stirred for an additional 2 h at 0 °C, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :5) and purified to give racemic ieri-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2- hydroxybutyl)-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino]cyclohexyl)carbamate (34, 130 mg, 50%) as a colorless oil.
[00644] Synthesis of Compounds. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 34 (130 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and dichloromethane (10 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Then hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2.0 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. After 3 h, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 8 with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate and then the solution was extracted with 2 x 40 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give l-[(JR)-12-[(4-aminocyclohexyl)amino]- 7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]butan-2-ol (80 mg, crude) as a colorless oil. To a solution of this material (80 mg, crude) in methanol (5 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.8 mL). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaBH3CN (33.9 mg, 0.54 mmol, 2.44 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for an additional 2 h at ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water with 0.1 % HCOOH and CH3CN; UV detection at 254 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated to remove the water and CH3CN to give the (2R)- l-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-
Page 283 of 407
2009184-0008
9, 1 1-άΪ3Ζ3ΐΓΪογο1ο[6.4.0.0[2,6]]άο(ΐ6οα- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1-ΐ6ΐΓ3εη-3-γ1]5υΐ3η-2-ο1 formate (8.6 mg) as a white solid and (25)- l-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]butan-2-ol formate (5.9 mg) as a grey solid, respectively.
Analytical data: Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.55 (br s, IH), 8.23 (s, IH) 4.19 (m, IH), 3.57- 3.59 (m, IH), 3.31 -3.38 (m, IH), 3.23 (m, IH), 3.1 1-3.14 (m, IH), 2.83-2.91 (m, 7H), 2.68-2.75 (m, I H), 2.33-2.37 (m, IH), 2.18-2.27 (m, 4H), 1.61 - 1.79 (m, 6H), 1.48- 1.57 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H). MS: m z 389 (M+H)+.
Analytical data: Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.45 (br s, IH), 8.12 (s, IH), 4.08-4.12 (m, IH), 3.51-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.22 (m, IH), 2.82-2.98 (m, IH), 2.74-2.79 (m, 6H), 2.57-2.64 (m, 1H),2.05-2.18 (m, 5H), 1.32- 1.83 (m, 8H), 0.84 (t, 3H). MS: m z 389 (M+H)+.
[00645] Example 32 and Example 33: Synthesis of (2Λ)-1-[(3Λ)-12-[[4- ,(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol formate (1-53) and (2S)-l-[(3/?)-12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- -tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol formate.
[00646] Synthesis of compound 35. To a 50-mL 3-neck round-bottom flask, purged and maintained under an atmosphere of nitrogen, was added a solution of lb (250 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in freshly distilled tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at 0 °C under nitrogen. CH3MgBr (1.0 M in THF, 2.9 mL, 5.0 equiv) was added at 0 °C via syringe. The resulting solution was stirred for
Page 284 of 407
2009184-0008
2 h at 0 °C and quenched with saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :5) to give a mixture of the 2-hydroxy diastereomers of ieri-butyl N-(4- [[(3R)-3-(2-hydroxypropyl)-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]amino]cyclohexyl)carbamate (35, 109 mg, 42%) as a colorless oil.
[0001] Synthesis of Compounds. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added 35 (109 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and dichloromethane (10 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. Then hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2.0 mL) was added and the solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 8 with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate and extracted with 2 x 40 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the desired l-[(JR)-12-[(4-aminocyclohexyl)amino]-7-thia- 9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol (70 mg, crude) as a colorless oil. To a solution of this oil (70 mg, crude) in methanol (5 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.8 mL) and then the reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then aBHaCN (29.7 mg, 0.47 mmol, 2.35 equiv) was added and stirring was continued for an additional 2 h at ambient temperature, whereupon it was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (0.05% HCOOH solution) and CH3CN (start at 6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 50.0% over 25 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated to afford product 1 (12.9 mg) as a white solid and product 2 (5.6 mg) as a grey solid.
Analytical data: Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.54 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 4.18-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.92 (m, 7H), 2.68-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.37 (m, 5H), 1.55-1.78 (m, 6H), 1.23 (t, 3H). MS: m/z 375 (M+H)+.
Analytical data: Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.55 (br s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 4.18-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.92 (m, 7H), 2.68-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.37 (m, 5H), 1.55-1.78 (m, 6H), 1.23 (t, 3H). MS: m/z 375(M+H)+.
[00647] Example 34: Synthesis of Intermediate Jb.
Page 285 of 407
2009184-0008
TBSO Boc
Jb
[00648] Synthesis of compound 36b. Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.9 g, 22.5 mmol, 4.60 equiv) was treated with ieri-butyl N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate ( 1.8 g, 7.85 mmol, 1.6 equiv) in distilled THF (50 mL) at 0 °C for 1 h under nitrogen. Then a solution of Hb ( 1.8 g, 4.88 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 15 mL of THF was added to the reaction mixture and the latter was stirred for 2 h at 60 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water at 0 °C and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) and purified to afford ieri-butyl N-(4-[[(J^)-3- [2-[(½ri-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (36b, 1.6 g, 58%) as yellow oil.
[00649] Synthesis of compound Jb. A solution of 36b ( 1.6 g, 2.85 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and BU4NF (1.1 g, 1.5 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1 ) and purified to afford intermediate Jb ( 1.2 g, 81 %) as a yellow oil. MS: mJz 448 (M+H)+.
Page 286 of 407
2009184-0008
[00650] Example 35: Synthesis of Intermediate Kb.
Jb Kb
[00651] Synthesis of intermediate Kb. A solution of Jb (1.15 g, 2.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and dipyridinium dichromate (4 g, 10.64 mmol, 4.14 equiv) in 10 mL of DMF was stirred for 15 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :2 to 3:5) to afford 2-[(JR)- 12- [(4-[[(ie -i-butoxy)carbonyl](methyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]-dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l -tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (Kb, 0.9 g, 76%) as a colourless oil.
[00652] Example 36: Synthesis of 2-[(3 ?)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]-dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]-N-(5-
Kb
Page 287 of 407
37b
[00653] Synthesis of compound 37b. A solution of Kb (200 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 5-fluoropyridin-2-amine (55 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.13 equiv), HATU (200 mg) and DIPEA ( 170 mg) in distilled DMF (8 mL) was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 2 h. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2 to 3:5) to give ½ri-butyl N-(4-[[(-?R)-3-[[(5- fluoropyridin-2-yl)carbamoyl]methyl]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (37b, 200 mg, 83%) as a yellow oil. MS: /z 556 (M+H)+.
[00654] Synthesis of Compound. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 37b (200 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added hydrochloric acid ( 12 M, 2 mL) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and concentrated under vacuum to afford N-(5-fluoropyridin-2- yl)-2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide hydrochloride (130 mg, crude), which was used in the next step without further purification.
A solution of this compound ( 130 mg, crude) and HCHO (37%, 1 mL) in methanol ( 10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min., whereupon NaBHaCN (55 mg, 0.78 mmol, 3.06 equiv) was added to the mixture and stirring was continued for an additional 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (70 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC
Page 288 of 407
2009184-0008
(SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C I 8 5 urn, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3 solution) and CH3CN (start at 6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 50.0% over 25 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to give Compound 1-37 (33.4 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.20 (m, 2H), 7.63 (m, 1 H), 5.29 (m, 1 H), 3.91 (t, 1H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.03 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 10H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 4H). MS: mJz 470 (M+H)+.
[00655] Example 37: Synthesis of 2-[(3S)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-3-yl]-N- ethylacetamide.
[00656] Synthesis of compound 38b. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added intermediate Kb (200 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv), HOBt (90 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1.54 equiv), EDCI (191 mg, 1.00 mmol, 2.31 equiv), ethanamine hydrochloride (45 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1.27 equiv) and triethylamine ( 135 mg, 1.34 mmol, 3.08 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled DMF. The reaction was stirred for 4 h at room temperature under nitrogen. It was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 25 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and ' concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :2 to 3:5) and purified to provide the desired compound 38b (160 mg, 76%) as a white solid. MS: m/z 489 (M+H)+.
[0001] To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added 38b ( 160 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 mL) in dichloromethane (12 mL). The reaction was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give l -(ethylamino)- 2-[(3S)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l -ol hydrochloride ( 100 mg, crude) as yellow oil which was
Page 289 of 407
2009184-0008
used in the next step without further purification. To a solution of this compound (100 mg, crude) in methanol (10 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 2 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaBHaCN (50 mg, 63%) was added and stirring continued for another 2 h at ambient temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product (80 mg) purified by preparative HPLC (SHEMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C18 5 urn, 19*150 mm; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3 solution) and CH3OH NMR (start at 6.0% CH3OH and ramp up to 50.0% over 25 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the product (12.5 mg) as a white solid. An ee of 100% was measured by chiral HPLC analysis. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 2.98-3.33 (m, 5H), 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.68 (m, 1 1H), 1.50-1.72 (m, 4H), 1.15 (t, 3H). MS: m/z 403 (M+H)+.
[00657] Example 38: Synthesis of 2-[(3^)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9,ll-diazatricycIo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide.
Kb 39b
[00658] Synthesis of compound 39b. To a 25-mL, round-bottom, dry flask containing a solution of Kb (200 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (6 mL) was added EDCI (99 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1.19 equiv), HOBt (70 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1.20 equiv), 4- dimethylaminopyridine (63 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1.19 equiv) and NH4CI (68 mg, 1.28 mmol, 2.96 equiv) successively at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 14 h at ambient temperature and quenched with 20 mL of water and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (three times) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) and purified to afford 39b (150 mg, 75%) as a white solid.
Page 290 of 407
2009184-0008
[00659] Synthesis of Compound. To a solution of 39b (150 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-[(JR)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (100 mg, crude) as a yellow oil. This material (100 mg, crude) was treated with HCHO (37%, 1 mL) in methanol (8 mL) and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then NaBHsCN (52.5 mg, 0.83 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added and the reaction stirred for a further 2 h at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the product (100 mg, crude), which was purified by preparative HPLC (SHI ADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C I 8 5 um, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3 solution) and CH3CN (start at 6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 50.0% over 25 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the product (76.8 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.51 (s, 1H), 5.34 (m, 3H), 3.81 (m, 1 H), 3.04 (m, 3H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, 1 1H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.44- 1.66 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 374 (M+H)+.
40b
[00661] Synthesis of compound 40b. A 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of intermediate Jb ( 1.0 g, 2.23 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and TEA (339 mg, 3.35 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (306 mg, 2.67 mmol, 1.20 equiv) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched by the addition of water. The reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and
Page 291 of 407
2009184-0008
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:2) and purified to afford compound 40b (1.1 g, 94%) as a yellow oil. MS: m z 526 (M+H)+.
[00662] Synthesis of compound Lb. 40b (1.1 g, 2.09 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was placed in a 50 mL round-bottom flask and treated with NaCN (308 mg* 6.29 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DMSO (15 mL) for 4 h at 80 °C under nitrogen. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :3) to give the desired intermediate Lb (920 mg, 96%) as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 457 (M+H)+.
[00663] Example 40: Synthesis of 3-[(3S)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- nitrile.
Lb
[00664] Synthesis of Compound. To a solution of intermediate Lb (200 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3-[(5S)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (120 mg, crude) as a yellow oil. A solution of this material and HCHO (37%, 1 mL) in methanol (8 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then NaBH3CN (64 mg, 1.02 mmol, 3.02 equiv) was added and stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the product (100 mg, crude), which was purified by preparative
Page 292 of 407
2009184-0008
HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C 18 5 urn, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3 solution) and CH3CN (start at 6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 50.0% over 25 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The product- containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to provide the product (86.4 mg) as a white solid. Ή MR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (s, 1 H), 5.32 (m, 1 H), 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.54 (m, 12H), 2.1 1 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 1 H), 1.44- 1.66 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 371 (M+H)+.
[00665] Example 41: Synthesis of 3-[( S)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-
[00666] Synthesis of compound 41b. To a solution of intermediate Lb (200 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and potassium carbonate (166 mg, 1.20 mmol, 2.75 equiv) in DMSO ( 10 mL) was added H2O2 (30%, 3 mL) at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 18 h at room temperature, quenched with saturated aqueous Na2SC>3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Compound 41b ( 1 10 mg, 53%) was obtained as a white solid. MS: m/z 475 (M+H)+.
[00667] Synthesis of Compound. To a solution of 41b (1 10 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 .00 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3-[(55)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide (70 mg, 81 %) as a yellow oil. A solution of this material (70 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and HCHO (37%, 1 mL) in methanol (8 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then NaBH3CN (35
Page 293 of 407
2009184-0008
mg, 0.56 mmol, 2.97 equiv) was added and stirring continued for 2 h at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the product (70 mg, crude), which was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Prep C18 5 um, 19* 150 mm; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH HCO3 solution) and CH3CN (start at 6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 50.0% over 25 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the product (67.5 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 5.78 (d, 2H), 5.22 (m, 1 H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.33 (m, 13H), 1.90 (m, 3H), 1.44 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 389 (M+H)+.
.
Jb Mb
[00669] Synthesis of compound Mb. To a solution of Jb (1.1 g, 2.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (1.1 g, 2.69 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in portions at 0 °C under nitrogen. After the addition was complete, the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and then diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with NaHC03 (aq.), brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate / petroleum ether (1 : 10- 1 :5) and purified to afford intermediate Mb (0.93 g, 85%) as light yellow oil.
[00670] Example 43: Synthesis of (25)-l-[(3 i)-12-[[4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,<5]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol.
Page 294 of 407
2009184-0008
[00671] Synthesis of compounds 42 and 43. To a solution of Mb (450 mg, 1.01 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added dropwise bromo(methyl)magnesium (0.5 mL, 1.50 equiv) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. After drying over Na2S04 and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate / petroleum ether (1 : 10-1 :5) and the diastereomers separated to give both 42 (0.1 1 g) and 43 (0.16 g) as light yellow oils.
[00672] Synthesis of compound 44. To a solution of 42 (100 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (8 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 0.5 mL) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. After the reaction was complete, the solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure to give 44 (70 mg, crude) as a light yellow oil which was used directly without further purification.
Page 295 of 407
2009184-0008
[00673] Synthesis of compound. To a solution of 44 (70 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (8 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 1.5 mL) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at ambient temperature, and then NaB^CN (33.0 mg, 0.53 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. After evaporation, the crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3 solution) and CH3CN (7.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 63.0% over 14 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the product (40 mg, 61 %) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 5.30-5.32 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.98
(m, 1H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 1 H), 3.09-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.45- 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 9H), 2.02-2.12 (m, 3H), 1.50- 1.70 (m, 5H), 1.31 (d, 3H). MS: m/z 376 (M+H)+.
[00674] Example 44: Synthesis of (2/?)-l-[(3 ?)-12-[[4-
(dimethyIamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-
[00675] Synthesis of compound 45. To a solution of 43 (prepared as in Example 36; 150 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid ( 12 M, 0.8 mL) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford compound 45 (1 10 mg, crude) as a light yellow oil which was used in the next step without further purification.
[00676] Synthesis of Compound. To a solution of 45 (1 10 mg, crude) in methanol ( 10 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 2.0 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaBHsCN (52.2 mg, 0.83 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. After evaporation under reduced
Page 296 of 407
2009184-0008
pressure, the crude product (100 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHI ADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (7.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 63.0% in 13 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated to remove the solvents to afford the product (46.3 mg, 58%) as a white solid. Ή
NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 5.20-5.30 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.60
(m, 1H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.40 (m, 10H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.00-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.52 (m, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3H). MS: m/z 376 (M+H)+.
[00677] Example 45: Synthesis of 2-(((li?,4r)-4-(((i?)-5-((5)-2-hydroxypropyl)-6,7- dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino)-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethanone.
[00678] To a 50-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of BOC starting material (130 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in 5.5 mL of dichloromethane. After cooling to 0 °C, hydrochloric acid (12 M, 0.5 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the (25)- 1 - [(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9,1 l-tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol hydrochloride (80 mg, crude) as a light yellow oil. This material (80 mg, crude) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and potassium carbonate (240 mg) and 2- chloro-l-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethan-l-one (120 mg) were added at room temperature and the resulting mixture was stirred for 14 h at 25 °C. After completion of the reaction, the product was extracted with DCM, washed with brine, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product (120 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (0.1% HCOOH) and CH3CN (6.0%
Page 297 of 407
2009184-0008
CH3CN up to 50.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product containing fractions were collected and concentrated to afford the product (32.8 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.45 ( I H, s), 5.35-5.15 (IH, m), 3.99-3.80 ( I H, m), 3.59-3.56 (3H, m), 3.43 (2H, t), 3.31-3.36 (2H, s), 3.16-3.05 ( IH, m), 3.04-2.89 (IH, m), 2.62-2.67 (2H, m), 2.39-2.21 (6H, m), 2.20-2.10 (IH, m), 2.03- 1.97 (4H, m), 1.92-1.85 (2H, m), 1.73-1.60 (2H, m), 1.59- 1.41 (3H, m), 1.20 (3H, d). MS: m/z 473 (M+H)+.
[00679] Example 46: Synthesis of racemic 2-[(3/?)-12-[[4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-
[00680] Synthesis of compound 46. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing 1 ,3- oxazole (90 mg, 1.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in freshly distilled THF (10 mL) was added BH3- THF (1 M, 1.43 mL) dropwise at 0 °C under nitrogen. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the solution was cooled to -78 °C and then n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 0.68 mL) was added dropwise via a syringe. Stirring was continued for an additional 1 h. A solution of intermediate Mb (580 mg, 1.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (50 mL) was added at -78 °C and stirred for 2 h at -40 °C. After the reaction was complete, it was quenched with 5% AcOH- EtOH and stirred for an additional 14 h at room temperature. The resulting solution was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) to afford 46 (250 mg, 37%) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 515 (M+H)+.
[00681] Synthesis of Compound. Hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 mL) was added to a solution of 46 (250 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred for 2 h at room temperature then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 2 x 30 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate
Page 298 of 407
2009184-0008
and concentrated under vacuum to afford 2-[(3/?)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen-3-yl]- 1 -( 1 ,3-oxazol-2- yl)ethan-l-ol (180 mg, crude) as a yellow oil which was used in the next reaction without further purification. To a solution of this material (180 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 4 mL of methanol was added HCHO (30%, 1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. NaBH3CN (109 mg, 1.73 mmol, 3.98 equiv) was added to the mixture and stirring was continued for another 2 h at ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of H20 and extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HC03) and CH3CN (start at 6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 55.0% over 19 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated to remove the solvents under reduced pressure to afford the racemic product (48.2 mg, 26%) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.51 1 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 5.24-5.28 (m, 1H), 4.90-5.00 (m, 1H), 3.7-3.8 (m, 0.5H), 3.4-3.6 (m, 0.5H), 2.95-3.12 (m, 3H), 2.59-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.37 (m, 10H), 2.00-2.09 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.61 (m, 4H). MS: m z 429 (M+H)+.
[00682] Example 47: Synthesis of 3-[(3/?)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]-2- hydroxypropanamide.
Mb 47
Page 299 of 407
48
[00683] Synthesis of compound 47. A 25-mL round-bottom flask was charged with Mb (250 mg, 0.56 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and TEA (57 mg, 0.56 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled dichloromethane (15 mL). Trimethylsilanecarbonitrile (1 11 mg, 1.12 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added and the reaction was stirred for 2 h at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :3) and purified to afford compound 47 (200 mg, 75%) as a colorless oil. MS: m/z 473 (M+H)+.
[00684] Synthesis of compound 48. A solution of 47 (170 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv), LiOH NMR (13 mg) and H202 (30%, 0.5 mL) in methanol (4 mL) was stirred for 3 h at 0 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration in vacuo afforded compound 48 (70 mg, 40%) as a white solid. MS: m/z 491 (M+H)+.
[00685] Synthesis of Compound. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of 48 (70 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0 °C. Then hydrochloric acid (12 M, 1 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 2 x 20 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers was concentrated in vacuo to give the 2-hydroxy-3-[(3/?)-12-[[4- (methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3yl]propanamide (50 mg, crude) as a yellow oil. This material (50 mg, crude) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL). HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) was added and the
Page 300 of 407
2009184-0008
resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Then NaBH3CN (32 mg, 0.51 mmol, 4.0 equiv) was added and stirring was continued overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of ¾0 and extracted with dichloromethane (15 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHEMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (start at 6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 55.0% over 19 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the product (26.4 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.52 (s, 1H),6.49 (d, 1H), 5.72 (d, 1H), 5.23 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.39 (m, 10H), 2.01 (m, 3H), 1.27- 1.47 (m, 4H). MS: m z 405 (M+H)+.
[00686] Example 48: Synthesis of (2S)-3-[(3R)-12-[[4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricycIo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- -3-yl]-2-hydroxypropanamide.
[00687] Synthesis of compound 2. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of tert- butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-cyano-2-hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (1.9 g, 4.02 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled DMF was added imidazole (544 mg, 8.00 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and tert-butyl(chloro)dimethylsilane (905 mg,
Page 301 of 407
2009184-0008
6.00 mmol, 1.49 equiv) at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 20°C. After completion, the reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (three times), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with EtOAc/petroleum ether ( 1 :20 to 1 :5) to give 2.2 g (93%) of the desired zerr-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2-cyanoethyl]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate as yellow oil. LCMS (ES, m z): 587 (M+H+).
[00688] Synthesis of compound 3. A 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of . ieri-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2-cyanoethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (2.2 g, 3.75 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 20 mL of methanol was added LiOH (315 mg), followed by addition of H2O2 (30%, 3 mL) via syringe at 0°C with vigorous stirring. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at 20°C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of saturated aqueous Na2SC"3, extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with 2 x 30 mL of brine, . and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1-2: 1) to afford the desired ri-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2S)- 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2-carbamoylethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (0.9 g) as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m z): 605 (M+H+), 627 (M+23).
[00689] Synthesis of compound. Into a 10- mL round-bottom flask was placed a solution of r<?ri-butyl N-(4-[[(J/?)-3-[(25)-2-carbamoyl-2-hydroxyethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (0.9 g, 1.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0°C under nitrogen. Then hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2.0 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 0°C. After completion of the reaction, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was neutralized with 2 M aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 3 x 60 mL of dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined and washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to
Page 302 of 407
2009184-0008
give 520 mg (crude) of (25)-2-hydroxy-3-[(.?R)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide as a yellow oil. The corresponding product (520 mg, crude) and HCHO (37%, 608 uL, 7.5 mmol, 5.0 equiv) in methanol (8 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. then NaB¾CN (283 mg, 4.5 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The crude product (500 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% HCOOH and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 55.0% in 19 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove C¾CN and water (bath 25°C) under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to afford the desired (2S)-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]-2-hydroxypropanamide formate (182 mg) as a white solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 405 (M+H+). Ή-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.60 ( 1H, brs), 8.47 (1H, s), 5.36- 5.30 (1H, m), 4.15 (1H, t), 3.55 (1H, t), 3.36 (1H, m), 3.18-3.09 (1H, m), 3.08-2.94 (1H, m), 2.87 (6H, s), 2.76-2.69 ( 1H, m), 2.59-2.41 (3H, m), 2.40-2.32 (1H, m), 2.25-2.15 (2H, m), 1.95- 1.55 (5H, m).
[00690] Example 49: Synthesis of (2J?)-3-[(3/?)-12-[[4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-
[00691] Synthesis of compound 2. A 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of ieri-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2-cyanoethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (2.2 g, 3.75 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 20 mL of methanol was added LiOH (315 mg), followed by addition of H2O2 (30%, 3 mL) via syringe at 0°C with vigorous
Page 303 of 407
2009184-0008
stirring. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at 20°C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of saturated aqueous NaaSC , extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with 2 x 30 mL of brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1-2: 1) to afford the desired tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2R)- 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2-carbamoylethyl]-7-thia-9, 1 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (0.7 g) as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 605 (M+H+), 627 (M+23).
[00692] Synthesis of compound. Into a 10- mL round-bottom flask was placed a solution of teri-butyl N-(4-[[(5R)-3-[(2R)-2-carbamoyl-2-hydroxyethyl]-7-thia-9,l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (0.7 g, 1.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0°C under nitrogen. Then hydrochloric acid ( 12 M, 2.0 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 0°C. After completion of the reaction, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was neutralized with 2 M aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 3 x 60 mL of dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined and washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give 400 mg (crude) of (2/?)-2-hydroxy-3-[(5/?)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9,1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide as a yellow oil. The corresponding product (400 mg, crude) and HCHO (37%, 486 uL, 6.0 mmol, 5.0 equiv) in methanol (8 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. then NaBH3CN (221 mg, 3.5 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The crude product (400 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% HCOOH and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 55.0% in 19 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove CH3CN and water (bath 25°C) under reduced pressure to afford the desired (2/?)-3-[(J/?)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]-2-hydroxypropanamide formate (200 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, /z): 405 (M+H4). Ή-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.60 (1H, brs), 8.45 ( 1 H, s), 5.28-5.25 (1H, m), 4.08 (1 H, dd), 3.66 (1H, t), 3.30-
Page 304 of 407
2009184-0∞8
3.20 ( 1 H, m), 3.19-3.09 ( 1H, m), 3.08-2.95 ( 1H, m), 2.86 (6H, s), 2.78-2.62 (1H, m), 2.52- 2.38 (3H, m), 2.32-2.15 (3H, m), 1.87- 1.72 (5H, m).
[00693] Example 50: Synthesis of 2-[(4-[[(3/?)-3-[(2 ?)-2-hydroxybutyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-
54
[00694] Synthesis of compounds 53 and 54. A 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of Mb (460 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 20 mL of freshly distilled THF was cooled down to 0 °C under nitrogen. Then bromo(ethyl)magnesium (1 M in THF, 3.10 mL) was added dropwise via syringe and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0 °C. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2) and purified to give the alcohols 53 (180 mg) and 54 (160 mg) as colorless oils.
[00695] Synthesis of Compound. A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 53 (180 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5.5 mL of dichloromethane and cooled to 0 °C. Then hydrochloric acid (12 M, 0.5 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give (2R)-l -[(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]butan-2-ol hydrochloride (100 mg, crude) as a light yellow oil. This material (100 mg, crude) was dissolved in DMF (4 mL) and potassium carbonate (220 mg)
Page 305 of 407
2009184-0008
and 2-chloro- l-(pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethan- l-one (100 mg) were added at room temperature and the resulting mixture was stirred for 14 h at 25 °C. After completion of the reaction, the product was extracted with DCM, washed with brine, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product (160 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase: water (0.1 % HCOOH) and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and concentrated to give the product (85.8 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.47 ( I H, s), 5.29 (I H, m), 3.67-3.68 (IH, m), 3.56-3.59 (2H, t), 3.43-3.47 (2H, t), 3.38-3.32 (2H, m), 3.09 ( IH, m), 2.97-2.98 (I H, m), 2.64-2.68 (2H, m), 2.25-2.46 (5H, m), 1.88- 1.08 (7H, m), 1.44- 1.59 (6H, m), 1.04 (3H, t). MS: m z 487 (M+H)+.
[00696] Example 51: Synthesis of 2-(((lR,4r)-4-(((R)-5-((S)-2-hydroxybutyl)-6,7- dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-
[00697] Compound was synthesized in a manner consistent with Example 38 from alcohol 54 (prepared as described in Example 40) and 2-chloro-l-(pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethan- l- one. Isolated a white solid in 31 % yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.46 (I H, s), 5.40- 5020 (I H, m), 3.63-3.56 (4H, m), 3.47-3.43 (2H, t), 3.35 (2H, m), 3.03 (I H, m), 2.99-2.97 (I H, m), 2.70-2.64 (2H, m), 2.37-2.30 (6H, m), 2.28-2.16 ( IH, m), 2.03-1.88 (6H, m), 1.73- 1.67 (2H, m), 1.53- 1.45 (5H, m), 0.96 (3H, t). MS: m/z 487 (M+H)+.
[00698] Example 52: Synthesis of 2-(12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- 9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl)acetonitrile.
Page 306 of 407
2009184-0008
[00699] Synthesis of compound 55. To a solution of commercially-available trans-tert- butyl 4-hydroxycyclohexylcarbamate (1.83 g, 8.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) was added NaH NMR (340 mg, 8.5 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. with stirring for 2 hours. Then intermediate A (2 g, 7.1 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 18 hours then poured into ice water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 80 mL). The combined organic layers were washed (brine), dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (1 : 1) to give a white solid product (1.72 g, 56%). MS: m/z 462 (M+H)+.
[00700] Synthesis of compound 56. Compound 55 (1.72 g, 3.73 mmol) was added to a solution of HC1 in 1,4-dioxane (18.6 mL,18.6 mmol) at r.t. The mixture was stirred for 2 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Washing with petroleum ether gave a white solid product (2.2 g, 100%). MS: m/z 362 (M+H)+.
Page 307 of 407
2009184-0008
[00701] Synthesis of compound 57. To a solution of 56 (1.3 g, 3.6 mmol) in MeOH NMR (60 mL) was added (CHO)„ (2.16 g, 72 mmol) and AcOH NMR (1.51 g, 25.2 mmol). The suspension was heated at 40 °C with stirring for 15 hours and then concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with MeOH/C^C ( 1 :20) to give a white solid product ( 1.3 g, 89%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.50 (s, 1H), 5.19- 5.17 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.13 (m, 3H), 3.22-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.01 (m, 1 H), 2.92-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.36 (m, 6H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.38- 1.35 (t, 1H), 1.25- 1.22( t, 3H). MS: mJz 390 (M+H)+.
[00702] Synthesis of compound 58. To a solution of 57 (1.3 g, 3.3 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added LiAlH4 (508 mg, 13.3 mmol) in portions at 0 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. with stirring for 2 hours, and then Na2SO4 10H2O (4.3 g, 13.3 mmol) was added. The suspension was stirred for 2 hours and filtered. The filtrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography with MeOH/DCM ( 1 : 10) to give a white solid product (810 mg, 70%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.51 (s, 1H), 5.30-5.24 (m, 1 H), 3.86-3.85 (d, 2H), 3.56-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.29 (m, 10H), 2.04-2.02 (d, 2H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 5H). MS: mJz 348 (M+H)+.
[00703] Synthesis of compound 59. To a 100-mL 3 -necked round-bottom flask was added a solution of 58 (1.3 g, 3.74 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (20 mL) and TEA (570 mg, 5.63 mmol, 1.51 equiv). This was followed by the addition of methanesulfonyl chloride (520 mg, 4.54 mmol, 1.21 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of dichloromethane and washed with 3 x 50 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 1.5 g (crude) of mesylate 59 as a yellow oil.
[00704] Synthesis of Compound. To a 50-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask was added compound 59 (500 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1.00 equiv), DMSO (20 mL) and sodium carbonitrile (100 mg, 2.04 mmol, 1.74 equiv). The reaction was stirred for 3 h at 70 °C, whereupon it was diluted with 100 mL of DCM. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 10 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and 3 x 20 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by
Page 308 of 407
2009184-0008
preparative HPLC (2#- Waters 2767-2(HPLC-08)) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge Shield RP 18; mobile phase: water (50 mM ammonium bicarbonate) and acetonitrile (start at 5.0% acetonitrile then ramp up to 30.0% in 7 min, up to 100.0% in 1 min, then down to 5.0% in 1 min); detector: UV 254 and 220 nm. This procedure afforded 50 mg (1 1 %) of the product as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.53 (s, 1 H), 5.24-5.27 (d, 1H), 3.69 (s, 1H), 3.18-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.00-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.55 (br 1 H), 2.45 (s, 6H), 2.37-2.41 (m, 3H), 2.02-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.50- 1.79 (q, 4H).
MS: m/z 357 (M+H)+.
[00705] Example 53. Synthesis of 2-(4-(((lr,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-
60
[00706] Synthesis of 60. A 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was charged with a solution of starting material (600 mg, 1.68 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (60 mL). This was followed by the addition of diisobutylaiuminium hydride (0.3 mL) dropwise with stirring at -78 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at -30 °C. Then to this mixture was added diisobutylaiuminium hydride (0.3 mL) dropwise with stirring at -78 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at -30 °C. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 3 mL of water and diluted with 200 mL of dichloromethane. The resulting mixture was washed with 4 x 50 mL of brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford in 0.4 g (66%) of aldehyde 60 as a yellow solid.
[00707] Synthesis of Compound. A 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask, purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was was charged with aldehyde 60 (400 mg, 1.1 1 mmol, 1.00 equiv), methanol ( 10 mL) and sodium borohydride ( 100 mg, 2.72
Page 309 of 407
2009184-0008
mmol, 2.44 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3 x 50 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 0.35 g (87%) of the product as a yellow oil. MS: mJz 362 (M+H)+.
[00708] Example 54: Synthesis of 4-(((lr,4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7- dihydro- -cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid.
57
[00709] To a solution of 57 (1 g, 2.57 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and MeOH NMR (5 mL) was added a solution of NaOH NMR ( 1 g, 25.7 mmol) in ¾0 (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 15 hours at r.t. and then the pH was adjusted to 5 with HCl (1 M) and purified by reverse phase chromatography (Biotage) to give a white solid product (350 mg, 38%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.46 (IH, s), 5.20-5.16 (I H, m), 4.10-4.07 (I H, m), 3.23-3.17 (I H, m), 3.02-2.96 ( I H, m), 2.91-2.84 ( IH, m), 2.68-2.62 ( I H, m), 2.55-2.29 (7H, s), 2.40-2.37 ( IH, d), 2.29 (l H,s), 2.17 (lH,s), 2.09-2.07 ( I H, m), 1.67- 1.52 (4H, m)
MS: mJz 362 (M+H)+.
[00710] Example 55: Synthesis of Intermediate N.
Page 310 of 407
2009184-0008
63 N
[00711] Synthesis of compound 61. Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 3.4 g, 84.16 mmol, 4.00 equiv) was added slowly to a solution of tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4- hydroxycyclohexyl)(methyl)carbamate (commercially-available; 6.27 g, 27.34 mmol, 1.40 equiv) in distilled THF (50 ml) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Intermediate A (5.95 g, 21.04 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (20 ml) was added dropwise to the above mixture and stirred for 4 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 10 to 1 :3) to provide 61 (8.3 g, 83%) as a colorless oil.
[00712] Synthesis of compound 62. To a 500-mL round-bottom flask, purged and maintained under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was added a solution of 61 (8.3 g, 17.45 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 200 mL of distilled THF at 0 °C under nitrogen. LAH NMR (663 mg, 17.45 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was slowly added and then the reaction was stirred for 4 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified with a silica gel column (eluting with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2 to 2: 1)) to provide compound 62 (7.2 g, 95%) as a white solid.
Page 31 1 of 407
2009184-0008
[00713] Synthesis of compound 63. To a solution of 62 (3.6 g, 8.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and triethylamine (2.53 g, 25.00 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in dry dichloromethane (100 ml) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (1.9 g, 16.59 mmol, 1.50 equiv) dropwise at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for an additional 2 h at room temperature. The reaction solution was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with brine (twice). The organic layer was dried and concentrated under vacuum to give the desired compound 63 (4.7 g, crude) as a light yellow syrup which was used in the next step without further purification.
[00714] Synthesis of compound N. To a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen was added a solution of ethanethiol (485 mg, 7.81 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (10 mL). After cooling to 0 °C under nitrogen, sodium hydride (605 dispersion in mineral oil, 312 mg, 2.00 equiv) was added and stirring continued for 30 min at room temperature. A solution 63 (2.0 g, crude) in DMF (10 ml) was added via syringe and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at ambient temperature. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (using ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :3 to 1 : 1) as the eluent) to provide compound N (1.2 g) as a yellow oil.
[00715] Example 56: Synthesis of 4-([3-[(ethylsulfanyl)methyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]oxy)-N,N- dimethyl
N
[00716] To a solution of intermediate N (400 mg, 0.84 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 ml) at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in methanol (10 ml) and formaldehyde (37%, 2 ml) was added. After stirring for 1 h at room temperature NaBH3CN (158 mg, 2.51 mmol, 3.00
Page 312 of 407
2009184-0008
equiv) was slowly added at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The next day, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (140 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (Waters) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150 mm 5 um; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3 solution) and CH3CN (30% CH3CN then ramp up to 100.0% over 20 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the product (31.4 mg) as a white solid. Ή MR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.24 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 4.50-4.60 (m, 1 H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.55-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.10- 2.20 (m, 2H). MS: m z 392 (M+H)+.
[00717] Example 57: Synthesis of 4-[[(3S)-3-[[(S)-ethanesulfinyl]methyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]-N,N- dimethylcyclohexan-1 -amine and Example 58: Synthesis of 4-[[(35)-3-[[( ?)- ethanesulfinyl]methyl]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]-N,N-dimethylcyclohexan-l-amine.
[00718] A solution of starting material ( 140 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in chloroform (8 ml) was cooled to -30 °C. A solution of m-CPBA (62 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in chloroform (2 ml) was added dropwise under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 hours below - 10 °C. The pH value of the reaction solution was adjusted to 10 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product
Page 313 of 407
2009184-0008
(100 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150 mm 5 um; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (35% CH3CN then ramp up to 100.0% over 20 min); UV detection at 254 nm. The fractions containing the first peak were collected and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the product (26.2 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 4.50-4.60 (m, 1 H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.55-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H). MS: m/z 408 (M+H)+.
[00719] Second compound was obtained under the same conditions as in by collecting the fractions that contained the second peak to elute in the purification. Evaporation of the solvent followed by lyophilization of the residue afforded the product (12.8 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 4.50-4.60 (m, 1 H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.55- 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H). MS: m/z 408 (M+H)+.
[00720] Example 59: Synthesis of 4-([3-[(ethanesulfonyl)methyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraen-12-yl]oxy)-N,N-
[00721] Synthesis of compound 64. To a solution of intermediate N (200 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in chloroform ( 10 ml) was added m-CPBA ( 145 mg, 0.84 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica
Page 314 of 407
2009184-0008
gel column and eluted with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 : 10) to afford the sulfone 64 ( 140 mg, 66%) as a white solid.
[00722] Synthesis of Compound. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 64 (140 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2 ml) at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in methanol (10 ml) and formaldehyde (37%, 2 ml) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature, then NaBH3CN (158 mg, 2.51 mmol) was slowly added at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (140 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 50.0% over 12 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the product (41.9 mg, 36%) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.24 (s, IH), 8.14 (s, IH), 8.03 (s, IH), 7.75 (s, I H), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.20- 7.30 (m, 2H), 7. 10 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 4.50-4.60 (m, IH), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.55-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H). MS: mJz 424 (M+H)+.
[00723] Exampl
[00724] To a 5-L 4-necked round-bottom flask was added intermediate A (200 g, 707.35 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and tetrahydrofuran (2 L). This was followed by the addition of DIB AL-H NMR (2 L) dropwise with stirring at -78 °C in 30 min. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at -78 °C and an additional 1 h with warming to - 10 °C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 2 L of water. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 7 with hydrogen chloride (3 mol/L). The resulting solution was diluted with 1 L of ethyl acetate and the solids were
Page 315 of 407
2009184-0008
filtered off. The resulting solution was extracted with 2 x 500 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers were combined. The combined organic layers were washed with 2 x 1 L of brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) and purified to afford 120 g (70%) of intermediate O as a light yellow solid. Ή NMR NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 2.57-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.85 (m, 2H), 4.01-4.05 (m, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H). MS: m z 241 (M+H)+.
[00725]
O Ob Oa
[00726] The enantiomers of racemic O (6.0 g) were separated by chiral HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: Chiralpak IC, 0.46*25 cm, 5 um; mobile phase: hexane (0.1%TEA) : IPA = 90: 10; UV detection at 254 nm. The desired [(5S)-12-chloro-7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]methanol (Ob, tR = 15.15 min, 2.0 g) was obtained as a pale-yellow solid in 100% ee. [(J/?)-12-chloro-7-thia-9,l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]methanol (Oa, tR = 12.22 min, 2.0 g) was also obtained in 100% ee.
[00727] Example 62: Synthesis of N,N-dimethyl-4-[[(3R)-3-[(prop-2-yn-l-yloxy)methyi]- 7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexan-l- amine.
Oa 65a 66a
Page 316 of 407
2009184-0008
67a . 68a
[00728] Synthesis of compound 65a. A solution of intermediate Oa (prepared as in Example 50; 1.2 g, 4.99 mmol, 1.00 equiv), lH-imidazole (680 mg, 9.99 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and TBDMSC1 (0.87 g) in distilled DMF (20 mL) was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1 : 10 to 1 :5) to afford compound 65a (2.0 g) as a yellow oil. MS: mJz 355 (M+H)+.
[00729] Synthesis of compound 66a. Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 650 mg, 16.25 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was treated with tert-butyl trans-4- hydroxycyclohexyl(methyl)carbamate (1.73 g, 7.54 mmol, 1.40 equiv) in 20 mL of distilled THF at 0° C for 1 h under nitrogen. Then a solution of 66a (1.908 g, 5.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dry THF (10 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 60 °C in an oil bath. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) and purified to give compound 66a (1.94 g, 66%) as a yellow oil.
[00730] Synthesis of compound 67a. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of 66a (1.94 g, 3.54 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 50 mL of THF followed by TBAF (1.85 g, 7.08 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue diluted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo, whereupon the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :4) and purified to afford the alcohol 67a (1.5 g, 98%) as a white solid.
Page 317 of 407
2009184-0008
[00731] Synthesis of compound 68a. To a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask containing a solution of 67a (200 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled THF (20 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 73.6 mg, 1.84 mmol, 4.00 equiv) at 0 °C under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min, 3-bromoprop-l-yne (164 mg, 1.38 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added via syringe and the resulting solution was heated to reflux overnight in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure, and then the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5). Purification afforded alkyne 68a (150 mg, 69%) as a yellow solid.
[00732] Synthesis of Compound. To a 100-mL round-bottom flask was added a solution of 68a (200 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL). HC1 (12 M, 2 mL) was added at 0 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuum. The resulting residue was dissolved in MeOH NMR (lOmL) and HCHO (37%, 1 mL) was added followed by stirring at ambient temperature for 1 h. Then NaBHsCN (79 mg, 1.26 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction's progress was monitored by LCMS. Upon completion, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product (100 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (Waters) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge RP18, 19* 150 mm 5 um; mobile phase: water (with 20 mmol NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 40.0% over 20 min, up to 95.0% over 2 min, then down to 10.0% over 2 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the product (12.8 mg) as a colorless oil. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (s, IH), 5.26-5.29 (m, IH), 4.12-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.95-3.98 (m, IH), 3.58-3.64 (m, 2H), 2.82-3.4 (m, 2H), 2.81 (m, I H), 2.42-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s, 9H), 2.06-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.70 (m, 4H). MS: m/z 386 (M+H)+.
Ob 65b
Page 318 of 407
2009184-0008
66b Pb (67b)
[00734] Synthesis of compound 65b. A solution of Ob (1.2 g, 4.99 mmol, 1.00 equiv), I H- imidazole (680 mg, 9.99 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and TBDMSC1 (0.87 g) in distilled DMF (20 mL) was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1 : 10 to 1 :5) to afford 65b (2.0 g) as a yellow oil. MS: m z 355 (M+H)+.
[00735] Synthesis of compound 66b. Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.33 g, 33.24 mmol, 4.0 equiv) was treated with ierf-butyl N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (2.66 g, 11.6 mmol, 1.40 equiv) in 50 mL of distilled THF at 0 °C under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min, a solution of 65b (2.0 g, 8.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dry THF (10 mL) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred for 5 h at 60 °C. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 10 to 1 :2) and purified to afford carbamate 66b (2.3 g, 64%) as a yellow oil. MS: m z 548 (M+H)+.
[00736] Synthesis of compound Pb. To a solution of 66b (1.0 g, 1.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added TBAF (600 mg, 2.29 mmol, 1.26 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at ambient temperature and quenched by the addition of water. The resulting solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl
Page 319 of 407
2009184-0008
acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 15 to 1 : 1) and purified to afford intermediate Pb (0.7 g, 88%) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 435 (M+H)+.
[00737] Example 64: Synthesis of N,N-dimethyl-4-[[(3S)-3-[(prop-2-yn-l-yloxy)methyl]-
7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexan-l-
Pb 68b
[00738] Synthesis of compound 68b. To a solution of intermediate Pb (200 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled THF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 400 mg, 10.00 mmol, 21.7 equiv) at 0 °C under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min, 3-bromoprop- 1-yne (1 18 mg, 0.99 mmol, 2.15 equiv) was added via syringe and the reaction solution was stirred for 3 h at 60 °C in an oil bath. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 25 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with EtO Ac/petroleum ether (1:3) and purified to afford alkyne 68b (210 mg, 97%) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 472 (M+H)+.
[00739] Synthesis of Compound. To a 25-mL round-bottom flask, purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was added alkyne 68b (200 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 10 mL of dichloromethane. Then hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2.0 mL) was added at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give N-methyl-4-[[(35)-3-[(prop-2-yn-l-yloxy)methyl]-7-thia- 9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9)l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexan-l-amine hydrochloride (150 mg, crude ) as a yellow oil. To a solution of this material (150 mg, crude) in 10 mL of methanol was added HCHO (37%, 1.5 mL) at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for about 3^ min. Then NaBl^CN (80 mg, 1.26 mmol, 3 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure, the crude product (150 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (Waters) under the following
Page 320 of 407
2009184-0008
conditions: column: Xbridge RP18, 19*150 mm 5 um; mobile phase: water (with 20 mmol NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 40.0% in 20 min, up to 95.0% in 2 min, then down to 10.0% in 2 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the product (50 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) : δ 1.48 (m, 4H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.25 (m, 8H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.72 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 5.15 (m, 1 H), 8.35 (s, 1 H). MS: m/z 386 (M+H)+.
[00740] Example 65: Synthesis of 4-[[(3S)-3-[(but-2-yn-l-yIoxy)methyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]-N,N-dimethylcyclohexan-
[00741] Synthesis of compound 69b. To a solution of intermediate Pb (200 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled THF was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 100 mg, 2.5 mmol) at 0 °C under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min, l-bromobut-2-yne (132 mg, 0.99 mmol, 2.15 equiv) was added via syringe and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. The cooled reaction mixture was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to give the desired alkyne 69b (180 mg, 80%) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 486 (M+H)+.
[00742] Synthesis of Compound. Prepared in a manner consistent with previous example. 97 mg of a colorless oil were obtained. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) : δ 1.49 (m, 4H), 1.69 (t, 3H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.23 (m, 9H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.97 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 5.18 (m, 2H), 8.36 (s, 1H). MS: m/z 400 (M+H)+.
Page 321 of 407
2009184-0008
[00743] Example 66: Synthesis of 4-[[(3S)-3-[[(2E)-but-2-en-l-yloxy]methyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]-N,N-dimethylcyclohexan- 1 -amine.
70b
Pb
[00744] Synthesis of compound 70b. To a solution of intermediate Pb (400 mg, 0.92 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled THF was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 200 mg, 2.5 mmol) was added at 0 °C under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min, (2E)-l - bromobut-2-ene (150 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.20 equiv) was added via syringe and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. The cooled reaction mixture was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5 to 1 :2) and purified to give alkene 70b (200 mg, 40%) as a yellow oil. MS: mJz 488 (M+H)+.
[00745] Synthesis of Compound. Compound was prepared in a manner consistent with Example 53. 50 mg of a colorless oil were obtained. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) : δ 1.52 (m, 6H), 2.08 (t, J = 2.7 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (m, 3H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 6H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 5.40 (m, 1H), 5.49 (m, 1 H), 5.51 (m, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.44 (br s, 1 H). MS: m/z 402 (M+H)+.
[00746] Example 67: Synthesis of (S)-l-((S)-4-(((lr,4S)-4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)propan-l-ol.
Page 322 of 407
2009184-0008
72
[00747] Synthesis of compound 71b. To a solution of intermediate Pb (260.4 mg, 0.60 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (279.8 mg, 0.66 mmol, 1.10 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 h at ambient temperature and diluted with DCM (30 mL), washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the aldehyde 71b (210 mg, 82%) was obtained as a yellow oil. MS: m z 432 (M+H)+.
[00748] Synthesis of compound 72. To a solution of 71b (210 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled THF ( 10 mL) was added bromo(ethyl)magnesium (129 mg, 0.97 mmol, 1.99 equiv) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of ¾0 and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1 : 1 ) and purified to give alcohol 72 (100 mg, 45%) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 462 (M+H)+.
[00749] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of 72 ( 100 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of DCM was added to a solution of saturated HCl(g)/l ,4-dioxane ( 10 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide and extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired l -[(55)- 12- [[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -
Page 323 of 407
2009184-0008
tetraen-3-yl]propan-l-ol (78 mg, crude) as a yellow oil. To a solution of this material (78 mg, crude) in methanol (3 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 1 mL) and the reaction was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Then NaBH3CN (42 mg, 0.67 mmol, 3.10 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of H20 and extracted with dichloromethane ( 15 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC (SHIMADZU) under the following conditions: column: SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (0.05% NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN then ramp up to 55.0% in 19 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the product ( 10.4 mg) as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) : δ 8.47 (s, 1 H), 5.28-5.30 (m, 1 H), 4.16-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.40 (m, 9H), 2.01 -2.13 (m, 2H), 1.50- 1.79 (m, 6H), 1.07 (t, 3H). MS: mJz 376 (M+H)+.
[00750] Example 68: Synthesis of racemic 2-cyano-3-(12-[[4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-
75
[00751] Synthesis of compound 73b. To a solution of Pb (270 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (25 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added PPh3 (244 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and imidazole (63 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.50 equiv) under nitrogen, followed by iodine (236 mg, 0.93
Page 324 of 407
2009184-0008
mmol, 1.50 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL), then washed with saturated aqueous sodium sulfite and brine. The dichloromethane layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified using a silica gel column (eluting with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1 :6-1 :3)) to provide the desired iodide 73b (270 mg, 80%) as a light yellow foam. MS: m/z 544 (M+H)+.
[00752] Synthesis of compound 74. A mixture of 73b (270 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 18- crown-6 (159 mg, 0.60 mmol, 1.20 equiv), potassium carbonate (1 17 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.70 equiv) and ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (565 mg, 5.00 mmol, 10.00 equiv) in benzene (25 mL) was stirred overnight at 80 °C under nitrogen. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified using a silica gel column (eluting with EtO Ac/petroleum ether (1 :4 to 1 : 1)) to provide 74 (230 mg, 88%) as a yellow oil. MS: m/z 529 (M+H)+.
[00753] Synthesis of compound 75. NH3 (gas) was bubbled through 10 mL of ethanol at 0° C for 30 min. Then a solution of 74 (230 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ethanol was added and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Upon completion of the reaction, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure to give 75 (210 mg, 97%) as a yellow solid which was used directly without further purification. MS: m/z 500 (M+H)+.
[00754] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of 75 (210 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was cooled to 0 °C, hydrochloric acid (12 M, 0.3 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuum to provide 180 mg (crude) of 2-cyano-3-[(3R)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanarnide
hydrochloride. This solid was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and formaldehyde (37%, 0.5 mL) was added. After stirring for 20 min. NaBHsCN (100 mg, 1.59 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for lh at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtO Ac (150 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous Na2CC>3 and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (Waters) under the following conditions: column: Xbridge RP18, 19* 150 mm 5 urn; mobile phase: water (with 20 mmol NH4HCO3) and CH3CN (10.0% CH3CN and ramp up to 40.0% in 20 min, up to 95.0% in 2 min, then down to 10.0% in 2 min); UV detection at 254 and 220 nm. After concentration and lyophilization in vacuo, the desired racemic Compound I-
Page 325 of 407
2009184-0008
51 (35 mg) was obtained as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) : δ 7.48 (s, 1H); 5.36- 5.28 (m, 1H); 3.62-3.54 (m, 1 H); 3.18-3.06 (m, 2H); 2.79-2.72 (m, 2H); 2.68-2.28 (m, 1 1 H); 2.17-2.06 (m, 2H); 1.90- 1.72 (m, 3H); 1.56-1.47 (m, 2H). MS: m/¾ 414 (M+H)+.
4
Q
[00756] A 50-mL round-bottom flask was charged with 4 (2 g, 5.04 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 98%) in methanol ( 15 mL) and sodium hydroxide (310 mg, 7.59 mmol, 1.51 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 5 hours at 50 °C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL of sodium hydroxide (aq., 10%). The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate and the aqueous layers combined. The pH value of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 3 with hydrogen chloride (aq., 10 %). The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford 4.5 g (74%) of intermediate Q as a yellow solid.
[00757] Example 70: Synthesis of 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-N-(2- hydroxyethyl)-N-methyl-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10- tetraene-3-carboxamide.
Page 326 of 407
2009184-0008
78
[00758] Synthesis of compound 77. A 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask was charged with 2-(methylamino)ethan-l-ol (5 g, 65.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 98%) in dichloromethane (80 mL) and TEA (21 g, 203.76 mmol, 3.12 equiv, 98%). This was followed by the addition of tert- butyl(chloro)dimethylsilane (15 g, 97.53 mmol, 1.49 equiv) at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 200 mL of water and ice mixture. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 50 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 3 g (24%) of amine 77 as a green liquid.
[00759] Synthesis of compound 78. A 20-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of 77 (600 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 30%) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), 2- [(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl(methyl)amine (100 mg, 0.53 mmol, 1.06 equiv), EDCI (260
Page 327 of 407
2009184-0008
mg, 1.33 mmol, 2.66 equiv, 98%), HOBt (90 mg, 0.65 mmol, 1.31 equiv, 98%), and triethylamine ( 130 mg, 1.26 mmol, 2.52 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 4 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The combined organic layers were washed with 2 x 20 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was loaded onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (5: 1 ) and purified to afford 180 mg (68%) of amide 78 as a yellow oil.
[00760] Synthesis of Compound. A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of 78 (600 mg, 1.1 1 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 98%) in acetonitrile (5 mL) and HF (40 wt% in water, 0.25 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 2 mL of saturated aqueous sodium carbonate. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and purified by flash preparative HPLC to afford 63.4 mg ( 13%) of the product as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) : δ 8.33 (s, 1H), 5.58-5.70 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.80 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.01 (d, J = 3Hz, 1H), 3.72-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.58 (m, 2H), 2.87-3.31 (m, 3H), 2.44-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.31 (d, J = 21Hz, 6H), 2.16-2.19 (d, J = 9Hz, 2H), 1.91 (s, 2H), 1.74 (s, 4H), 1.36- 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.15- 1.25 (m, 2H). MS: m/z 418 (M+H)+.
[00761] Example 71: Synthesis of 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-N-(2- hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraene-3-
[00762] Synthesis of compound 79. A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of intermediate Q (600 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 30%) in N,N-dimethylformamide (7 mL), (2-aminoethoxy)(tert-butyl)dimethylsilane (100 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.14 equiv), EDCI (260 mg, 1.33 mmol, 2.67 equiv, 98%), HOBt (90 mg, 0.65 mmol, 1.31 equiv, 98%), and triethylamine (130 mg, 1.26 mmol, 2.53 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred for 9 h at
Page 328 of 407
2009184-0008
room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 30 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 20 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 105 mg (41 ) of 79 as a yellow oil.
[00763] Synthesis of Compound. A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with compound 79 (105 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 98%), acetonitrile (5 mL), and hydrogen fluoride (40 wt% in water, 0.25 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 0.5 mL of saturated sodium carbonate aqueous. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL of DMF and purified by flash preparative HPLC to give 52.6 mg (65%) of the product as a white solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) : δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 4.17-4.20 (d, 1H), 4.07- 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.74 (d, 2H), 3.50-3.53 (t, 1H), 3.38-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.06- 3.12 (m, 1 H), 2.91-2.94 (t, 1H), 2.64-2.70 (t, 1H), 2.51 (s, 4H), 2.24-2.29 (t, 2H), 2.02-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.37- 1.66 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.34 (t, 2H). MS: m z 404 (M+H)+.
[00764] Example 72: Synthesis of 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-N-(pyridin-
3-ylmethyl)-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraene-3- carboxamide.
Q
[00765] A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate Q (700 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 30%), N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), pyridin-3-ylmethanamine (75.6 mg, 0.69 mmol, 1.18 equiv), EDCI (335 mg, 1.72 mmol, 2.95 equiv, 98%), HOBt (1 19 mg, 0.86 mmol, 1.48 equiv, 98%), and TEA (177 mg, 1.72 mmol, 2.95 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL
Page 329 of 407
2009184-0008
of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 20 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash preparative HPLC to give 5.2 mg (2%) of the product as an off-white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) : δ 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.48 (d, 7 = 6, 1H), 7.21- 7.26 (t, 7 =3, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 4.50-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.39 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.23 (d, 7 = 9, 1H), 4.04-4.07 (t, 7 = 3, 1H), 2.98-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.64 (t, 7 = 6, 6H), 2.33 (s, 1H), 2.17-2.21 (d, 7 = 12, 3H), 1.45- 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.40 (m, 4H). MS: m ¾ 451 (M+H)\
[00766] Example 73: 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-N-(3-hydroxypropyl)-7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6)>8,10-tetraene-3-carboxamide.
80
[00767] Synthesis of compound 80. A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of intermediate Q (1 g, 0.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 30%) in N,N-dimethylformamide (7 mL), (3-aminopropoxy)(tert-butyl)dimethylsilane (190 mg, 0.98 mmol, 1.18 equiv), EDCI (478 mg, 2.45 mmol, 2.95 equiv, 98%), HOBt (169 mg, 1.23 mmol, 1.47 equiv, 98%), and TEA (253 mg, 2.45 mmol, 2.95 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 30 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 20 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford 200 mg (45%) of amide 80 as a yellow green oil.
Page 330 of 407
2009184-0008
[00768] Synthesis of Compound. A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with a solution of amide 80 (200 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 80%) in acetonitrile (5 mL) and HF (40 wt% in water, 0.25 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 2 mL of saturated aqueous sodium carbonate. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash preparative HPLC to give 12.8 mg (10%) of the product as a light yellow solid. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) : δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1 H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 4.14-4.16 (d, 1H), 4.06-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.70 (t, 2H), 3.67- 3.68 (d, 1 H), 3.41-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.22 (m, 1 H), 3.04-3.10 (m, 1 H), 2.85-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.61 - 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.53 (d, 6H), 2.29-2.44 (d, 2H), 2.04-2.26 (d, 2H), 1.72 (s, 2H), 1.42-1.58 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 2H). MS: m/z 418 (M+H)+.
[00769] Example 74: Synthesis of N-benzyl-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]amino]-7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca-l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraene-3-carboxamide.
Q
A 10-mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate Q (700 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv, 30%) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), phenylmethanamine (75.1 mg, 0.69 mmol, 1.18 equiv), EDCI (335 mg, 1.72 mmol, 2.95 equiv, 98%), HOBt (1 19 mg, 0.86 mmol, 1.48 equiv, 98%), TEA (177 mg, 1.72 mmol, 2.95 equiv, 98%). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3 x 15 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2 x 15 mL of water. The resulting mixture was dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash preparative HPLC to give 40 mg (15%) of the product as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.38 (lH,s), 7.1 1-7.13 (1H, d, J = 6 Hz), 5.85 (lH,s), 4.45-4.50 (lH,m), 4.34-4.39 (1H, t, J = 6 Hz), 4.18-4.22 (1H, d, J = 12 Hz), 4.01-4.04 (1H, d, J = 9 Hz), 3.08-3.16 (2H,m), 2.88-2.96 (lH,m), 2.60-2.65 (lH,m), 2.37-
Page 331 of 407
2009184-0008
2.58 (6H,m), 2.24-2.37 (lH,m), 2.14-2.22 (l H,m), 2.06-2.14 (2H, t, J = 12Hz), 1.36-1.48 ( 1H, m), 1.22- 1.29 (5H, m). MS: m/z 450 (M+H)+. '
[00770] Example 75: Synthesis of ethyl 4-(((lr,4r)-4-aminocyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-
[00771] A mixture of intermediate A (2.8 g, 10 mmol, 1 equiv), TEA (5 g, 50 mmol, 5 equiv) and ( lr,4r)-cyclohexane- l,4-diarnine (5.7 g, 50 mmol, 5 equiv) in C¾CN (30 mL) was heated at 45 °C for 24 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by column chromatography to afford 3 g (83%) of the product. Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 ( 1H, s), 6.59 (1H, d), 4.23-4.09 (4H, m), 3.25-3.22 (1H, m), 3.00-2.87 (2H, m), 2.80-2.78 (1H, m), 2.65- 2.61 (1H, m), 2.22-1.87 (6H, m), 1.44 (4H, m), 1.34 (3H, t). MS: m/z 361 (M+H)+.
[00772] Example 76: Synthesis of Intermediate R.
[00773] Synthesis of compound 81. 2,2-dimethylcyclopentanone (5 g, 44.6 mmol, 1 equiv) was dissolved in toluene ( 100 mL). Then, ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (5.04 g, 44.6 mmol, 1 equiv), ammonium acetate (2.4 g, 31.2 mmol, 0.7 equiv) and acetic acid (2.8 mL) were added in the mixture at room temperature. The mixture was refluxed for 20 hours. 10% NaCl solution (100 mL) was added. The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried with
Page 332 of 407
2009184-0008
sodium sulfate and filtered. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography to give 81 (2.47 g, 32%) as a colorless oil. MS: mJz 208 (M+H)+.
[00774] Synthesis of compound 82. Diethylamine (433mg, 5.93 mmol, 0.5 equiv) was slowly added to a solution of 81 (2.47 g, 11.87 mmol, 1 equiv) and sulfur (418 mg, 13.06 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in ethanol (120 mL) at 50 °C. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at 50 °C. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 20: 1 ) to give 82 (2.34 g, 83%) as a yellow solid. MS: mJz 240 (M+H)+.
[00775] Synthesis of compound 83. 82 (2.3 g, 9.9 mmol, 1 equiv) was dissolved in formamide (12 mL). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 180 °C. Then water (50 mL) was added and the product extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with water ( lOOmL x 2) and brine (100 mL), dried with sodium sulfate and filtered. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 6:5) to give the desired product (1.57 g, 75%) as a yellow solid. MS: mJz 221 (M+H)+.
[00776] Synthesis of compound R. 83 (1.5 g, 6.8 mmol, 1 equiv) was dissolved in phosphoryl trichloride (40 mL). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at 120 °C, whereupon it was slowly added to water ( 150 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (60 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL) and dried with sodium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate = 20: 1). The desired product (1.3 g, 83%) was obtained as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 239
(M+H)+.
[00777] Example 77: Synthesis of (lr,4r)-Nl-(5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihydro-5H- cycIopenta -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-N4,N4-dimethylcycIohexane-l,4-diamine.
Page 333 of 407
[00778] Synthesis of compound 84. Intermediate R (238 mg, 1 mmol, 1 equiv) and trans- 1 , 4-diaminocyclohexane (1.1 g, 10 mmol, 10 equiv) were dissolved in acetonitrile (15 mL). Then triethylamine (1 g, 10 mmol, 10 equiv) was added to the mixture. The reaction was stirred for 20 hours at 50 °C. It was then concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography on a Biotage instrument. The desired product (154 mg, 48%) was obtained as a yellow solid. MS: m/z 317 (M+H)+.
[00779] Synthesis of Compound. 84 (140 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1 equiv) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL). 36% aq. formaldehyde (92 mg, 1.1 mmol, 2.5 equiv) and acetic acid ( 133 mg, 2.2 mmol, 5 equiv. ) were added to the solution. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature, and then sodium cyanoborohydride (377 mg, 1.77 mmol, 4 equiv) was added to the mixture. The reaction was stirred for 20 hours at room temperature. It was then added to water (50 mL) slowly, and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 3). The organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), and dried with sodium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC. The desired product 1-6 (31 mg, 20%) was obtained as a white solid. Ή
NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.36 (s, 1 H), 5.04 (d, 1 H), 4.17-2.24 (m, 1 H), 3.22 (t, 1 H), 2.97 (t, 2 H), 2.78 (m, 6 H), 2.40 (d, 2 H), 2.33-2.37 (m, 4 H), 1.73 (dd, 2 H), 1.44 (s, 6 H), 1.25- 1.42 (m,
2 H).
MS: m/z 345 (M+H)+.
[00780] Example 78: Synthesis of (lr,4r)-4-((5,5-dimethyl-6,7-dihyd cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-N,N-dimethykyclohexanamine.
Page 334 of 407
2009184-0008
[00781] To a suspension of ( lr, 4r)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexanol (600 mg, 4.2 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (10 mL) was added compound R ( 250 mg, 1.05 mmol) and i-BuOK (235 mg, 2.1 mmol). The suspension was heated to 80 °C in a sealed tube for lh in a microwave. The suspension was poured into water (10 mL) and then extracted by EtOAc ( l OmL x 3). The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give a white solid product (30 mg, 10%). Ή NMR: (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.52 ( 1H, s), 8.47 ( 1H, 2), 5.31-5.29 (1H, m), 3.04-2.99 (3H, m), 2.63 (6H, s), 2.44 (2H, s), 2.33-2.30 (2H, t), 2.22 (2H, s), 1.68- 1.64 (4H, m), 1.38 (6H,s). MS: m/z 346 (M+H)+.
[00782] Example 79. N-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-
step 2
[00783] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: The starting material compound 1 , see Example 36. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, a solultion of 2-[(3R)- 12-[(4-[[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl](methyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (270 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 30 mL of distilled DMF was added HATU (331 mg, 0.87 mmol, 1.50 equiv), DIEA (375 mg, 2.90 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and 2-aminoacetamide hydrochloride (128 mg, 1.16 mmol, 2.00 equiv) subsequently at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After completion, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous
Page 335 of 407
2009184-0008
sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by a silica gel column with DCM/MeOH (30: 1 -10: 1) to provide 280 mg (92%) of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3- [[(carbamoylmethyl)carbamoyl]methyl]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate as a yellow solid. LC-MS: (ES, m/z): 518 [M+H]+.
[00784] Synthesis of compound. HC1 (gas) was introduced into DCM (50 mL) at 0°C for 30 min with stirring. Then a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3- [[(carbamoylmethyl)carbamoyl]methyl]-7-thia-9,l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (140 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of DCM was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuo to provide 120 mg of N-(carbamoylmethyl)- 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide hydrochloride as a yellow solid. The solid dissolved in methanol (10 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and acetic acid (0.5 mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 20 min at room temperature, NaB¾CN (100 mg) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h at ambient temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, X- briage CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, CH3CN and water with 20 mM NH4HCO3 (10.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 10 min, up to 95% in 2 min, down to 10.0% in 2 min); Flow rate: 20mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired N-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)acetamide (154.3 mg, 71 %) as a white solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 432 [M+H]+, 454 [M+Na]+; Ή- NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.47 ( IH, s), 5.28-5.23 (IH, m), 3.89 (2H, s), 3.86-3.77 ( I H, m), 3.15-2.99 (3H, m), 2.74-2.68 (IH, m), 2.44-2.34 (1 IH, m), 2.06-2.04 (2H, m), 1.73- 1.58 (2H, m), 1.57- 1.43 (2H, m).
[00785] Synthesis of Intermediate S (2-amino-N-methylacetamide hydrochloride)
Page 336 of 407
[00786] Synthesis of compound 4. Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of methyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (2.0 g, 15.93 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 100 mL of anhydrous methanol was added CH3NH2 (2 M in THF, 35.7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 48 h at room temperature under nitrogen. After completion of the reaction, the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2-amino-N-methylacetamide hydrochloride (2.5 g, crude) as a colorless oil containing large amounts of methylamine.
[00787] Synthesis of compound 5. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of 2-amino- N-methylacetamide hydrochloride (1.2 g, crude) and 4 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (3 mL) in 10 mL of THF was added Boc20 (900 mg) at 0°C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with 20 mL of water and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :20 to 1 : 10) to afford the desired rm-butyl N- [(methylcarbamoyl)methyl]carbamate (0.3 g, 31 %) as colorless oil. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) (5 6.51 (br s, 1 H), 5.43 (br s, 1H), 3.78 (d, 2H), 2.87-2.81 (d, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
[00788] Synthesis of Intermediate S. A solution of feri-butyl N-
[(methylcarbamoyl)methyl]carbamate (300 mg, 1.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (5 mL) was added hydrochloric acid ( 1.2 mL) and stirred for 4 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford the corresponding 2-amino-N-methylacetamide hydrochloride ( 185 mg) as colorless oil. MS: (ES, m z) 89 [M+H] + . Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.45 (br s, 1 H), 8.19 (s, 3H), 3.50 (d, 2H), 2.65 (d, 3H).
[00789] Example 80: 2-[2-[(3i?)-12-[[4-(dimethylaniino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]acetamido]-N- methylacetamide.
Page 337 of 407
Mol. Wt.: 461.57 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 531.67 step 2 Mol. Wt.: 445.58
[00790] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please see Example 36. A solution of 2-[{3R)-\2-[{4-[[{tert- butoxy)carbonyl](methyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (150 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv), HATU (183 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.48 equiv), DIPEA (165 mg) and 2-amino-N-methylacetamide hydrochloride (Intermediate S, 120 mg, 0.96 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in 10 mL of anhydrous DMF.was stirred for 24 h at room temperature under nitrogen. After completion of the reaction, the resulting solution was diluted with water and extracted with 3 x 40 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (30: 1) to afford the resulted terr-butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[[(JR)-3-([[(methylcarbamoyl)methyl]carbamoyl]methyl)-7-thia-9, 11- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (130 mg, 75%) as a yellow oil. MS (ES, /z) 532 [M+H]+.
[00791] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of ierr-butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[[(JR)-3- ([[(methylcarbamoyl)methyl]carbamoyl]methyl)-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (130 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5.5 mL of dichloromethane was added concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.5 mL) at OoC under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0°C in a water/ice bath and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the resulted N-methyl-2-[2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 11 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11 - tetraen-3-yl]acetamido]acetamide hydrochloride (105 mg, crude) as yellow oil. MS (ES, m/z) 432 [M+H]+.
[00792] A solution of N-methyl-2-[2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- 9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetamido]acetamide
hydrochloride (105 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of methanol was added formaldehyde
Page 338 of 407
2009184-0008
(37%, 1.0 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen for 1 h. Then sodium cyanoborohydride (59 mg, 0.97 mmol, 4.32 equiv) was added and stirred for Overnight at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product (100 mg, crude) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4CO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to remove the water and CH3CN to give the corresponding 2-[2-[(JR)-12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 11 - tetraen-3-yl]acetamido]-N-methylacetamide (40 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z) 446 [M+H . Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 5.20-5.12 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.68 (m, 3H), 3.20-2.84 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.47 (m, 4H), 2.36-2.17 (m, 11H), 1.95 (d, 2H), 1.59-1.51 (m, 4H).
[00793] Example 81: (2 ?)-l-[(3/?)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol. and Example 82 (2S)-l-[(^)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll- di
Alcohol stereochemistry unconfirmed
[00794] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 30 and 31. Into a 50-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of reri-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)- 3-(2-oxoethyl)-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]amino]cyclohexyl)carbamate (250 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in freshly distilled tetrahydrofuran ( 10 mL) at 0°C under nitrogen. The CH3MgBr (1.0 M in THF, 2.9 mL, 5.0
Page 339 of 407
2009184-0008
equiv) was added at 0°C via syringe. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 0°C and quenched saturated aqueous NH4CI and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to give the desired racemic feri-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-hydroxypropyl)-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]amino]cyclohexyl)carbamate (109 mg, 42%) as colorless oil.
[00795] Synthesis of Compounds. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing ieri-butyl N- (4-[[(5R)-3-(2-hydroxypropyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8)>2(6),9, l l- tetraen- 12-yl]amino]cyclohexyl)carbamate ( 109 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0°C. Then hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2.0 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 8 with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate and extracted with 2 x 40 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the desired l -[(3R)- 12-[(4- aminocyclohexyl)amino]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9,l l -tetraen-3- yl]propan-2-ol (70 mg, crude) as a colorless oil.
[00796] A solution of l-[(JR)-12-[(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol (70 mg, crude) in methanol (5 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.8 mL) and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaBH CN (29.7 mg, 0.47 mmol, 2.35 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for additional 2 h at ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% HCOOH and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated to remove the water and CH3CN to give the resulted (2R)-l-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l -tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol formate ( 12.9 mg) as a white solid and (2S)- 1-[(3R)- 12- [[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]propan-2-ol formate (5.6 mg) as a grey solid, respectively.
Page 340 of 407
2009184-0008
[00797] Example 81: MS: (ES, m z): 375 (M+H)+. Ή NMR (300MH,CD3OD) δ 8.54 (IH, br s), 8.23 (I H, s), 4.18-4.19 ( I H, m), 3.70-3.76 ( IH, m), 3.55-3.58 (IH, m), 3.05-3.33 (2H, m), 2.84-2.92 (7H, m), 2.68-2.75 ( IH, m), 2.16-2.37 (5H, m), 1.55- 1.78 (6H, m), 1.23 (3H, t).
[00798] Example 82: MS (ES, m/z): 375 (M+H)+ . Ή NMR (300MH,CD3OD) δ 8.55 (IH, br s), 8.23 (IH, s), 4.18-4.19 (I H, m), 3.70-3.76 (I H, m), 3.55-3.58 (IH, m), 3.05-3.33 (2H, m), 2.84-2.92 (7H, m), 2.68-2.75 ( IH, m), 2.16-2.37 (5H, m), 1.55- 1.78 (6H,m), 1.23 (3H, t).
[00799] Example 83. N,N-dimethyl-4-[[(3S>3-[2-(l,3-oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexan-l-amine.
[00800] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1 , see Example 46. A solution of iodine (244 mg), Ph3P (252 mg) and imidazole (143 mg, 2.10 mmol, 3.49 equiv) in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) was stirred at 0°C for 30 min under nitrogen. Then a solution of ierf-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-hydroxy-2-(l ,3-oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-7- thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (310 mg, 0.60 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and the resulting solution was stirred for 2.5 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHS03 and extracted with 2 x 30 mL of dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined and washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentrated in vacuo, the residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 : 1 ) to give rise to the resulted ieri-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-iodo-2-(l ,3- oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-
Page 341 of 407
2009184-0008
yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (230 mg, 61 %) as a yellow solid. MS (ES, m/z): 625 (M+H) +.
[00801] Synthesis of compound 3. A 25-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of /erf-butyl N-(4-[[(5R)-3-[2-iodo-2-(l ,3-oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8)12(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (150 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in a mixed methanol (5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added NaBH4 (40 mg, 1.08 mmol, 4.50 equiv) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at 0°C and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 10 to 1 :22) to afford the desired ½ri-butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[[(J5)-3-[2-( l ,3-oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]- 7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (1 10 mg, 92%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES, m z): 499 (M+H) +.
[00802] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of ieri-butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[[(3S)-3-[2-(l ,3- oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate ( 1 10 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (12 M, 1 mL) at 0°C and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was neutralized with sodium hydroxide and extracted with 2 x 30 mL of dichloromethane. The combine organic layers were concentrated in vacuo to give the resulted N- methyl-4-[[(35)-3-[2-( l ,3-oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexan- l-amine (80 mg, crude) as a yellow oil. The crude product (80 mg) in methanol (5 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.8 mL) and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 30min. NaBHsCN (50 mg) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 12 h at ambient temperature. The crude product (70 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (7.0% CH3CN up to 63.0% in 14 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product fractions was collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to remove the solvents give the corresponding N,N-dimethyl- 4-[[(-?Sj-3-[2-( l ,3-oxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexan- l -amine (39 mg) as a off-white semi-solid. MS
Page 342 of 407
2009184-0008
(ES, m z : 413 (M+H) +. Ή NMR (300MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.41 (1 H, s), 7.70 (1H, s), 6.96 (1H, s), 5.22 (1H, m), 3.42 ( 1 H, m), 3.05 (2H, m), 2.77 (3H, m), 2.37 (1 1H, m), 2.05 (3H, m), 1.55 (4H, m).
[00803] Example 84: (S)-l-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro- 5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)butan-2-ol and Example 85: (R)-l-((R)-4- (((lr,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-
[00804] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please see Example 29. A solution of 2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(morpholin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen-3- yl]ethan- 1 -ol ( 190 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was added Dess- Martein periodinane () at 0°C in a water/ice bath under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5 to 1 : 1 ) to afford 2-[(5Λ)- 12-[[4-(mo holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetaldehyde (130 mg, 69%) as a colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z) 402 [M+H]+.
Page 343 of 407
2009184-0008
[00805] Synthesis of Compounds. A solution of [(3R)-12-[[4-(morpholin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen-3- yljacetaldehyde (130 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of anhydrous THF was added bromo(ethyl)magnesium (1 M in THF, 0.62 mL, 2.0 equiv) dropwise at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at room temperature and then quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of DCM/i-PrOH (3: 1). The combined organic layers was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (150 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19*150 mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4CO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 54.0% in 25 min); UV detection at 254/220 nm to afford (S)- l-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-mo holinocyclohexyl)o y)-6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)butan-2-ol (1 1.8 mg) and (R)- l-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4- moφholinocyclohe yl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)butan- 2-ol (23.9 mg) as white solids.
[00806] Example 84: MS: 432 (M+H)+. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.47 (s, 2H), 5.24- 5.20 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.58 (m, 5H), 3.06-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.28-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.59- 1.41 (m, 10H), 1.28-1.23 (m, 2H),0.95-0.85 (m, 3H).
[00807] Example 85: MS: 432 (M+H)+. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.47 (s, 2H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.39 (m, 6H), 3.04-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.55 (m, 5H), 2.34-2.22 (m, 4H), 2.01-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.39 (m, 7H), 0.94-0.92 (m, 3H).
[00808] Example 86: 2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-
Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material 1 , see Example 36. Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 130 mg, 3.25
Page 344 of 407
2009184-0008
mmol, 4.00 equiv) was treated with rrans-4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan- l-ol (192 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1.27 equiv) in freshly distilled THF ( 15 mL) at 0°C under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min at room temperature, then (3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-12-chloro-7-thia- 9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraene (300 mg, 0.81 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 2 hr at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI, extracted with 3 x 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :8) to provide the resulted (3R)-3-[2-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(12),2(6),8,10-tetraene (378 mg, 90%) as yellow oil. MS (ES, m/z): 518 [M+H]+.
[00810] Synthesis of Compound. (3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-12-[[4- (moφholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(12),2(6),8, 10- tetraene (230 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) dissolved in methanol (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid ( 12 M, 0.5 mL) slowly at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 hr at room temperature and then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (200 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (25% CH3CN up to 100% in 15 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the resulted 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l-ol (94 mg) as a white solid. MS: (ES, m z): 404 [M+H] +. Ή-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 (1 H, s), 5.29 (1 H, m) 3.76 (4H, m), 3.66 (3H, m), 3.10-2.95 (2H, m), 2.72 (5H, m), 2.69 ( 1H, s), 2.41 (3H, m), 2.36 (1H, m), 2.15 (2H, m), 1.73- 1.54 (5H, m).
[00811] Example 87: 2-[(3R)-12-[(4-[methyl[2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll- tetraen-3-yl]acetamide
Page 345 of 407
2009184-0008
3
[00812] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, see Example 36. Into a 50- mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 2-[(3R)-12-[(4-[[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl](methyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (157 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of distilled DMF. Then NH4C1 (90 mg, 1.68 mmol, 5.00 equiv), EDCI (78 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.20 equiv), HOBT (55 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (50 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.20 equiv) were added subsequently at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with EtO Ac/petroleum ether (1 : 10 to 1 : 1) to give the desired tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(carbamoylmethyl)-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (124 mg) as yellow oil. MS (ES, /z): 461 [M+H]+.
[00813] Synthesis of compound 3. To a 15 mL of HC1 (g) saturated DCM at 0°C was added a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(carbamoylmethyl)-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate ( 124 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide, extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was
Page 346 of 407
2009184-0008
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (90 mg, crude) as yellow oil. MS (ES, m/z): 361 [M+H]+.
[00814] Synthesis of Compound: A solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (90 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 8 mL of DMF was added 2-chloro-l- (pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethan- l-one (55 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and potassium carbonate (69 mg, 0.50 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water, extracted with DCM. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5 urn; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 16 min); Flow rate: 20 mL/rnin; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2- [(3R)-12-[(4-[methyl[2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (50 mg) as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m z): 472 [M+H]+. Ή N R (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.43 ( 1 H, s), 5.25-5.20 ( 1 H, m), 3.85-3.69 ( 1H, m), 3.52 (2H, t), 3.42 (2H, t), 3.37 (2H, s), 3.15-2.85 (2H, m), 2.73-2.58 (2H, m), 2.29-2.18 (7H, m), 1.96- 1.79 (6H, m), 1.67- 1.47 (4H, m).
[00815] Example 88: 2-[[(3S)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,H-
1
[00816]' Synthesis of Compound. A solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3S)-3- [(carbamoylmethoxy)methyl]-7-thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -
Page 347 of 407
2009184-0008
tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (1 15 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (4 mL) cooled down to 0°C was added hydrochloric acid ( 12 M, 0.5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at 0°C and concentrated in vacuo to give the resulted 2- [[(3S)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]methoxy]acetamide hydrochloride (100 mg, crude)as a light yellow solid. The crude hydrochloride ( 100 mg) dissolved in methanol (3 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and stirred for 1 h at 0°C. Then NaBH3CN (44.35 mg, 0.71 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 20 mL of chloroform/i-PrOH. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (80 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 53.0% in 13 min); Flow rate: 20mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2-[[(3S)- 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]methoxy]acetamide (35 mg) as white solid. MS: (ES, m/z) 405 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.44 ( 1 H, s), 5.28-5.21 (1H, m), 3.94-3.88 (3H, m), 3.61-3.56 (2H, m), 3.14-2.97 (2H, m), 2.67-2.54 (2H, m), 2.42-2.31 (10H, m), 2.02 (2H, d), 1.62- 1.43 (4H, m).
[00817] Example 89: (2R)-3-[(3R)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]-2-methoxypropanamide.
Page 348 of 407
2009184-0008
6
[00818] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, see Example 43. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask contained a solution of tert- butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-oxoethyl)-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (460 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (15 mL) was added trimethoxymethane (548 mg, 5.16 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and 4- methylbenzene- 1 -sulfonic acid (18 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hr at ambient temperature. After completion, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :8) to afford the desired tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)- 7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (470 mg, 93%) as a colorless oil. LC-MS (ES, m z): 562 [M+H] +.
[00819] Synthesis of compound 3. Into a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask placed a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-7-thia-9,l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-
Page 349 of 407
2009184-0008
methylcarbamate (470 mg, 0.96 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DCM (15 mL) was added TMSCN (474 mg) and BF3.Et20 ( 15 mg) via syringe under nitrogen at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 hr in a water/ice bath. After completion, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCC^, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum to afford the desired 2-methoxy-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- 9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (400 mg, crude) as yellow oil. MS (ES, m z): 387 [M+H]+.
[00820] Synthesis of compound 4. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of 2- methoxy-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (400 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (500 mg, 2.29 mmol, 2.21 equiv) and TEA ( 1.0 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 3 hr at room temperature. After completion, the resulting solution was diluted with 20 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to afford the corresponding tert-butyl N-(4- [[(3R)-3-(2-cyano-2-methoxyethyl)-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (360 mg, 71 %) as colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 487 [M+H] +.
[00821] Synthesis of compound 5. A solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2^cyano-2- methoxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (360 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (10 mL) was added H2O2 (30%, 1 mL) and LiOH (36 mg, 1.50 mmol, 2.03 equiv) in a water/ice bath and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h. After completion, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHSC , extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (eluent with EtOAc / petroleum ether 1 : 1 ) to afford tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2S)-2-carbamoyl-2-methoxyethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate ( 100 mg) as a colorless oil and tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2R)-2-carbamoyl-2-
Page 350 of 407
2009184-0008
methoxyethyl]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (140 mg) as a colorless oil, respectively. MS (ES, m z): 505 [M+H] +.
5
[00823] Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2R)-2- carbamoyl-2-methoxyethyl]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (140 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (2 M, 1.0 mL) at 0°C and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5h. After completion, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford the resulting (2R)-2-methoxy-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]- 7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide hydrochloride (1 10 mg) as light yellow solid. The residue hydrochloride ( 1 10 mg) dissolved in 5 mL of methanol was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Then NaBH3CN (65 mg) was added and the resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 2 hr at ambient temperature. After completion, the resulting solution was diluted with 20 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of DCM, concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (100 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.1 % HCOOH and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 75% in 20 min); Flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired (2R)-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]-2-methoxypropanamide formate (47.5 mg, 45%) as an off-white solid. MS (ES, m z): 419 [M-HCOOH+H] +. Ή NMR (300
Page 351 of 407
2009184-0008
MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.44 (m, 2H), 5.28(s, 1H), 3.59-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.27 (m, 4H), 3.08-2.82 (m, 8H), 2.65-2.62 (m, 1 H), 2.45-2.18 (m, 6H), 1.85-1.82 (m, 5H).
[00824] Example 90: (2S)-3-[(3R)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]-2-methoxypropanamide.
Mol. Wt.: 504.64 step 1 Mol. Wt.: 418.55
1
[00825] Synthesis of Compound. Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2S)-2-carbamoyl-2-methoxyethyl]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate ( 100 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (2 M, 0.8 mL) at 0°C and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. After completion, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to afford the resulting (2S)-2-methoxy-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide hydrochloride (90 mg) as light yellow solid. The residue hydrochloride (90 mg) dissolved in 5 mL of methanol was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Then NaBH3CN (50 mg) was added and the resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 2 hr at ambient temperature. After completion, the resulting solution was diluted with 20 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of DCM, concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (90 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.1 % HCOOH and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 75% in 20 min); How rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 run. The product- containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired (2S)-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]-2-methoxypropanamide (31.3 mg, 40%) as an off-white semi-solid. MS: (ES, m z):
Page 352 of 407
2009184-0008
419 [M- 1.2HCOOH+H] +. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.44 (m, 2H), 5.30-5.27(s, 1H), 3.67-3.63 (m, 1 H), 3.46-3.27 (m, 5H), 3.08-2.84 (m, 8H), 2.72-2.66 (m, 1 H), 2.48-2.17 (m, 6H), 1.83- 1.28 (m,5H).
[00826] Example 91: 2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-
[00827] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please see Example 36. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of 2-[(3R)-12-[(4-[[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl](methyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (220 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 4 mL of distilled DMF was added HOBT (96.6 mg), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (86.6 mg), EDCI ( 136.7 mg) and NH4C1 ( 153.18 mg, 2.86 mmol, 6.01 equiv) successively at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 14 hr at 25°C and diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (2: 1) to give the resulted tert-butyl N- (4-[[(3R)-3-(carbamoylmethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l- tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate ( 176 mg, 80%) as a colorless oil. MS (ES, m z): 461 [M+H]+.
[00828] Synthesis of Compound. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask placed a solution of tert- butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(carbamoylmethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate ( 170 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 0.5 mL) at 0°C and the resulting solution was stirred for 4 hr at 25°C. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of DCM. The organic layers were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (150 mg) was purified by Prep-
Page 353 of 407
2009184-0008
HPLC with the following conditions (SH ADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 100 mM H4HC03 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 60% in 20 min); Flow rate: 20 mL/rnin; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2-[(3R)-12-[[4- (methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9,l l- tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (83 mg, 62%) as a white solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 361 [M+H] +. Ή-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.43(lH,s), 5.28(1H, m), 3.76 (1H, m), 3.00-3.28 (1H, m), 2.97-2.99 (2H, m), 2.66-2.73 (1H, m), 2.42-2.49 (1H, m), 2.36 (3H, s), 2.29-2.18 (4H, m), 2.00-2.03 (2H, m), 1.65-1.57 (2H-m), 1.26-1.35 (2H, m).
[00829] Example 92: (2S)-2-methoxy-3-[(3R)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,ll-tetraen-3-yl]propanenitriIe and Example 93: (2R)-2-methoxy-3-[(3R)-12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-
7
[00830] Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-cyano-2- methoxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (100 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 0.5 mL) in a water/ice bath and stirred for 4 h. After completion and concentration in vacuo, the residue was neutralised with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of DCM. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum and the crude product (80 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: (SHIMADZU): Column, Xbridge Prep CI 8 5um, 19* 150mm; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 56.0% in 15 min); Flow rate: 20mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected
Page 354 of 407
2009184-0008
and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the corresponding (2S)-2-methoxy-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (methylarnino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l - tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (12.5 mg) as a off-white semi-solid and (2R)-2-methoxy-3-[(3R)- 12- [[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (3.5 mg) as a light yellow semi-solid, respectively.
[00831] Example 92: MS: (ES, m/z) 387 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.44 (m, I H), 5.32(m, I H), 3.44-3.09 (m, 6H), 2.57-2.23 (m, 1 1H), 2.12-1.90 (m, IH), 1.72- 1.63 (m, 3H), 1.33- 1.25 (m, 5H), 0.95 (m. l H).
[00832] Example 93: MS: (ES, m/z) 387 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.44 (m, I H), 5.30(m, I H), 4.83-4.25 (m, IH), 3.63-3.27 (m, 5H), 3.06-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.26 (m, 1 1 H), 2.13- 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.69- 1.25 (m,4H).
[00833] Example 94. Syntheses of (R)-l-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)- 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)propan-2-ol and (S)-l-((R)-4- (((lr,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-
step 4
4
[00834] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material 1, see Example 36. Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of rranj-4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan- l-ol (528 mg, 2.85
Page 355 of 407
2009184-0008
mmol, 1.50 equiv) in freshly distilled THF (30 mL) was added sodium hydride (304 mg, 7.60 mmol, 4.01 equiv, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) portionwias at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min in a water/ice bath. Then a solution of (3R)-3-[2-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]- 12-chloro-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraene (700 mg, 1.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of THF was added via syringe and the resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an additional 4 hr at 55°C in an oil bath. After completion, the reaction was quenched by the addition of 20 mL of saturated aqueous NH4C1, extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5 to 1 :0) to afford the desired (3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]- 12-[[4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]- 7-thia-9> l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l -tetraene (850 mg, 87%) as a colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z) 518 [M+H]+.
[00835] Synthesis of compound 3. A solution of (3R)-3-[2-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)o y]ethyl]- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]o y]-7-thίa-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6)(9, l l -tetraene (850 mg, 1.64 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (20 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (2 M, 1.0 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hr at 0°C in a water/ice. bath. After completion, the reaction was then quenched with sodium bicarbonate (sat.), extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with chloroform/methanol ( 15: 1 ) to afford the title 2- [(3R)- 12-[[4-(mo holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l-ol (600 mg, 91 %) as a colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 404 [M+H]+.
[00836] Synthesis of compound 4. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a dichloromethane (15 mL) solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l- tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l -ol (200 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added Dess-Martein periodinane (318 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.51 equiv) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hr at 0°C in a water/ice bath. After completion, the reaction was quenched with sodium bicarbonate (sat.), extracted with 3 x 60 mL of EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried
Page 356 of 407
2009184-0008
over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1 ) to afford the corresponding 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]acetaldehyde ( 150 mg, 75%) as a colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 402 [M+H]+.
[00837] Synthesis of Compounds. A solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(morpholin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen-3- yl]acetaldehyde ( 150 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 20 mL of distilled THF was cooled down to 0°C under nitrogen. A solution of bromo(methyl)magnesium (1 M in hexane, 0.74 mL, 2.00 equiv) was added slowly via syringe and stirred for 3 hr at in a water/ice bath. After completion, the reaction was quenched with NH4CI (sat.), extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum, the residue (200 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 100 mM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 60% in 20 min); Flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired product (R)-l-((R)-4- (((lr,4R)-4-mo holinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrirnidin- 5-yl)propan-2-ol (32 mg) as a white solid and (S)- l -((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4- moφholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)propan- 2-ol (55.5 mg) as a white solid, respectively.
[00838] Example 94: MS (ES, m/z) 418 [M-0.88HCOOH+H]+. Ή NMR (300 MHz,
CD3OD): δ 8.44 (s, 2H), 5.29-5.27 (m, I H), 3.91-3.79 (m, 5H), 3.29-3.27 (m, I H), 3.09-2.85 (m,
7H), 2.66-2.58 (m, I H), 2.3.9- 1.90 (m, 6H), 1.64- 1.50(m, 5H), 1.27-1.25 (m, 3H).
[00839] Example 95: MS (ES, m/z) 418[M-1.56HCOOH+H]+. Ή NMR (300 MHz,
CD3OD): δ 8.42 (s, 2H), 5.29-5.26 (m, IH), 3.90-3.83 (m, 5H), 3.56-3.51 (m, IH), 3.32-3.27 (m,
I H), 3.04-2.88 (m, 7H), 2.68-2.61 (m, I H), 2.40-2.90 (m, 6H), 1.75-1.15 (m, 8H).
[00840] Example 96: Synthesis of 3-((S)-4-(((lr,4S)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7- dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)propanamide.
Page 357 of 407
2009184-0008
[00841] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please refer to the experimental procedure for the synthesis of compound 1-66. A solution of 2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(mo holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l -ol (202 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added MsCl (86 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and triethylamine (153 mg, 1.51 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and diluted with DCM (80 mL), washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the desired 2-[(3R)- 12- [[4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l -tetraen-3-yl]ethyl methanesulfonate (230 mg, 95%) as a white solid. MS (ES, mJz): 482 [M+H]+.
[00842] Synthesis of compound 3. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(morpholin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen-3- yl]ethyl methanesulfonate (230 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMSO (5 mL) at room temperature. Then NaCN (141 mg, 2.88 mmol, 6.00 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (5.86 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.10 equiv) were added and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 80°C. After cooling down to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with brine, extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under
Page 358 of 407
2009184-0008
vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with EtOAc/petroleum ether ( 1 : 10 to 1 :2) to afford the desired 3-[(3S)- 12-[[4-(morpholin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen-3- yljpropanenitrile ( 170 mg, 86%) as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 413 [M+H]+.
[00843] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of 3-[(3S)- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3- yl]propanenitrile ( 170 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (5 mL) was added LiOH H20 (53 mg, 1.26 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at 0°C. Then H202 (30%, 0.5 mL) was added via syringe at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h and quenched with saturated aqueous Na2SC>3, extracted with 3 x 30 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (25% CH3CN up to 100% in 25 min); How rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the resulted product 3-((S)-4-(((l r,4S)-4- moφholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)propanamide formate (92.6 mg, 47%) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 431 [M- 0.83HCOOH+H]+. Ή-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.48 ( I H, s), 8.38 (I H, s), 5.33-5.25 ( I H, m), 3.85 (4H, t), 3.50-3.41 ( I H, m), 3.15-3.09 ( I H, m), 3.08-2.95 (5H, m), 2.93-2.85 ( I H, m), 2.75-2.65 (IH, m), 2.50-2.35 (2H, m), 2.30-2.15 (6H, m), 1.95- 1.82 (I H, m), 1.80- 1.55 (4H, m).
[00844] Example 97. The preparation of the Intermediate T:
Page 359 of 407
2009184-0008
(Boc)20 / THF /— x TBSCI
7
step 6 step 7
step 8 ' step 9 Int. T
[00845] Example 98: Synthesis of 2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-(ethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7- dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide.
3
[00846] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please refer to the experimental procedure for the synthesis of compound Example 36. A solution of tert-butyl N-ethyl-N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (Intermediate T, 322.68 mg, 1.33 mmol, 1.22 equiv) in distilled tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (151.76 mg) slowly at 0°C and the reaction mixture was stirred room temperature for 30 min. Then (3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-12-chloro-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8))2(6),9,l l-tetraene (400 mg, 1.08 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in
Page 360 of 407
2009184-0008
THF (5mL) was added to the mixture via syringe and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 hr at ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 40 mL of saturated aqueous NH4C1, extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic combined organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to afford the resulted tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- ethylcarbamate (570 mg, 91 %) as colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 576 [M+H]+.
[00847] Synthesis of compound 3. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- ethylcarbamate (570 mg, 0.99 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (6 mL) was added TBAF (522 mg, 2.00 mmol, 2.02 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 hrs at 25°C. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2) to provide the desired tert-butyl N-ethyl-N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2- hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (450 mg, 98%) as colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 462 [M+H]+.
[00848] Synthesis of compound 4. A solution of tert-butyl N-ethyl-N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2- hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (450 mg, 0.97 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and PDC ( 1791 mg, 4.76 mmol, 4.88 equiv) in 5 mL of DMF was stirred for 14 hrs at 25°C. After completion, the resulting solution was diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with 3 x 20 mL of brine, dried over sodium and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (2: 1) to give 310 mg (67%) of the resulted 2-[(3R)-12-[(4-[[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl](ethyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid as colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 476 [M+H]+.
[00849] Synthesis of compound 5. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[(4-[[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl](ethyl)amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (310 mg, 0.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv), HOBt (132 mg), EDCI (186.9 mg), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1 18 mg) and NH4C1
Page 361 of 407
2009184-0008
(209 mg, 3.91 mmol, 5.99 equiv) in distilled DMF (6 mL) was stirred for 14 hrs at 25°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers washed with 3 x 20 mL of brine, dried over sodium and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (2: 1) to afford the resulted tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(carbamoylmethyl)- 7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- ethylcarbamate (230 mg, 74%) as colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z) 475 [M+H]+.
[00850] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(carbamoylmethyl)- 7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- ethylcarbamate (230 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 0.5 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 hr at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (180 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C I 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 100 mM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 60% in 20 min); Flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (ethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]acetamide ( 1 14.4 mg, 63%) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z) 375 [M+H]+. Ή-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.47 ( 1H, s), 5.29 (1H, m), 4.82 ( 1H, m), 3.07-3.10 ( 1 H, m), 2.93-2.99 (2H, m), 2.58-2.73 (4H, m), 2.23-2.23 (4H, m), 2.03-2.18 (2H, m), 1.66 (2H, m), 1.40-1.30 (2H, m), 1.03- 1.18 (3H, t).
[00851] Example 99: Synthesis of 2-cyano-3-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4- morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- y propanamide.
Page 362 of 407
2009184-0008
[00852] Synthesis of compound 2. A solution of rrans-4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan-l -ol (277 mg, 1.50 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in distilled THF (20 mL) was added sodium hydride (605 dispersion in mineral oil, 200 mg, 5.00 mmol, 5.00 equiv) slowly at 0°C under nitrogen. After stirred for 30 min at room temperature, a solution of 3-[[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]- 12- chloro-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraene (355 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of THF was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred for 6 h at ambient temperature. The reaction was quenched with NH4C1 (sat.), extracted with EtOAc (3 x 80 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by a silica gel column with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1 : 1-3: 1 ) to provide 350 mg (69%) of the title 3-[[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)ox ]methyl]- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4-yl)cyclohe yl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(12),2(6),8, 10-tetraene as light yellow oil. MS: (ES, tnJz): 504 [M+H]+.
[00853] Synthesis of compound 3. A solution of 3-[[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]o y]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraene (350 mg, 0.69 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (30mL) was added hydrochloric acid (3 M in water, 1 mL) was added at 0°C and the resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with NaHCC /brine and extracted with EtOAc ((3 x 80 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by a silica gel column with
Page 363 of 407
2009184-0008
DCM/MeOH(30: 1- 10: 1 ) to provide 260 mg (96%) of ( 12-[[4-(nr^holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]- 7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3-yl)rnethanol as a light yellow semi-solid. MS: (ES, mJz): 390 [M+H]+.
[00854] Synthesis of compound 4. Into a 20-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of (12-[[4-(n ^holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2)6]]dodeca-l ( 12),2(6),8> 10-tetraen-3-yl)methanol (260 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (20 mL) was added imidazole (91 mg, 1.34 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and PPh3 (264 mg, 1.01 mmol, 1.50 equiv) subsequently , followed by addition of I2 (255 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.50 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and diluted with DCM and washed with Na2S03 (sat.) and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by a silica gel column with EtOAc/petroleum ether ( 1 : 1-3: 1 ) to provide the desired 3-(iodomethyl)-12-[[4-(mo holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]o y]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraene (287 mg, 86%) as a light yellow solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 500 [M+H]+.
[00855] Synthesis of compound 5. A mixture of (3S)-3-(iodomethyl)- 12-[[4-(n^holin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraene (287 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 18-Crown-6 ( 190 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1.25 equiv), potassium carbonate (141 mg, 1.02 mmol, 1.78 equiv) and ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (678 mg, 5.99 mmol, 10.43 equiv) in bezene (20 mL) was stirred overnight at 80°C under nitrogen. After cooled to room temperature, the solvent was removed under vacuo, the residue was purified by a silica gel column with DCM/MeOH(30: 1- 10: 1) to provide 230 mg (83%) of ethyl 2-cyano-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(moφholin- 4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3- yl]propanoate as a light yellow solid. MS: (ES, m/z): 485 [M+H]+.
[00856] Synthesis of compound. NH3 (gas) was introduced into ethanol ( 60 mL) at 0°C with stirring for l h, ethyl 2-cyano-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3-yl]propanoate (230 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, Xbridge Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 100 mM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (20.0% CH3CN up to 63.0% in 12 min); Flow rate,
Page 364 of 407
2009184-0008
20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2-cyano-3-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4- mo holinocyclohe yl)o y)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yUpropanamide (154.3 mg, 71 %) as a white solid.MS: (ES, m/z): 456 [ +H]+; Ή-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.48 ( 1 H, s), 5.36-5.29 ( 1 H, m), 3.73(4H, t), 3.62-3.59 ( 1 H, m), 3.39-3.33 (1H, m), 3.25-3.02 (2H, m), 2.82-2.59 (6H, m), 2.48-2.23 (4H, m), 2.18-2.06 (2H, m), 1.91-1.72 (3H, m), 1.55- 1.43(2H, m).
[00857] Example 100: Synthesis of 2-hydroxy-3-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4- morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-
4
[00858] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: The starting material compound 1 , please see Example 94. A solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(mo holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetaldehyde (450 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of DCM was added trimethylsilanecarbonitrile (333 mg, 3.36 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and TEA (61 mg, 0.60 mmol, 0.54 equiv) at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h in a water/ice bath. After completion, the resulting solution was diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of DCM. The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure, The desired 3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6)>9> l l-tetraen-3-yl]-2-
Page 365 of 407
2009184-0008
[(trimethylsilyl)oxy]propanenitrile (500 mg, with major removal of TMS compound) was obtained as a yellow oil which was used directly for next step. The mixture (500 mg, crude) dissolved in 10 mL of methanol was added hydrochloric acid (2 M, 0.5 mL) in a water/ice bath and stirred for 2 h. After completion, the reaction was quenched by the addition of 20 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate (aq.), extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified on a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (30: 1) to afford the resulting 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l -ol (370 mg) as colorless oil. MS: (ES, m z) 429 [M+H]+.
[00859] Synthesis of compound 3. Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of 2- hydroxy-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (290 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane ( 10 mL) was added TBSC1 (153 mg, 1.02 mmol, 1.51 equiv), imidazole (92 mg, 1.35 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (17 mg, 0.14 mmol, 0.21 equiv) successively at 0°C under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. After completion, the resulting solution was diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 30 mL of dichloromethane, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) to afford the desired 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)o y]-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(moφholin-4- yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9> l l -tetraen-3- yljpropanenitrile (350 mg, 95%) as a yellow oil. MS: (ES, m z): 543 [M+H]+. '
[00860] Synthesis of compound 4. A solution of 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(mo holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]o y]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (300 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (20 mL) was added LiOH-H20 (47 mg, 1.12 mmol, 3.55 equiv) and H202 (30%, 0.8 mL) and stirred for 2 hr in a water/ice bath. After completion, the reaction was quenched by the addition of 30 mL of saturated aqueous Na2SC>3, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure, purified by column chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane/methanol (20: 1) to afford the 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-
Page 366 of 407
2009184-0008
(Γηο ΐιοΐΐη^-γ ογςΐοΐιεχ ΐΐοχγΐ^-ΐΐυ^^, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1- tetraen-3-yl]propanamide ( 197 mg, 64%) as colorless oil. MS: (ES, m/z): 561 [M+H]+.
[00861] Synthesis of Compound. Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of 2-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(mo holin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide (197 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol ( 10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (2 M, 0.8 mL) and stirred for 2 hr in a water/ice bath. After completion, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with 3 x 30 mL of DCM. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH: 10/l) to afford the 2-hydroxy-3-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7- thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide (124 mg, 79%) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 447 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.25 (m, 1 H), 4.17-4.06 (m, 51 H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 5H), 3.37-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.28 (m, 10H), 2.1 1-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.79- 1.46 (m, 5H).
[00862] Example 101 and Example 102: Syntheses of (lR)-2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)-l-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)ethanol and (lS)-2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)-l-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)ethanol.
Page 367 of 407
2009184-0008
[00863] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: The starting material compound 1 , please refer to the experimental procedure for the synthesis of compound Example 43. Into a 50- mL three necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of tert-butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-oxoethyl)-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (500 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled THF was added Et3B (1 1.2 mL, IN) slowly at 0°C for 20 min. Then i-BuOOH (1.225 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture at same temperature. After being stirred for 10 min, the mixture was allowed to warmed to room temperature And stirred for an additional period during which the reaction proceeded to completion (Caution: Triethylborane, a liquid pyrophoric toward oxygen, should be handled so as to avoid exposure to air. The addition of tert-butyl hydroperoxide to trialkylboranes may lead to highly exothermic reactions and gas evolution. We encountered no violent reaction with the present procedures, but special care is advised.) The reaction mixture was treated with 28% NH4OH and extracted with CH2CI2. (A 28% NH4OH solution allows the removal of unidentified polar materials possibly from Et3B. Removal of polar byproducts in the crude mixture, detectable on an iodine/silica gel TLC plate, may otherwise be difficult. The crude mixture must thus be washed with 28% NH4OH for adequate purification.) The extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaHSC>3 and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The
Page 368 of 407
2009184-0008
residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether ( 1 :5) to provide the resulted tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2S)-2-hydroxy-2-[(2S)-oxolan-2-yl]ethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (230 mg, 40%) as colorless oil. MS: (ES, m z): 518 [M+H]+.
[00864] Syntheses of Compounds. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing tert-butyl N- (4-[[(3R)-3-[(2S)-2-hydroxy-2-[(2S)-oxolan-2-yl]ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0A[2,6]]dodeca- l ( 12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (230 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0°C was added hydrochloric acid (12 M, 2.0 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give the corresponding hydrochloride (220 mg, crude) which was used directly for next step. A solution of hydrochloride (220 mg, crude) in methanol (8 mL) was added HCHO (37%, 1.0 mL) and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Then NaBH3CN (68 mg, 1.08 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for additional 2 h at ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (200 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 0.1 % HCOOH and CH3CN (30% CH3CN up to 60% in 20 min); Flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove the water and CH3CN under reduced pressure and the residue was lyophilized overnight to give the ( 1 R)-2-((R)-4-((( 1 r,4R)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H- cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)- l-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)ethanol (17.6 mg) as a off- white semi-solid and (lS)-2-((R)-4-((( lr,4R)-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro- 5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)- l -(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)ethanol ( 10.5 mg) as a off-white semi-solid, respectively.
[00865] Example 101: MS (ES, m/z): 432 [M-HCOOH+H]+. 'H NMR (400 MHz ,CD3OD): δ 8.48 (2H, br s), 5.35 ( lH,s) 3.88 (4H, m), 3.13 (3H, m), 2.99 (6H, m), 2.84 (1H, m), 2.71-2.66 (3H, m), 2.45 (3H, m), 1.95- 1.90 (9H, m), 1.61 (1 H, m).
[00866] Example 102: MS (ES, m z): 432 [M-1.5HCOOH+H]+. Ή NMR (400 MHz ,CD3OD) δ 8.48 (2.5H, br s), 5.35 ( lH,s) 3.88-3.75 (5H, m), 3.13 (2H, m), 2.99 (6H, m), 2.84 (1H, m), 2.21 -2.40 (6H, m), 1.78- 1.95 (8H, m), 1.46 (1H, t).
Page 369 of 407
2009184-0008
[00867] Example 103: Synthesis of 2-(((lR,4r)-4-(((R)-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6,7-dihydro-
5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino)-l-
(pyr rolidin- 1 -yl)ethanone.
step
[00868] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please refer to the experimental procedure for the synthesis of compound Example 36. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9,l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate ( 197 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added hydrochloride (Cone, 0.5 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 10 with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (sat.) and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the resulted 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]ethan-l -ol (1 18 mg, 77%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES, m/z): 348[M+H]+.
[00869] Synthesis of Compound. A solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-
(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 - tetraen-3-yl]ethan-l -ol ( 120 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (5 mL) was added 2- chloro- l -(pyrrolidin- l -yl)ethan- l -one (75 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.50 equiv), potassium carbonate (26 mg, 0.19 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with methanol/DCM (1 : 10) to afford the desired 2-[(4-[[(3R)-3-(2- hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l -tetraen- 12-
Page 370 of 407
2009184-0008
yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino]- l-(pyrrolidin- l -yl)ethan-l -one ( 130 mg, 82%) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 459 [M+H]+; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.47 ( 1 H, s), 5.32-5.20 (1 H, m), 3.66 (2H, t), 3.58 (2H, t), 3.50-3.41 (3H, m), 3.37 (2H, s), 3.15-3.05 ( 1H, m), 3.00-2.92 (1 H, m), 2.75-2.60 (2H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.33-2. 15 (4H, m), 2.03- 1.88 (6H, m), 1.71 - 1.54 (4H, m).
[00870] Example 104. Intermediate U
1 2 3 4
[00871] Synthesis of compound 2. Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, 4-hydroxycyclohexane- l-carboxylic acid ( 15.7 g, 108.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (90 mL), sulfuric acid (0.8 mL) was added to the mixture slowly. The resulting solution was stirred for 10 hr at 60°C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 200 mL of sodium bicarbonate (sat.). The resulting solution was extracted with 3x200 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulted frans-methyl 4-hydroxycyclohexane- l- carboxylater (16.6 g, 96%) was obtained as a light yellow oil.
[00872] Synthesis of compound 3. Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of methyl irans-4-hydroxycyclohexane- l - carboxylate (16.6 g, 104.93 mmol, l .OO equiv) and imidazole (14.28 g, 180.53 mmol, 1.72 equiv) in distilled DMF (25 mL) was added tert-butyl(chloro)dimethylsilane (28.3 g, 187.76 mmol, 1.79 equiv) slowly and the resulting solution was stirred for 14 hrs at room temperature. After completion, the reaction was then quenched with water, was extracted with 3 x 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine and dried over sodium
Page 371 of 407
2009184-0TO8
sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (10: 1) to give the desired methyl ira ii-4-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]cyclohexane-l-carboxylate (27.4 g, 96%) as a colorless oil.
[00873] Synthesis of compound 4. Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of diisopropylamine (10 g, 99.01 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in freshly distilled THF (100 mL) was cooled down to -78°C under nitrogen. Then n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 39.6 mL) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at -78°C for 1 h. A solution of methyl irans-4-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]cyclohexane-l-carboxylate (9 g, 33.03 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (20 mL) was added via syringe and the reaction mixture was held at -78°C for another 1 hr. lodoethane (25.74 g, 165.04 mmol, 5.00 equiv) was added to the mixture and stirred for additional 2 h at -78°C. Then reaction temperature was warmed up to room temperature in 1 h with stirring. The reaction was then quenched saturated aqueous NH4C1, extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 15) to give the major methyl ci's-4-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-l-ethylcyclohexane-l-carboxylate (8.2 g, 83%) as yellow oil. The desired m-compound was confirmed by Ή NMR spectrum.
[00874] Synthesis of compound 5. Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask, a solution of methyl m-4-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-l-ethylcyclohexane-l-carboxylate (8.2 g, 27.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 150 mL of THF was added TBAF-3H20 (12.9 g, 40.95 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred for 4 hrs at 30°C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :2) to give the resulted methyl ds-l-ethyl-4-hydroxycyclohexane-l-carboxylate (4.5 g, 89%) as yellow oil.
[00875] Synthesis of compound 6. A solution of methyl ds-l-ethyl-4-hydroxycyclohexane- 1 -carboxylate (3.5 g, 18.79 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 100 mL of THF was added 4-nitrobenzoic acid (6.3 g, 37.70 mmol, 2.01 equiv), PPh3 (9.85 g, 37.55 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and DIAD (7.6 g, 37.58 mmol, 2.00 equiv) subsequently at room temperature under N2. The resulting solution was stirred for 48 hrs at ambient temperature. After completion, the reaction was quenched with water, extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with
Page 372 of 407
2009184-0008
ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 15) to give the desired iranj-4-ethyl-4- (methoxycarbonyl)cyclohexyl 4-nitrobenzoate (2.3 g, 36%) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): S 8.32 (2H, d), 8.21 (2H, d), 5.28-5.20 (1H, M), 3.72 (3H, s), 2.10-2.04 (2H, m), 1.98- 1.90 (2H, m), 1.84-1.73 (2H, m), 1.68- 1.56 (5H, m), 0.88 (3H, t).
[00876] Synthesis of compound 7. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask contained a solution of 4-ethyl-4-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclohexyl 4-nitrobenzoate (2.3 g, 6.86 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in a mixture of methanol (15 mL) and water (3 mL) was added potassium carbonate (2.84 g, 20.55 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 hr at 40°C. The resulting solution was quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 18) to afford the corresponding rr ns-methyl l-ethyl-4- hydroxycyclohexane-l -carboxylate ( 1.2 g, 94%) as a white solid. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): δ 3.89-3.85 (1H, m), 3.69 (3H, s), 1.95-1.79 (2H, m), 1.72-1.54 (8H, m), 0.80 (3H, t).
[00877] Synthesis of compound 8. A solution of trans-methyl l-ethyl-4- hydroxycyclohexane-l -carboxylate (1.0 g, 5.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and DIEA (2.08 g, 16.09 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added SEMC1 (1.79 g) slowly at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 14 hr at ambient temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water, extracted with 3 x 40 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacumm. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 10) to provide the resulted rrarcs-methyl l-ethyl-4-[[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy]cyclohexane- l- carboxylate (1.5 g, 88%) as colorless oil. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 4.65 (2H, s), 3.71- 3.58 (6,H, m), 1.86- 1.82 (2H, m), 1.68-1.49 (8H, m), 0.90 (2H, t), 0.78 (3H, t).
[00878] Synthesis of compound 9. A solution of frans-methyl l-ethyl-4-[[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy]cyclohexane-l-carboxylate (1.5 g, 4.74 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in a mixed methanol (20 mL)/water(5 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (948 mg, 23.70 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred for 14 hr at 75°C. After cooled down to r.t, the pH value of the mixture was adjusted to 4 with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This desired ira/is- l-ethyl-4-[[2-
Page 373 of 407
2009184-0008
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy]cyclohexane-l-carboxylic acid (1.3 g, 91 %) was obtained as yellow oil. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 4.69 (2H, s), 3.80-3.70 (1H, m), 3.67 (2H, t), 1.87- 1.82 (2H, m), 1.75-1.54 (8H, m), 0.95 (2H, t), 0.92 (3H, t).
[00879] Synthesis of compound 10. A solution of l-ethyl-4-[[2-
(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methoxy]cyclohexane-l-carboxylic acid (1.24 g, 4.10 mmol, 1.00 equiv), DPPA (2.03 g, 7.38 mmol, 1.80 equiv) and TEA (1.24 g, 12.25 mmol, 2.99 equiv) in 2- methylpropan-2-ol (30 mL) was stirred for 14 hr at reflux under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was quenched with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of EtOAc. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :6) to give the resulted (2-[[(4-ethyl-4-isocyanatocyclohexyl)oxy]methoxy]ethyl)trimethylsilane (0.9 g, 73%) as colorless oil. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 4.70 (2H, s), 3.89-3.80 (1H, m), 3.67 (2H, t), 1.80- 1.73 (6H, m), 1.65-1.58 (4H, m), 1.00 (3H, t), 0.94 (2H, t).
[00880] Synthesis of compound 11. Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask contained a solution of (2-[[(4-ethyl-4-isocyanatocyclohexyl)oxy]methoxy]ethyl), trimethylsilane (840 mg, 2.80 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (5 M, 2 mL) slowly and the resulting solution was stirred for 14 hrs at 30°C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to provide the desired 4-amino-4-ethylcyclohexan-l-ol hydrochloride (410 mg, crude) as a white solid.
[00881] Synthesis of Intermediate U. A solution of 4-amino-4-ethylcyclohexan-l-ol hydrochloride (380 mg, 2.1 1 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and sodium hydroxide (127 mg, 1.13 mmol, 0.54 equiv) in a mixture of THF (30 mL)/water (5mL) was added (Boc^O (462 mg, 2.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 3 hr at room temperature and diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :6) to give the desired rrans-tert-butyl N-(l-ethyl-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (450 mg, 87%) as colorless oil. Ή NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 3.80-3.72 (1H, m), 1.69-1.61 (8H, m), 1.50-1.32 (1 1H, m), 0.78 (3H, t).
[00882] Example 105. Synthesis of 2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-(dimethylamino)-4- ethylcyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-SH-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethanol.
Page 374 of 407
2
[00883] Synthesis of compound 1. Sodium hydride (605 dispersion in mineral oil, 283 mg, 7.08 mmol, 3.65 equiv) was treated with tert-butyl N-(l-ethyl-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate (430 mg, 1.77 mmol, 0.91 equiv) in 50 mL of distilled THF at room temperature for 30 mins. Then a solution of (3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]- 12-chloro-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraene (716 mg, 1.94 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred for 14 hr at 18°C. The reaction was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 :5) to afford the corresponding tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l- tetraen-12-yl]oxy]-l-ethylcyclohexyl)carbamate (480 mg, 43%) as colorless oil. MS: 576 [M+H]+.
[00884] Synthesis of compound 2. Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask contained a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]ethyl]-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]-l-ethylcyclohexyl)carbamate (240 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (5 M, 1 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 5 hr at RT. The reaction was then quenched saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with 3 x 40 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give 120 mg (80%) of 2-[(3R)-12-[(4-amino-4- ethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen-3- yl]ethan- l-ol as yellow oil. MS: 362 [M+H]+.
Page 375 of 407
2009184-0008
[00885] Synthesis of compound Compound. Into a 10-mL round-bottom flask placed a solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[(4-amino-4-ethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]ethan-l-ol (120 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of methanol was added HCHO (37%, 1 mL) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 mins. Then NaBH3CN (83 mg, 1.32 mmol, 3.97 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 8 hr at room temperature. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. After concentrated in vacuo, The crude product (120 mg) was purified by Flash-Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19*150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 50 raM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 52.0% in 14 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)-4-ethylcyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia- 9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9,l l-tetraen-3-yl]ethan- l-ol (41.4 mg, ) as a white semi-solid. MS(ES, m z):390[M+H]+. Ή-NMR (400MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.47 (s, 1H), 5.44- 5.46 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.39 (m, 10H), 1.61-1.86 (m, 9H), 0.93-0.96 (t, 3H).
[00886] Example 106. (S)-2-hydroxy-3-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)- 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)propanamide (1-92) and Example 107 (R)-2-hydroxy-3-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro- 5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)propanamide.
step 1
[00887] Note: The starting material compound 1, please see Example 100. The racemic 1 (1.6 g, 96.5% purity) was separated by Chiral-HPLC with the following conditions (Gilson G x 281): Column, Chiralpak AD-H, 2*25 cm Chiral-P(AD-H); Mobile Phase: Phase A: Hex
Page 376 of 407
2009184-0008
(0.1 %DEA) (HPLC grade), Phase B: ΓΡΑ (HPLC grade), gradient: 30% B in 9 min; Flow Rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 220/254 nm; The former fractions (tR = 4.75 min) were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure and lyophilized overnight to afford the (R)-2-hydroxy-3- ((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-moφholinocyclohexyl)o y)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidin-5-yl)propanamide (520 mg) with 100% ee as a white solid. And the latter fractions (tR = 5.82 min) were handled as former fractions give the desired (S)-2-hydroxy-3-((R)-4- (((lr,4R)-4-mo holinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrirnidin- 5-yl)propanamide (510 mg) with 99.6% ee as a white solid. The ee values of the two isomers were determined by the chiral-HPLC with the following conditions (SHEMADZU-SPD-20A): Column, Chiralpak AD-H, 0.46*25 cm, 5um (DAICEL); Mobile phase: Hex (0.1%TEA): ΓΡΑ = 85: 15; UV detection at 254 nm. Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min. tR(0280) = 7.939 min and tR (0279) = 1 1.918 min.
[00888] Example 106: MS (ES, m/z) 447 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 8.46 (s, I H), 5.32-5.22 (m, IH), 4.15 (t, I H), 3.73 (t, 4H), 3.59 (td, IH), 3.19-3.08 (m, IH), 3.02-2.92 (m, I H), 2.78-2.70 (m, IH), 2.69-2.60 (m, 4H), 2.58-2.20 (m, 5H), 2.10 (d, 2H), 1.75- 1.63 (m, 3H), 1.53-1.40 (m, 2H).
[00889] Example 107: MS (ES, m/z) 447 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3CD+CDCI3): δ 8.47 (s, IH), 5.32-5.22 (m, I H), 4.08 (dd, I H), 4.89-4.62 (m, 5H), 3.20-3.10 (m, I H), 3.05-2.95 (m, IH), 2.75-2.55 (m, 5H), 2.44-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.28 (m, 3H), 2.10 (d, 2H), 1.82- 1.62 (m, 3H), 1.58- 1.40 (m, 2H).
[00890] Example 108: Synthesis of 3-((S)-4-(((lr,4S)-4-(methyl(2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)ethyl)amino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- y propanamide.
Page 377 of 407
2009184-0008
Prep. HPLC Mol. Wt.: 485.64
[00891] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please refer to the experimental procedure for the synthesis of compound Example 103. Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of 2-[(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7-thia-9, l 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)(methyl)amino]- l-(pyrrolidin- l -yl)ethan- l-one (100 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of distilled DMF was added MsCI (38 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and triethylamine (66.7 mg, 0.66 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched with water, extracted with DCM. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel with DCM/MeOH (20: 1 to 10: 1) to give the resulted 2-[(3R)- 12- [(4-[methyl[2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]ethyl methanesulfonate ( 107 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 537 [M+H]+.
[00892] Synthesis of compound 3. A solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[(4-[methyl[2-oxo-2- (pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]efhyl methanesulfonate ( 107 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMSO (5 mL) was added NaCN (58.8 mg, 1.20 mmol, 6.00 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (2.4 mg,
Page 378 of 407
2009184-0008
0.02 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 80°C. After cooled down to room temperature, the reaction was then quenched by the addition of aqueous FeS04 solution, extracted with DCM. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with DCM/MeOH (10: 1 ) to give the desired 3-[(3S)- 12-[(4-[methyl[2-oxo-2- (pyrrolidin- l -yl)ethyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0t2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l -tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (80 mg, 86%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES, m/z): 468 [M+H]+.
[00893] Synthesis of Compound. Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 3-[(3S)- 12-[(4-[methyl[2-oxo-2- (pyrrolidin- l-yl)ethyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 l-tetraen-3-yl]propanenitrile (80 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (5 mL) cooled to 0 °C. Then LiOH H20 (22 mg, 0.52 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and H202 (30%, 0.3 mL) were added at 0 °C and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at the same temperature. The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous a^SC^ and extracted DCM. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep. HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep C 18, 19* 150mm 5 um; mobile phase, water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 16 min); Flow rate: 20 mlJmin; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 3- [(3S)- 12-[(4-[methyl [2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)ethyl]amino]cyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 - diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]propanamide (82.5 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 486 [M+H]+; Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.47 ( 1H, s), 5.32-5.22 (1 H, m), 3.58 (2H, t), 3.45 (2H, t), 3.35 (2H, s), 3.20-3.09 ( 1H, m), 3.03-2.95 ( 1 H, m), 2.73-2.65 (2H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 2.33-2.19 (5H, m), 2.03-1.88 (6H, m), 1.66 (2H, m), 1.69- 1.52 (4H, m).
[00894] Example 109: Synthesis of 2-[(3R)-12-[[4-(dimethylamino)-4- ethylcyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9,ll-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6)>9,ll-tetraen-3- yl]acetamide.
Page 379 of 407
2009184-0008
[00895] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please refer to the experimental procedure for the synthesis of compound Example 105. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, tert-butyl N-(l-ethyl-4-[[(3R)-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7-thia- 9,l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (180 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added PDC (716 mg, 1.90 mmol, 4.88 equiv) and the resulting solution was stirred for 14 hrs at 25°C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 20 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) to give the desired 2-[(3R)-12-[(4-[[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino]- 4-ethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3- yl]acetic acid (100 mg, 54%) as a colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 476 [M+H]+.
[00896] Synthesis of compound 3. A solution of 2-[(3R)- 12-[(4-[[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino]-4-ethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetic acid (100 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of distilled DMF was added HOBt (42.6 mg), EDCI (60 mg), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (38.2 mg) and NH4C1 (56 mg, 1.05 mmol, 4.98 equiv) subsequently and the resulting solution was stirred for 14 hr at 25°C under nitrogen. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with 3 x 50
Page 380 of 407
2009184-0008
mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (2: 1) to give the resulted tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3- (carbamoylmethyl)-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12- yl]oxy]-l-efhylcyclohexyl)carbamate (60 mg, 60%) as colorless oil. MS (ES, m/z): 476 [M+H]+.
[00897] Synthesis of compound Compound. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(carbamoylmethyl)-7-thia-9, l 1- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]- 1 -ethylcyclohexyl)carbamate (60 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (8 M, 0.5 mL) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 hr at the same temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the 2-[(3R)- 12-[(4-amino-4-ethylcyclohexyl)oxy]-7- thia-9, 1 l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide hydrochloride (50 mg, crude) as white solid. The solid (50 mg, crude) dissolved in 5 mL of methanol was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. NaBH3CN (22 mg) was added to the mixture and stirred overnight. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 30 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 40 mL of chloroform/isopropanol. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (50 mg) was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (SHIMADZU): Column, SunFire Prep CI 8, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, water with 50 mM NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 52.0% in 14 min); Flow rate, 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired 2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)-4- ethylcyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3- yl]acetamide (25.1 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z): 403 [M+H]+. Ή-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.47 (1 H, s), 5.29 ( 1 H, m), 3.85-3.89 ( 1H, m), 2.9-3.20 (3H, m), 2.70-2.88 ( 1 H, m),2.22-2.46 (8H, m), 2.06-2.17 (2H, m), 1.65- 1.93 (8H, m), 0.98-1.07 (3H, m).
[00898] Example 110. Synthesis of (R)-2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-4-
(dimethyIamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5- yl)-l-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethanol. (1-98) and Example 111. Synthesis of (S)-2-((R)-4-(((lr,4R)-
4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-
5- yl)-l-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethanol.
Page 381 of 407
2009184-0008
[00899] Synthesis of compound 2. Note: For the preparation of the starting material compound 1, please refer to the experimental procedure for the synthesis of compound Example 43. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, l-[[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl]-l H-pyrazole (245 mg, 1.24 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in 20 mL of distilled THF was cooled down to -78°C in liquid N2/ethanol bath. rc-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 0.536 mL) was added dropwise with stirring and reacted for 1 h. Then a solution of tert- butyl N-methyl-N-(4-[[(3R)-3-(2-oxoethyl)-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)carbamate (460 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran ( 10 mL) was added dropwise -78°C via syringe and the resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h at the same temperature. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1 : 1) to give the desired product 2 (500 mg, 75%) as a white solid. The ratio of the isomers (27:73) was determined by chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 0.46*25 cm, 5 um; Mobil phase: Hex:EtOH = 90: 10; Flow rate: lmL/min; UV detection at 220/254 nm. MS (ES, m/z): 644 [M+H]+.
[00900] Synthesis of compound 3 and 4.
Page 382 of 407
2 3 4
[00901] The racemate 2 (500 mg) was separated by chiral-HPLC with the following conditions (Gilson Gx 281): Column, Chiralpak AD-H, 2*25 cm; Mobile phase, Hexane (HPLC grade):EtOH (HPLC grade) = 90: 10; Flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 220/254 nm. The former fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the resulted tert- butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2R)-2-hydroxy-2-(l-[[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl]-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, 11 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 (8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12- yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N-methylcarbamate (70 mg) as a white solid with 99% ee and the latter fractions were concentrated to provide the desired tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2S)-2-hydroxy-2-(l- [[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl]-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (180 mg) as a white solid with 99.7% ee. The ee values of the isomers were determined by the chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: CHIRALPAK IA, 0.46*25 cm, 5 urn; Mobil phase: Hex:IPA = 90: 10; How rate: lmL/min; UV detection at 220/254 nm.
[00902] Synthesis of compound. A solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2R)-2-hydroxy-2- (l-[[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl]-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1(8),2(6),9, 1 1 -tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate (70 mg, 0.1 1 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (2 M, 1 mL) with stirring at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 24 h at room temperature and concentrated under vacuum to give 60 mg of the crude (l R)-2-[(3R)-12- [[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l-diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l(8),2(6),9,l l- tetraen-3-yl]-l-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethan-l-ol hydrochloride as a yellow solid. The crude hydrochloride in 5 mL of methanol was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The NaBHsCN (18 mg, 0.30 mmol, 3.10 equiv) was added to the mixture and the resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at ambient temperature. After concentrated in vacuo, the crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following
Page 383 of 407
2009184-0008
conditions (Waters): Column, X-briage C 18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, CH3CN and water with 20 mM NH4HCO3 ( 10.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 10 min, up to 95% in 2 min, down to 10.0% in 2 min); Flow rate: 20mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired ( lR)-2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10- tetraen-3-yl]- l-( lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethan- l-ol (26 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z) 428 [M+H]+. Ή-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1 H), 6.27(s, 1H), 5.25-5.29 (m, 1 H), 3.67- 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.65 (m, 3H), 2.46 (s, 6H), 2.30-2.34 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.90- 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.85- 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.37 (m, 1 H). Synthesis of Compound. A solution of tert-butyl N-(4-[[(3R)-3-[(2S)-2-hydroxy-2- (l-[[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl]- l H-pyrazol-3-yl)ethyl]-7-thia-9, l l- diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca-l (8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen- 12-yl]oxy]cyclohexyl)-N- methylcarbamate ( 180 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added hydrochloric acid ( 12 M, 1 mL) with stirring at 0 °C. The resulting solution was stirred for 24 h at room temperature and concentrated under vacuum to give 160 mg of the crude ( l S)-2-[(3R)- 12-[[4-(methylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, l l -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- l(8),2(6),9, l l-tetraen-3-yl]-l -(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethan-l-ol hydrochloride as a yellow solid. The crude hydrochloride in 5 mL of methanol was added HCHO (37%, 0.5 mL) and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The NaBF^CN (46 mg, 0.73 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added to the mixture and the resulting solution was stirred .for 4 h at ambient temperature. After concentrated in vacuo, the crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Waters): Column, X-briage C18, 19* 150mm 5um; mobile phase, CH3CN and water with 20 mM NH4HCO3 (10.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 10 min, up to 95% in 2 min, down to 10.0% in 2 min); Flow rate: 20mL/min; UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product- containing fractions were collected and partially evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized overnight to give the desired ( l S)-2-[(3R)- 12-[[4- (dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-7-thia-9, 1 1 -diazatricyclo[6.4.0.0[2,6]]dodeca- 1 ( 12),2(6),8, 10- tetraen-3-yl]- l -( l H-pyrazol-3-yl)ethan- l-ol (65.9 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES, m/z) : 428 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.45 (s, 1 H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1 H), 5.23-5.25 (m,
Page 384 of 407
2009184-0008
1H), 4.92-4.95 (m, 1 H), 3.36-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.98 (m, 1 H), 2.71-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.48 (s, 6H), 2.15-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.89-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.44-1.49 (m, 4H).
[00904] Example 165: IRAK-4 Assay
Assay Materials
Material Vendor Catalogue number
HEPES Amresco 0511
Brij-35 Sigma B4184-100mL
Coating Reagent #3 Caliper
EDTA Sigma E5134-1 KG
ATP Sigma A7699-1 G
MgCl2 Sigma 63068-250G
MnCl2 Sigma M8054-100G
Peptide 8 GL bioscience 1 12396
IRAK4 CARNA Bioscience 09-145
384-well plate Coming 3573
[00905] A lx kinase base buffer was prepared from 50 raM HEPES, pH 7.5 and 0.0015% Brij-35. A stop buffer was prepared from 100 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij-35, 0.2% Coating Reagent #3, and 50 mM EDTA.
[00906]· Test compound was diluted to 50x of the final desired highest inhibitor concentration in reaction by 100% DMSO. lOOul of this compound dilution was transferred to a well in a 96- well plate. For example, if desired highest inhibitor concentration in IC50 determination is lOOuM, then prepare 5000uM of compound DMSO solution in this step.
[00907] Test compound was serially diluted by transferring 30 μΐ to 60 μΐ of 100% DMSO in the next well and so forth for a total of 10 concentrations. 100 μΐ of 100% DMSO was added to two empty wells for no compound control and no enzyme control in the same 96- well plate.
[00908] A new 96-well plate was marked as intermediate plate. 5 μΐ of compound serial dilution was transferred from source plate to the corresponding wells of the intermediate plate. 45 μΐ of 1 x kinase base buffer (KB buffer) was added to each well of the intermediate plate. The intermediate plate was placed for 10 min on a shaker.
[00909] 5 μΐ of each well was transferred from the 96-well intermediate plate to a 384-well plate in duplicates. For example, Al of the 96-well plate is transferred to Al and A2 of the 384- well plate. A2 of the 96-well plate is transferred to A3 and A4 of the 384-well plate, and so on.
[00910] IRAK4 and DTT in lx kinase base buffer was added. The 2.5x enzyme mix contained 8.8nM IRAK4 and 5mM DTT.
Page 385 of 407
2009184-0008
[00911] Peptide 8, ATP, MgCl2 and MnCl2 were added in the l kinase base buffer. The 2.5x peptide mix contained 3.75 μΜ peptide 8, 92.5 μΜ ATP, 12.5mM MgCl2 and 2.5mM MnCl2.
[00912] Assay plate already contained 5 μΐ of compound in 10% DMSO. Added 10 μΐ of 2.5x enzyme solution to each well of the 384-well assay plate, except no enzyme control wells. The final concentration of IRA 4 in reaction was 3.5 nM. Added 10 μΐ of lx kinase base buffer to no enzyme control wells in the assay plate. Incubated at room temperature for 10 min.
[00913] Added 10 μΐ of 2.5x peptide solution to each well of the 384-well assay plate. The final concentration of Peptide 8 and ATP was 1.5 μΜ and 37 μΜ, respectively. Incubated at
28°C for 40 minutes. Added 25 μΐ of stop buffer to stop reaction. Collected data on Caliper.
[00914] Copied conversion% data from Caliper program. Converted conversion% values to percent inhibition values. Percent inhibition = (max-conversion %)/(max-min)* 100, where "max" means the conversion% of DMSO control and "min" means the conversion% of no enzyme control.
[00915] Tables 3 and 4 show the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the IRAK-4 activity inhibition assay. The compound numbers correspond to the compound numbers in Table 1. Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an IC50 < 5 μΜ; compounds having an activity designated as "B" provided an IC50 of 5-20 μΜ; compounds having an activity designated as "C" provided an IC50 of 20-50 μΜ; and compounds having an activity designated as "D" provided an IC50 > 50 μΜ. "NA" stands for "not assayed."
Table 3. IRAK-4 Activity Inhibition Data
Page 386 of 407
2009184-0008
Cpd # IRAK-4 Cpd # IRAK-4 Cpd # IRAK-4 Cpd # IRAK-4
1-17 B 1-37 B 1-57 A
1-18 C 1-38 A 1-58 A
1-19 B 1-39 A 1-59 C
1-20 C 1-40 A 1-60 B
Table 4. IRAK-4 Activity Inhibition Data Continued
Table 5. IRAK-4 Activity Inhibition Data Continued
Page 387 of 407
2009184-0008
Table 6. IRAK-4 Activity Inhibition Data Continued
[00916] Provided compounds were also assayed as inhibitors of IRAK-1. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 with an IC50 < 5 μΜ. In some embodiments, a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 with an ICso of 5-20 μΜ. In other embodiments, a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 with an IC50 of 20-50 μΜ.
[00917] Provided compounds were also assayed in an LPS (Lipopolysacharide) induced THP-
1 cell cytokine (TNFa and IL8) production assay. The protocol for this assay was as follows below.
[00918] THP-1 cells from ATCC (TIB-202) were cultured in RPMI Medium 1640 (Invitrogen, Cat No. A10491-01), 10% fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen, Cat No.10099141, Lot No. 8172882) containing 100 U/mL Penicillin, 100 μg/mL streptomycin (Invitrogen, Cat No. 15140-122), and 50 μΜ 2-Mercaptoethanol (Invitrogen, Cat No.21985023). LPS-EK ultra pure (Invivogen, Cat No. tlrl-peklps) was used to induce IL8 and TNFa production, that was detected in the cell culture supernatant by IL8 HTRF kit (Cisbio,Cat No. 62IL8PEB) and TNFa HTRF kit (Cisbio, Cat No. 62TNFPEB), as per manufacturer instructions. Cells were cultured in 96 well assay plates at 100,000 cells per well, and compounds diluted in final 0.3% DMSO were pre- incubated with cells for 1 hour prior to stimulation with 300 ng/mL LPS. Cytokine production in
Page 388 of 407
2009184-0008
cell supernatant was measured at 5 hours for TNFa and IL8 production, and for 16 hours for EL8 production and assessment of cell viability.
[00919] Table 5 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the TNFa and IL8 production assay. The compound numbers correspond to the compound numbers in Table 1. Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an IC50 < 0.5 uM; compounds having an activity designated as "B" provided an IC50 of 0.5 - 1.0 μΜ; compounds having an activity designated as "C" provided an IC50 of 1.0 - 5.0 uM; and compounds having an activity designated as "D" provided an IC50 > 5 μΜ. "NA" stands for "not assayed."
Table 7. TNFa and IL8 Production Assay
Table 8.
Page 389 of 407
2009184-0008
[00920] While we have described a number of embodiments of this invention, it is apparent that our basic examples may be altered to provide other embodiments that utilize the compounds and methods of this invention. Therefore, it will be appreciated that the scope of this invention is to be defined by the appended claims rather than by the specific embodiments that have been represented by way of example.
Page 390 of 407
2009184-0008
Claims
We claim:
1. A compound of formula Il-f:
Il-f
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
n is 0-4;
each R1 is independently -R, halogen, -CN, -N02, -OR, -CH2OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S02R, -S02N(R)2i -SOR, -C(0)R, -C02R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-OR, -NRC(0)R, - NRC(0)N(R)2, Cy, or -NRS02R; or R1 is selected from one of the following formulas:
two R1 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each R is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Ci_6 aliphatic, aryl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or:
Page 391 of 407
2009184-0008
two R groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with their intervening atoms to form a 4-7 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
Rz is -R, -CN, -N02, halogen, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)OR, -C(0)R, -N(R)2, -OR, or -S02N(R)2; Ring B is an unsubstituted 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring;
and
L is a C]_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -S02N(R)-, -0-, -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -S02-;
wherein the compound is not:
2. The co
III-g IV-g
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The co
Ill-h IV-h
Page 392 of 407
2009184-0008
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Ill-i
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. The compound of claim 3 wherein n is 1 , and R1 is of one the following formulas:
R O R O
(CH2)^ NR2 (CHJIM R
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The compound of claim 3, wherein n is 1 and R1 is -N(CH3)2.
7. The compound of claim 3, wherein n is 1 , and R1 is Cy.
III-j rv-j
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
9. The compound of claim 1 wherein L is -0-.
10. The compound of claim 1 wherein L is -NR-.
Page 393 of 407
2009184-0008
11. The compound of claim 1 wherein L is -NH-.
12. The compound of claim 1 wherein L is -S-.
13. The compound of claim 1 , wherein said compound is selected from:
Page 394 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
Page 401 of 407
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
2009184-0008
The compound of claim 1 , wherein said compound is selected from:
Page 404 of 407
2009184-0008
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier or vehicle.
16. A method of treating a proliferative disorder comprising administering to a patient the pharmaceutical composition of claim 15.
17. The method of claim 16 wherein the proliferative disorder is selected from a benign or malignant tumor, lymphomas, Hodgkins and Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, Multiple Myeleoma, Smoldering of Indolent Multiple Myeloma, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, carcinoma of the brain, kidney, liver, adrenal gland, bladder, breast, stomach, gastric tumors, ovaries, colon, rectum, prostate, pancreas, lung, vagina, cervix, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, skin, bone or thyroid, sarcoma, glioblastomas, neuroblastomas, or gastrointestinal cancer, colon carcinoma or colorectal adenoma or a tumor of the neck and head, an epidermal hyperproliferation, prostate hyperplasia, a neoplasia, a neoplasia of epithelial character, adenoma, adenocarcinoma, keratoacanthoma, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, non-
Page 405 of 407
2009184-0008
small-cell lung carcinoma, a mammary carcinoma, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, or a leukemia.
18. A method of inhibiting one or more IRAK protein kinases in a patient, comprising administering to the patient the composition of claim 15.
19. A method of treating acute and chronic gout, chronic gouty arthritis, psoriasis, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis alopecia areata, erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo, hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, paraneoplastic pemphigus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, rheumatoid arthritis, Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis (SJIA), Cryopyrin-Associated Periodic Syndrome (CAPS), Systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, an ulcerative colitis, an inflammatory condition of the eye, Sjogren's syndrome allergic disorders, osteoarthritis, ocular allergy, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, vernal conjunctivitis, an inflammatory condition of the nasal passages, allergic rhinitis; or an inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are implicated or having an autoimmune component or etiology, an autoimmune hematological disorder, hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis', Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, endocrine ophthalmopathy, Graves' disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, sepsis, Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity, HrV infection, epilepsy, atherosclerosis, heart disease, chronic heart failure,
ischemia/reperfusion, stroke, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, gut diseases, inflammatory neuropathy, organ transplantation, or graft versus host disease comprising administering to a patient the composition of claim 15.
20. A method for treating an IRAK-mediated disorder in a patient, comprising administering to the patient a composition according to claim 15 in combination with an additional therapeutic agent.
Page 406 of 407
2009184-0008
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP12734553.6A EP2663312B1 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2012-01-10 | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201161431227P | 2011-01-10 | 2011-01-10 | |
US61/431,227 | 2011-01-10 | ||
US201161545873P | 2011-10-11 | 2011-10-11 | |
US61/545,873 | 2011-10-11 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2012097013A1 true WO2012097013A1 (en) | 2012-07-19 |
Family
ID=46507418
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2012/020845 WO2012097013A1 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2012-01-10 | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US8703941B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP3239154A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012097013A1 (en) |
Cited By (36)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130231328A1 (en) * | 2012-01-10 | 2013-09-05 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
CN104083386A (en) * | 2014-07-08 | 2014-10-08 | 滨州医学院 | Use of amprenavir in preparation of medicines for preventing or treating acute lung injury/acute respiratory distress syndrome and pulmonary fibrosis |
WO2015006181A1 (en) | 2013-07-11 | 2015-01-15 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Substituted amidopyrazole inhibitors of interleukin receptor-associated kinases (irak-4) |
US9067948B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2015-06-30 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9085586B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2015-07-21 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9175007B2 (en) | 2013-01-10 | 2015-11-03 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
CN105037385A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-11 | 沈阳药科大学 | Piperazine-structure-containing tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds and application thereof |
CN105061462A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-18 | 沈阳药科大学 | Tetrahydrobenzo [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidines compound containing amide and application thereof |
CN105061461A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-18 | 沈阳药科大学 | Tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound containing benzylamine structure and application of tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound |
CN105061460A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-18 | 沈阳药科大学 | Tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound containing thioether structure and application of tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound |
US9290511B2 (en) | 2011-11-15 | 2016-03-22 | Xention Limited | Thieno-pyrimidines, useful as potassium channel inhibitors |
US9340554B2 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2016-05-17 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
AU2013202368B2 (en) * | 2012-01-25 | 2016-06-16 | Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Proteasome activity modulating compounds |
WO2016096721A1 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2016-06-23 | Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft | Pyrazolopyridinamines as mknk1 and mknk2 inhibitors |
US9518065B2 (en) | 2013-09-27 | 2016-12-13 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2017069710A1 (en) * | 2015-10-23 | 2017-04-27 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Composition for modulating irak1 |
EP3200787A4 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2018-03-28 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Inhibitors of irak4 activity |
US9982000B2 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2018-05-29 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazole compounds and method for making and using the compounds |
US9981981B2 (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2018-05-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Tricyclic proteasome activity enhancing compounds |
WO2019111218A1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-06-13 | Cadila Healthcare Limited | Novel heterocyclic compounds as irak4 inhibitors |
WO2019133531A1 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2019-07-04 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Irak degraders and uses thereof |
US10450269B1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2019-10-22 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
WO2020001449A1 (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2020-01-02 | 南京明德新药研发有限公司 | Isothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine compound as irak4 inhibitor |
WO2020116662A1 (en) | 2018-12-06 | 2020-06-11 | 第一三共株式会社 | Cycloalkane-1,3-diamine derivative |
US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-07-06 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US11117889B1 (en) | 2018-11-30 | 2021-09-14 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11292792B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2022-04-05 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Tricyclic CRBN ligands and uses thereof |
WO2022119823A1 (en) * | 2020-12-04 | 2022-06-09 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compounds and their use for treating neuropathic pain |
US11358948B2 (en) | 2017-09-22 | 2022-06-14 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | CRBN ligands and uses thereof |
US11370787B2 (en) | 2019-08-30 | 2022-06-28 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazole compounds, formulations thereof, and a method for using the compounds and/or formulations |
US11485743B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-11-01 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Protein degraders and uses thereof |
US11512080B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-11-29 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | CRBN ligands and uses thereof |
US11591332B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-02-28 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11623932B2 (en) | 2017-09-22 | 2023-04-11 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Protein degraders and uses thereof |
US11685750B2 (en) | 2020-06-03 | 2023-06-27 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline forms of IRAK degraders |
US11707457B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-07-25 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
Families Citing this family (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130297023A1 (en) * | 2012-05-07 | 2013-11-07 | Hee-Jeong Im Sampen | Methods and Devices For Treating Intervertebral Disc Disease |
US8778365B1 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2014-07-15 | Merz Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Topical compositions and methods for making and using same |
WO2014194245A2 (en) * | 2013-05-31 | 2014-12-04 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Cdk8 inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2014194242A2 (en) * | 2013-05-31 | 2014-12-04 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Flt3 inhibitors and uses thereof |
TWI667233B (en) | 2013-12-19 | 2019-08-01 | 德商拜耳製藥公司 | Novel indazolecarboxamides, processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical preparations comprising them and their use for producing medicaments |
TW201702218A (en) | 2014-12-12 | 2017-01-16 | 美國杰克森實驗室 | Compositions and methods relating to the treatment of cancer, autoimmune disease, and neurodegenerative disease |
JOP20180011A1 (en) | 2017-02-16 | 2019-01-30 | Gilead Sciences Inc | PYRROLO[1,2-b] PYRIDAZINE DERIVATIVES |
TWI721483B (en) | 2018-07-13 | 2021-03-11 | 美商基利科學股份有限公司 | Pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazine derivatives |
WO2021090245A1 (en) | 2019-11-06 | 2021-05-14 | Yuhan Corporation | Pyrrolidine and piperidine compounds |
CN113816923A (en) * | 2021-09-30 | 2021-12-21 | 艾希尔(深圳)药物研发有限公司 | Preparation method of pramipexole N-methyl impurity |
TW202339738A (en) * | 2022-01-31 | 2023-10-16 | 美商凱麥拉醫療公司 | Irak degraders and uses thereof |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2004041285A1 (en) * | 2002-10-31 | 2004-05-21 | Amgen Inc. | Antiinflammation agents |
US20100143341A1 (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2010-06-10 | Develogen Aktiengesellschaft | Thienopyrimidines for pharmaceutical compositions |
US7829570B2 (en) * | 2002-03-21 | 2010-11-09 | Abbott Laboratories | Substituted 4-amino isoxazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors |
US20120015962A1 (en) * | 2010-07-13 | 2012-01-19 | Nidhi Arora | PYRAZOLO[1,5a]PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS IRAK4 MODULATORS |
Family Cites Families (26)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5516931A (en) | 1982-02-01 | 1996-05-14 | Northeastern University | Release tag compounds producing ketone signal groups |
US5650270A (en) | 1982-02-01 | 1997-07-22 | Northeastern University | Molecular analytical release tags and their use in chemical analysis |
US4650750A (en) | 1982-02-01 | 1987-03-17 | Giese Roger W | Method of chemical analysis employing molecular release tag compounds |
US4709016A (en) | 1982-02-01 | 1987-11-24 | Northeastern University | Molecular analytical release tags and their use in chemical analysis |
US5948911A (en) * | 1998-11-20 | 1999-09-07 | Cell Pathways, Inc. | Method for inhibiting neoplastic cells and related conditions by exposure to thienopyrimidine derivatives |
US6482948B1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2002-11-19 | Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. | Thienopyrimidine compounds and salts thereof and process for the preparation of the same |
US6297238B1 (en) | 1999-04-06 | 2001-10-02 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Therapeutic agents |
US6680322B2 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2004-01-20 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds specific to adenosine A1 receptors and uses thereof |
PE20020354A1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2002-06-12 | Novartis Ag | HYDROXAMATE COMPOUNDS AS HISTONE-DESACETILASE (HDA) INHIBITORS |
CN101100472A (en) * | 2001-04-30 | 2008-01-09 | 美国拜尔公司 | 4-amino-5,6-substituted thiopheno [2,3-D] pyrimidines compound and its uses |
AU2002360774A1 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-24 | Bayer Corporation | 4-substituted fused heteropyrimidines and fused hetero-4-pyrimidones |
MXPA05009818A (en) * | 2003-03-31 | 2006-03-13 | Predix Pharmaceuticals Holding | New piperidinylamino-thieno[2,3-d] pyrimidine compounds. |
US7977366B2 (en) * | 2003-10-14 | 2011-07-12 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Treating an inflammatory disorder or inhibiting respiratory burst in adherent neutrophils with chemical inhibitors of neutrophil activation |
EP1773840B1 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2010-01-20 | The Medicines Company (Leipzig) GmbH | Substituted pyrido[3',2':4,5]thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidines and pyrido[3',2':4,5]furo[3,2-d]-pyrimidines for use as inhibitors of pda-4 and/or tnf-alpha release |
BRPI0718592A2 (en) | 2006-11-09 | 2017-06-06 | Ardea Biosciences Inc | 4-cyanophenylamino-substituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds as hiv inhibitors |
JP2011507910A (en) * | 2007-12-21 | 2011-03-10 | ユニバーシティー オブ ロチェスター | Methods for changing the lifetime of eukaryotes |
US20100227853A1 (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2010-09-09 | Trustees Of Boston College | Inhibitors of cyclic amp phosphodiesterases |
AR073739A1 (en) | 2008-09-10 | 2010-12-01 | Kalypsys Inc | AMINOPIRIMIDINS AS INHIBITORS OF HISTAMINE RECEPTORS |
JP5792171B2 (en) | 2009-09-04 | 2015-10-07 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ ミシガン | Compositions and methods for treating leukemia |
CN103119047B (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2016-06-15 | 哈佛大学校长及研究员协会 | Tricyclic antidepressants proteasome activity strengthens compound |
EP3239154A1 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2017-11-01 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2013078126A1 (en) | 2011-11-23 | 2013-05-30 | Cancer Research Technology Limited | Thienopyrimidine inhibitors of atypical protein kinase c |
WO2013106535A1 (en) | 2012-01-10 | 2013-07-18 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
JP2015528801A (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2015-10-01 | ニンバス アイリス, インコーポレイテッド | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
EP2872144A4 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2015-12-02 | Nimbus Iris Inc | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2014011911A2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2014-01-16 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
-
2012
- 2012-01-10 EP EP17172216.8A patent/EP3239154A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2012-01-10 WO PCT/US2012/020845 patent/WO2012097013A1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-01-10 EP EP12734553.6A patent/EP2663312B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2012-01-10 US US13/347,610 patent/US8703941B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2014
- 2014-02-25 US US14/189,271 patent/US9340554B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2016
- 2016-04-13 US US15/097,614 patent/US20160296524A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7829570B2 (en) * | 2002-03-21 | 2010-11-09 | Abbott Laboratories | Substituted 4-amino isoxazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors |
WO2004041285A1 (en) * | 2002-10-31 | 2004-05-21 | Amgen Inc. | Antiinflammation agents |
US20100143341A1 (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2010-06-10 | Develogen Aktiengesellschaft | Thienopyrimidines for pharmaceutical compositions |
US20120015962A1 (en) * | 2010-07-13 | 2012-01-19 | Nidhi Arora | PYRAZOLO[1,5a]PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS IRAK4 MODULATORS |
Non-Patent Citations (16)
Cited By (61)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9981981B2 (en) | 2010-07-23 | 2018-05-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Tricyclic proteasome activity enhancing compounds |
US9340554B2 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2016-05-17 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9290511B2 (en) | 2011-11-15 | 2016-03-22 | Xention Limited | Thieno-pyrimidines, useful as potassium channel inhibitors |
US20130231328A1 (en) * | 2012-01-10 | 2013-09-05 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
AU2013207972B2 (en) * | 2012-01-10 | 2017-06-15 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9212190B2 (en) * | 2012-01-10 | 2015-12-15 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9399647B2 (en) | 2012-01-25 | 2016-07-26 | Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Proteasome activity modulating compounds |
AU2013202368B2 (en) * | 2012-01-25 | 2016-06-16 | Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Proteasome activity modulating compounds |
US9085586B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2015-07-21 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9067948B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2015-06-30 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9481687B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2016-11-01 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9790234B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2017-10-17 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9175007B2 (en) | 2013-01-10 | 2015-11-03 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US9751892B2 (en) | 2013-01-10 | 2017-09-05 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-07-06 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
WO2015006181A1 (en) | 2013-07-11 | 2015-01-15 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Substituted amidopyrazole inhibitors of interleukin receptor-associated kinases (irak-4) |
US9518065B2 (en) | 2013-09-27 | 2016-12-13 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof |
US10450269B1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2019-10-22 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
CN104083386B (en) * | 2014-07-08 | 2016-07-06 | 滨州医学院 | Amprenavir application in the medicine of preparation prevention or treatment acute lung injury/acute respiratory distress syndrome and pulmonary fibrosis |
CN104083386A (en) * | 2014-07-08 | 2014-10-08 | 滨州医学院 | Use of amprenavir in preparation of medicines for preventing or treating acute lung injury/acute respiratory distress syndrome and pulmonary fibrosis |
US9969749B2 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2018-05-15 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Inhibitors of IRAK4 activity |
EP3200787A4 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2018-03-28 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Inhibitors of irak4 activity |
WO2016096721A1 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2016-06-23 | Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft | Pyrazolopyridinamines as mknk1 and mknk2 inhibitors |
US10487092B2 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2019-11-26 | Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft | Pyrazolopyridinamines as MKNK1 and MKNK2 inhibitors |
CN107250138A (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2017-10-13 | 拜耳制药股份公司 | It is used as the Pyrazolopyridine aminated compounds of MKNK1 and MKNK2 inhibitor |
US10208074B2 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2019-02-19 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazole compounds and method for making and using the compounds |
US10208075B2 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2019-02-19 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazole compounds and method for making and using the compounds |
US11370808B2 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2022-06-28 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazole compounds and methods for making and using the compounds |
US9982000B2 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2018-05-29 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazole compounds and method for making and using the compounds |
CN105061462A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-18 | 沈阳药科大学 | Tetrahydrobenzo [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidines compound containing amide and application thereof |
CN105037385A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-11 | 沈阳药科大学 | Piperazine-structure-containing tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds and application thereof |
CN105061460A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-18 | 沈阳药科大学 | Tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound containing thioether structure and application of tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound |
CN105061461A (en) * | 2015-08-18 | 2015-11-18 | 沈阳药科大学 | Tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound containing benzylamine structure and application of tetrahydro-benzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine compound |
US10881677B2 (en) | 2015-10-23 | 2021-01-05 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Composition for modulating IRAK1 |
CN108472306A (en) * | 2015-10-23 | 2018-08-31 | 新加坡科技研究局 | Adjust the composition of IRAK1 |
WO2017069710A1 (en) * | 2015-10-23 | 2017-04-27 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Composition for modulating irak1 |
US11623932B2 (en) | 2017-09-22 | 2023-04-11 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Protein degraders and uses thereof |
US11358948B2 (en) | 2017-09-22 | 2022-06-14 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | CRBN ligands and uses thereof |
WO2019111218A1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-06-13 | Cadila Healthcare Limited | Novel heterocyclic compounds as irak4 inhibitors |
WO2019133531A1 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2019-07-04 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Irak degraders and uses thereof |
US11318205B1 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2022-05-03 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11723980B2 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2023-08-15 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US10874743B2 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2020-12-29 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11512080B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-11-29 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | CRBN ligands and uses thereof |
US12006329B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2024-06-11 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Protein degraders and uses thereof |
US11932635B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2024-03-19 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | CRBN ligands and uses thereof |
US11485743B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-11-01 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Protein degraders and uses thereof |
WO2020001449A1 (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2020-01-02 | 南京明德新药研发有限公司 | Isothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine compound as irak4 inhibitor |
US11292792B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2022-04-05 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Tricyclic CRBN ligands and uses thereof |
US11897882B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2024-02-13 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Tricyclic crbn ligands and uses thereof |
US11117889B1 (en) | 2018-11-30 | 2021-09-14 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11807636B2 (en) | 2018-11-30 | 2023-11-07 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11352350B2 (en) | 2018-11-30 | 2022-06-07 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
WO2020116662A1 (en) | 2018-12-06 | 2020-06-11 | 第一三共株式会社 | Cycloalkane-1,3-diamine derivative |
US11236106B2 (en) | 2018-12-06 | 2022-02-01 | Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited | Cycloalkane-1,3-diamine derivative |
US11370787B2 (en) | 2019-08-30 | 2022-06-28 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazole compounds, formulations thereof, and a method for using the compounds and/or formulations |
US11707457B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-07-25 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11779578B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-10-10 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11591332B2 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-02-28 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | IRAK degraders and uses thereof |
US11685750B2 (en) | 2020-06-03 | 2023-06-27 | Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline forms of IRAK degraders |
WO2022119823A1 (en) * | 2020-12-04 | 2022-06-09 | The Johns Hopkins University | Compounds and their use for treating neuropathic pain |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP2663312A1 (en) | 2013-11-20 |
US20120283238A1 (en) | 2012-11-08 |
EP2663312B1 (en) | 2017-10-11 |
EP3239154A1 (en) | 2017-11-01 |
US8703941B2 (en) | 2014-04-22 |
US20160296524A1 (en) | 2016-10-13 |
EP2663312A4 (en) | 2014-10-22 |
US20150025093A1 (en) | 2015-01-22 |
US9340554B2 (en) | 2016-05-17 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2013207972B2 (en) | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof | |
WO2012097013A1 (en) | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof | |
US9790234B2 (en) | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof | |
US9751892B2 (en) | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof | |
US9518065B2 (en) | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof | |
WO2017004133A1 (en) | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof | |
AU2013290080A1 (en) | IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof | |
WO2017004134A1 (en) | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof | |
EP3134091A1 (en) | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof | |
WO2014011911A2 (en) | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof | |
EP3110820A1 (en) | Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof | |
WO2014194201A2 (en) | Cdk8 inhibitors and uses thereof | |
WO2014194242A2 (en) | Flt3 inhibitors and uses thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 12734553 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
REEP | Request for entry into the european phase |
Ref document number: 2012734553 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2012734553 Country of ref document: EP |